Francine Shapiro Library - EMDR Bibliography Links
Choose any combination of the search options below. If you do not wish to include an option in your search, leave the box blank, or select "Any."
Your Results - you searched for the keyword Failure to Develop 315 Results
1. محمد جواد احمدى زاده *، حسين اسکندری ، محمدرضا فلسفى نژاد و احمد برجعلی [Ahmadizadeh, M. J., Eskandari, H., Falsafinejad, M. R., & Borjali, A.] (2010, Fall). مقایسه اثر بخشی جنبش چشم "شناختی رفتاری" و " حساسیت زدایی بازفرآوری "مدل های درمان در بیماران مبتلا به جنگ پس از سانحه اختلال استرس [Comparison the effectiveness of “cognitive-behavioral” and “eye movement desensitization reprocessing” treatment models on patients with war posttraumatic stress disorder]. Iranian Journal of Military Medicine, 12(3), 173-178.
Language: Persian
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Aims: Post Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) is an anxiety disorder which can develop after exposure to any
event which results in psychological trauma. Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy (CBT) is the most commonly used
treatment for the disease and Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) is a more rapid,
relatively recent method. This study was designed with the aim of comparing the efficacy of Cognitive-
Behavioral Therapy and Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing method on reduction of specific
symptoms and recovery in patients suffering from PTSD due to war.
Methods: This experimental study was performed in year 2008. 45 veterans suffering from PTSD were divided
randomly into three CBT, EMDR and control groups. Each of the mentioned groups contained 15 members. Two
questionnaires including PTSD checklist-military version and symptom checklist 90 revised were applied in
order to collect data. Data was analyzed using inferential statistical tests by SPSS 16.
Results: Scores of CBT group and EMDR group had a significant difference from control group scores.
Conclusion: Both models are effective on reduction of symptoms in PTSD.
Keywords: CBT Cognitive Behavior Therapy Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
2. 大河原美以 [Mii Ogawara]. (2008年6月). 子どもの心理治療にEMDRを利用することの意味―感情制御の発達不全と親子のコミュニケーション―大河原美以 [Clinical meaning of EMDR for psychological treatment of children: Failure of development in emotional control and parent-child communication]. こころのりんしょう 第27巻02号 [Clinical Psychology: Various Aspects, 27(2), 293-298] .
Language: Japanese
Format: Journal
Keywords: Children Emotional Control Failure to Develop Parent-Child Communication
Accuracy Verified: Yes
3. Knudsen, N. J. (2004, September). Accelerating differentiation of self: EMDR and Bowen theory. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Montreal, Quebec Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
How does one create a Self that is both steady and solid enough to stay on course in the face of pressure to conform, yet capable of maintaining intimate connection with others over time? Bowen theory offers us a window into how this fundamental struggle plays out in each human life. Participants will develop a working knowledge of Bowenian concepts and how to use EMDR to help individuals clear away obstacles to healthy connection to Self and Other. This integrative approach then facilitates the re-working and repairing of significant relationships. The format will be lecture, case presentation, experiential exercise, and discussion.
Keywords: Bowen Theory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
4. Knudsen, N. J. (2003, September). Accelerating differentiation of self: EMDR and Bowen theory. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
How does one create a Self that is both steady and solid enought stay on course in the face of pressure to conform, yet capable of maintaining intimate connection with others over time. Bowen theory offers a window into how this fundamental struggle plays out in each human life. Participants will develop a working knowledge of key Bowenian concepts and how to use EMDR to help individuals clear away obstables to healthy connection to Self and Other. This integrative approach then facilitates the reworking and repairing of significant relationships. The format will be lecture, case presentation, experiential exercise, and discussion.
Keywords: Bowen Theory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
5. Barreda-Hanson, C. (2012, Septiember). Adaptación del EMDR y terapia breve centrada en el cliente para cambiar percepciones negativas y traumaticas [EMDR adaption of brief client-centered therapy to change negative and traumatic perceptions]. Presentación en la 70 Conferencia Anual del International Council of Psychologist(ICP), Sevilla, España.
Language: Spanish
Format: Conference
Abstract:
El estrés subsiguiente después de un traumatismo, representa un trastorno disfuncional – tanto interno como externo – que se manifiesta en alteraciones en el reconocimiento cognitivo y en los comportamientos, llevando además asociados síntomas somáticos, afloramiento de problemas inconscientes y ansiedades. Pues una de las características del estrés post-traumático, es precisamente la pérdida de equilibrio entre el mundo interno y externo de quien lo sufre. Por eso, ante la complejidad de las respuestas post-traumáticas, éstas se pueden catalogar en gran medida dentro de las perturbaciones psicopatológicas.
El estrés psicológico surge por una situación estresante “real”, externa, tangible y la reacción ante esta difícil experiencia, evoca un conjunto bastante universal y coherente de síntomas y respuestas que provocan reacciones primitivas relacionadas con temores inconscientes ante las amenazas a la vida, que hacen aflorar incipientemente fantasías e impulsos abrumadores. Los resultados son los pensamientos disfuncionales que conducen a las respuestas y a los comportamientos desadaptativos.
Objetivos: el taller está diseñado para proporcionar a estudiantes y profesionales de la Psicología – que trabajan o desean trabajar en esta área del trauma y el cambio de comportamientos -, la habilidad para utilizar eficaz y rápidamente intervenciones breves, que puedan poner en practicar incluso en casa. En el taller se estudiará la forma inicial de evaluar, tanto al trauma como a la clientela. Se trabajará la historia del trauma y se profundizará en sus consecuencias y en cómo diseñar las intervenciones breves para hacerles frente. También se centrará en averiguar qué cambios quieren los y las clientes a través de relatos y visualizaciones, utilizando una adaptación de las terapias EMDR y la Solución Enfocada tanto a crear el cambio deseado, como a mantenerlo.
En consecuencia el taller es de particular interés para quienes trabajan con personas que han sufrido cualquier tipo de trauma, o quienes perciben acontecimientos de la vida, experiencias, etc. que les afectan de forma negativa en su día a día. También es útil para las personas que sufren de TOC, sobre todo trastornos del pensamiento.
Los aspectos más útiles de las dos técnicas que se han adaptado junto con otras innovaciones de la autora, guardan relación con la creación de un ambiente seguro, no-traumático, que actúa rápidamente y que además, se puede realizar en casa sin peligro de consecuencias negativas.
Objetivos específicos:
1. Ser capaz de describir e identificar las manifestaciones del trauma.
2. Aprender y describir dos técnicas terapéuticas breves en el tratamiento del trauma
3. Definir una técnica breve terapéutica que puede ser utilizada para fomentar el cambio
4. Destacar el rol del o de la terapeuta durante el tratamiento de los traumatismos
5. Ser capaz de describir, diseñar y establecer metas de la terapia y promover cambios mediante el uso de técnicas de terapia breve.
Métodos: la Desensibilización y Reprocesamiento por Movimientos Oculares (EMDR), es un método complejo e integrador de la psicoterapia individual, mediante el que se guía al cliente utilizando un procedimiento para acceder a sus experiencias y resolver sus problemas conductuales y emocionales. El EMDR utiliza elementos de múltiples orientaciones psicoterapéuticas tanto psicodinámicas, como cognitivo- conductuales, enfoques centrados en el cliente, gestalt y bioenergéticos.
La premisa subyacente de EMDR es que las experiencias de pánico y ansiedad se procesan de forma diferente por el cerebro que las experiencias habituales. La teoría subyacente es que durante el estrés, la memoria grava en una parte del cerebro responsable de las emociones de modulación (la amígdala) y se cierra temporalmente otra parte del cerebro (el hipocampo), responsable de procesamiento de la memoria normal. La experiencia traumática queda atrapada en el exterior y potencialmente no forma parte del procesamiento normal del cerebro, y el EMDR permite a la persona acceder a la experiencia y transformarla en memoria declarativa en el hipocampo. Con el método EMDR, el hipocampo se puede abrir a las emociones evocadas por la experiencia para que el/la cliente pueda soportarlas mientras se realiza el tratamiento. La distracción y la atención a la estimulación bilateral, desempeñan un importante papel que ayuda al cliente a experimentar las emociones como tolerables. Aunque cómo la distracción bilateral en concreto, facilita el procesamiento de las experiencias dolorosas, sea algo que todavía no se termina de entender.
Por otra parte, las Intervenciones Breves de Terapias enfocadas al Cliente se centran en las excepciones del problema, pensando que a continuación se desarrollará un cambio natural en el comportamiento. Es una especie de visión orientada no en las formas tradicionales, sino hacia el futuro, sin profundizar demasiado en la “patología” sino más bien centrándose en lo que el sistema puede hacer para adaptarse a ella, puesto que ambos pueden decidir si esa “patología” es un problema o no lo es.
Las Intervenciones de Terapia Breve enfocadas al Cliente se utilizan para resolver una variedad de problemas de comportamientos y actitudes, mediante el uso de los propios recursos de los y las clientes y las observaciones de las estrategias que utilizan para alcanzar los resultados deseados, en sus situaciones vitales habituales. Se trata de una buena técnica para establecer y mantener un contexto de cambio en el que los pequeños, pero útiles cambios, se anticipan y se buscan.
En definitiva, la combinación de ambas técnicas con algunas variaciones desarrolladas por la Dra. Barreda-Hanson, han demostrado ser una herramienta poderosa para mejorar la respuesta al tratamiento en un período de tiempo más corto, teniendo también la ventaja de permitir practicar los ejercicios en casa.
Aplicaciones: la aplicación habitual del EMDR ha sido el tratamiento de trastornos emocionales relacionados con eventos muy perturbadores o traumáticos. Pero también se usa para trabajar síntomas preocupantes como la ansiedad, la depresión, la culpa y la ira. E igualmente, se puede utilizar para mejorar recursos emocionales tales como la confianza y la autoestima.
Procedimientos:
- El taller se impartirá en español y el alumnado recibirá amplios folletos complementarios.
- Se realizará en una única jornada, en sesión de mañana para teoría y de tarde para prácticas, trabajando cada modelo por separado.
- Se espera que quienes asistan lleven una cuestión-problema sobre la que trabajar utilizando las diversas técnicas, pues aunque se utilizarán múltiples ej. de casos reales, se alentará a quienes participen a traer sus propias experiencias e ideas para debatir y trabajar sobre ellas.
The subsequent stress after trauma represents a dysfunctional disorder - internal and external - that is manifested in alterations in cognitive recognition and behavior, besides being associated somatic symptoms outcrop unconscious problems and anxieties. As one of the characteristics of post-traumatic stress, is the loss of balance between internal and external world of the sufferer. Therefore, given the complexity of post-traumatic responses, they can be categorized largely into psychopathological disturbances.
Psychological stress arises from a stressful situation "real" external, tangible and reaction to this difficult experience, quite evokes a universal and consistent set of symptoms that cause reactions and responses primitive unconscious fears related to threats to life, which bring out fantasies and impulses incipiently overwhelming. The results are the thoughts that lead to dysfunctional responses and maladaptive behaviors.
Objectives: The workshop is designed to provide students and psychology professionals - who work or want to work in this area of trauma and behavior change - the ability to quickly and efficiently use brief interventions, which may put in practice even in house. The workshop will explore how to evaluate initial both trauma as to clients. It will work history of trauma and its consequences will deepen and how design brief interventions to address them. It will also focus on finding out what changes customers want and through stories and views, using an adaptation of EMDR therapy and Solution Focused both to create the desired change, and to keep it.
Thus the workshop is of particular interest to those working with people who have suffered any kind of trauma, or who perceive life events, experiences, etc.. that negatively affect them in their day to day. Also useful for persons suffering from OCD, especially disorders of thought.
The most useful of the two techniques that have adapted along with other innovations of the author, are related to the creation of a safe, non-traumatic, acting quickly and also can be done at home without fear of consequences negative.
Specific objectives:
1. Be able to describe and identify the manifestations of trauma.
2. Learn and describe two brief therapeutic techniques in the treatment of trauma
3. Define a short therapeutic technique that can be used to promote change
4. Outline the role of the therapist or during treatment of injuries
5. Be able to describe, design and establish goals of therapy and promote change through the use of brief therapy techniques.
Methods: Desensitization and Reprocessing Eye Movement (EMDR), is a complex and inclusive method of individual psychotherapy, which is guided by the client using a procedure to access their experiences and address their behavioral and emotional problems. The EMDR uses multiple elements of both psychodynamic psychotherapeutic approaches as cognitive-behavioral, client-centered approaches, gestalt and bioenergy.
The underlying premise of EMDR is that experiences panic and anxiety are processed differently by the brain than normal experiences. The underlying theory is that during stress, gravel memory part of the brain responsible for emotions modulation (amygdala) and temporarily closes another part of the brain (hippocampus), responsible for normal memory processing. The trapped traumatic experience abroad and potentially not part of the normal brain processing, and EMDR allows people access to the experience and transform it into declarative memory in the hippocampus. With EMDR, the hippocampus can be opened to the emotions evoked by the experience that he / the client is able to bear while performing the treatment. Distraction and attention to bilateral stimulation, play an important role to help the client to experience emotions as tolerable. Although bilateral distraction how specifically facilitates the processing of painful experiences, is something that is not yet fully understood.
Moreover, brief interventions focused Customer Therapies focus on the exceptions of the problem, thinking that then will develop a natural change in behavior. It is a kind of non-oriented view on traditional forms, but to the future, without going too deeply into the "pathology" but rather focus on what the system can do to adapt to it, since both can decide whether this "pathology "is a problem or not.
Brief therapy interventions focused Customer are used to solve a variety of problem behaviors and attitudes, using their own resources and comments from customers and the strategies used to achieve the desired results in their situations normal life. This is a good technique to establish and maintain a context of change in that small but useful changes, anticipate and seek.
In short, the combination of both techniques with some variations developed by Dr. Barreda Hanson, have proved a powerful tool for improving the response to therapy in a shorter period of time, having also the advantage of allowing in practice exercises house.
Applications: the routine application of EMDR has been the treatment of emotional disorders associated with very disturbing or traumatic events. But also used to work worrying symptoms such as anxiety, depression, guilt and anger. And also, can be used to enhance emotional resources such as confidence and self-esteem.
Procedures:
- The workshop will be taught in Spanish and students will receive extensive additional brochures.
- Will be held in a single day, in morning session and afternoon theory to practice, working each model separately.
- Who are expected to attend with a question-problem on which to work using various techniques, for example, although multiple use. real cases, those involved are encouraged to bring their own experiences and ideas to discuss and work on them.
Keywords: Brief Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
6. Knipe, J. (2010, July). Adaptive information processing as a guiding framework for the treatment of addictive disorders and addictive behavior patterns. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Within our field, the term “addiction” has been used to describe not only chemical dependence but also entrenched, selfdefeating
behavior patterns. Either type of addiction may develop in the context of traumatic experience. An impulse to
engage in addictive behavior can be thought of as a part of a dysfunctionally-stored memory network connected with
traumatic events.
In this workshop, an Adaptive Information Processing model of addiction will be presented, including guidelines for
treatment planning, preparation, resource installation, urge reduction, and (when necessary) transformation of the addict
“identity.” The content of the presentation will be illustrated with video examples.
Keywords: Addictions Addictive Behaviors Addictive Disorders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
7. New South Wales Court of Appeals. (1995, December). Admissibility of evidence from hypnosis or EMDR. Law Society Journal, 33(11), 16.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
As a result of the NSW Court of Criminal Appeal's decision in R v Tillott & Ors on 1 September 1995 it has become important to provide procedural guidelines for obtaining evidence of witnesses who have undergone hypnosis or Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing (EMDR) therapy.
The guidelines for hypnosis, now also applicable to EMDR, are not a strict test of admissibility - or a requirement - but failure to comply with the guidelines may result in the court declining to admit such evidence, whether proffered by the Crown or from a witness for the defence.[Source abstract]
Accuracy Verified: Yes
8. Laliotis, D. (2000, September). Advance applications of cognitive interweave and resource development in EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will be able to: 1) enhance their ability to facilitate the client's processing with EMDR by broadening their repertoire of cognitive interweaves; 2) identify a variety of clinical situations where interweaves and resource development can be applied during the course of an EMDR session; 3) develop a greater understanding of the different kinds of cognitive interweaves that can be used in those clinical situations; 4) apply cognitive interweave and resource development to faclitate closure of an EMDR session and towards the creation of future templates; and 5) to develp a greater sense of how and when to intervene during a client's processing.
Keywords: Cognitive Interweave Resource Development
Accuracy Verified: Yes
9. Grand, D. (1998, July). Advance clinical seminar: Innovation and integration in EMDR based diagnosis, technique, teaching, performance enhancement and creativity. Presentation at the annual meetng of the EMDR International Association, Baltimore, MD.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will: 1) be able to understand and utilize EMDR based diagnosis; 2) be able to utilize both forming of "questioning interweaves" and reflection of clients questions for processing; 3) gain an in depth understanding of the rationale and use of auditory and tactile modes of EMDR stimulation; 4) have working knowldge of advanced conceptualizations of parallel protocols, processing interaction between internalized selves and longer term EMDR; 5) have an expanded knowledge of issues in teaching EMDR, such as individual and group supervision and presenting seminars; 6) gain an understanding of a developmental model of performance and techniques for application of EMDR to performance enhancement and sports psychology; and 7) develop comprehensive understanding of issues of creativity and EMDR. This will include both the client's and therapist's creativity in the EMDR process, as well as se of EMDR for creativity enhancement.
Keywords: Creativity Performance Enhancement
Accuracy Verified: Yes
10. Vogelmann-Sine, S., Popky, A. J., Lazrove, S., Sine, L., Speare, J., Wade, D., & Wade, T. (1995, June). Advanced clinical applications of EMDR to addictive behaviors. Symposium conducted at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop addresses the application of standard and modified EMDR treatment protocols to addictive and compulsive
behaviors including substance abuse/dependence, overeating, smoking, love addiction. Individuals with addictive and compulsive
behaviors frequently have suffered from childhood trauma and neglect resulting in developmental arrests, as well as a variety of
maladaptive behaviors which are trauma-related and serve to minimize pain. The successful implementation of EMDR to addictive
behaviors requires that EMDR be used as part of an overall treatment program carefully addressing the needs of individuals who
have been traumatized and are exhibiting addictive behaviors. A thorough diagnostic work up is needed aimed at assessing
comorbidity, dissociation, and a detailed trauma history covering childhood traumas and traumas suffered as adults including
traumas that occur as a consequence of addictive behaviors. Careful client preparation is essential to assist individuals in coping
adequately with the high levels of emotion experienced during EMDR Clients' readiness to stop compulsive/addictive behaviors
needs to be carefully evaluated.
A decision tree aimed at determining the appropriateness of EMDR to individuals diagnosed with addictive behaviors is presented
which assists clinicians in minimizing the premature use of EMDR. EMDR is a client centered method, and thus, careful pacing is
needed with this population to reprocess underlying traumatic issues. This frequently implies utilizing a modified EMDR treatment
protocol with only partial resolutions of underlying traumatic material. Guidelines will be discussed to assist clinicians in selecting
EMDR targets for optional results which relate to the stages of recovery. EMDR can be used at all stages of recovery to neutralize
the negative impact of memories contributing to problematic behaviors, such as urges to use, ambivalence about treatment, fear of
facing painfull feelings from the past. EMDR also has the power to install templates for future actions which assist individuals with
skill deficits in more rapidly acquiring necessary skills for a successful recovery. Examples of cognitive interweaves are presented
which take into consideration clients' readiness, as well as the need to accelerate the recovery process.
EMDR has a unique role in the recovery of traumatized individuals with addictive and compulsive behaviors since the accelerated
processing of negative experiences and the installation of positive adaptive cognitions assist clients in more rapidly overcoming
barriers throughout the recovery process. It also challenges rigid approaches to recovery which frequently stress that trauma work
should not be attempted before abstinence has been accomplished for a specified period of time. EMDR is especially valuable in
processing core issues which center around shame and manifest in cognitions, such as "I am defective," "There is something wrong
with me," "I am not good enough," "I am not quite right," "I don't belong," "I don't deserve to live." Case examples will be given as
to how such core issues can be targeted to accelerate the recovery process.
A.J. Popky has developed a specialized EMDR treatment protocol which targets levels of urges of addictive/compulsive behaviors
directly and installs a positive internal state of feeling empowered without relying on compulsive and addictive behaviors. Case
examples fiom clinical practice indicate that when levels of urges are targeted directly, underlying traumas frequently emerge
without increasing clients' usage. The symposium addresses the application of this protocol to a range of addictive and compulsive
behaviors.
The Wades' integrative psychotherapy combines ego-state therapy and EMDR in a psychosocial developmental context. Their
substance use disorders treatment program incorporates specialized applications of their integrative psychotherapy, which includes
both individual and group therapy and employs hypnosis as well as EMDR Their presentation focuses on applications of the
standard EMDR protocol in individual therapy, which is limited primarily to desensitization of dysphoric affect and reprocessing
negative cognitions associated with grief and trauma.
Their conceptual framework of substance use disorders proceeds from a goal of reducing the harm caused by substance use and a
primary distinction between functional and autonomous use (rather than the DSM conceptualizations of "dependence" or "abuse")
because this guides interventions. Initial treatment planning depends upon external constraints (e.g., lack of support for positive
change, hostile environment), internal limitations (e.g., severity of substance use and its effects, neurocognitive deficits, inadequate
"ego strength," lack of skills, disrupted psychosocial development, psychological trauma) and the nature of the substance use
disorder (i.e., functional, autonomous, or both).
Methods include education about substance use disorders and processes of change, group therapy to develop skills and obtain
feedback and support, individual therapy to correct disrupted development and resolve traumatic stress reactions, and exercises to
apply what is learned in real-life situations. The standard EMDR protocol is applied to disrupted development involving grief and
to resolve psychological trauma that lead to substance use. Case vignettes in which such applications of the standard EMDR
protocol were employed are presented in detail.
Keywords: Addictions Substance Abuse Symposium
Accuracy Verified: Yes
11. Lovett, J. M. (1998). Am I real?: Mobilizing inner strength to develop a mature identity. In P. Manfield (Ed.), Extending EMDR: A casebook of innovative applications, (1st ed.) (pp. 191-216). New York: Norton.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
Chris was a 44-year old woman who had extremely low self-esteem, depression, panic attacks, and symptoms of dissociation when she began EMDR-facilitated therapy. Eye movement was used initially to reinforce healthy beliefs, physical sensations, and feelings related to experiences of safety, competence, well-being, and success based on prior learning. EMDR was then employed to target painful memories of childhood scenes with her parents, as well as erroneous beliefs and feelings of intense anxiety. Although none of the memories targeted occurred before age 5, the "white empty feeling" that was targeted seemed to represent the earlier deprivation. The desired positive cognition "I am significant" became the "umbrella cognition" containing various "sub-cognitions" (such as "I am loveable," "I deserve respect," and "I can take care of my needs").As Chris reprocessed traumatic childhood memories with EMDR, more and more of these sub-cognitions were integrated. Progress was not linear, but reprocessing the client's issues as she presented them gradually led to a more stable, flexible, and resilient sense of self. Eventually, the negative self-assessments dissipated. After 18 sessions Chris felt strong and confident, fully present, and eager to be involved in intimate relationships that were based on mutual respect. [Text, pp. 215-216] [Pilots]
Keywords: Adults Americans Anxiety Disorders Case Report Child Abuse Cognitive Therapy Depressive Disorders Females Life Experiences Neglect Psychotherapeutic Processes Self Esteem Survivors Treatment Effectiveness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
12. Descilo, T. (1999). Amelioration of death-related trauma with traumatic incident reduction (TIR) and eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR). In C. R. Figley (Ed.), Traumatology of grieving: conceptual, theoretical, and treatment foundations (pp. 153-182). Philadelphia: Brunner/Mazel.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
The author notes the significance of the child-adult system and the effects of the death of either person on the other. She describes two treatment approaches: traumatic incident resolution (TIR) and eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR). Both approaches are reviewed, beginning with the theoretical model on which they are based. In a synthesis of both TIR and EMDR, the author offers "clinical traumatology skills" to overcome the potential bias introduced by the therapist. She discusses three focusing drills to develop practitioners' effectiveness in focusing on the most critical issues and procedures of trauma work. Acknowledgement and closure drills enable practitioners to more effectively end trauma work sessions. The author also discusses what effective trauma treatment should look like. These end points help assure both client and therapist that the distress associated with the memories has been removed permanently. After discussing the role of emotions in processing traumatic events, the chapter focuses on TIR and then EMDR regarding assessment and treatment procedures. This is followed by a discussion of what can go wrong when applying the treatment procedures. The chapter ends with presentation and discussion of a case example. [Adapted from Introduction]
Keywords: Assessment Bereavement Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapeutic Processes PTSD Survivors TIR Traumatic Incident Reduction
Accuracy Verified: Yes
13. Descilo, T. (1999). Amelioration of death-related trauma with traumatic incident reduction (TIR) and eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR). In C. Figley (Ed.), Death-Related Trauma: Conceptual, Theoretical, and Treatemnt Foundations. London: Taylor & Francis.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract: The author notes the significance of the child-adult system and the effects of the death of either person on the other. She describes two treatment approaches: traumatic incident resolution (TIR) and eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR). Both approaches are reviewed, beginning with the theoretical model on which they are based. In a synthesis of both TIR and EMDR, the author offers "clinical traumatology skills" to overcome the potential bias introduced by the therapist. She discusses three focusing drills to develop practitioners' effectiveness in focusing on the most critical issues and procedures of trauma work. Acknowledgement and closure drills enable practitioners to more effectively end trauma work sessions. The author also discusses what effective trauma treatment should look like. These end points help assure both client and therapist that the distress associated with the memories has been removed permanently. After discussing the role of emotions in processing traumatic events, the chapter focuses on TIR and then EMDR regarding assessment and treatment procedures. This is followed by a discussion of what can go wrong when applying the treatment procedures. The chapter ends with presentation and discussion of a case example. [Adapted from Introduction]
Keywords: Death Traumatic Incident Reduction
Accuracy Verified: Yes
14. Negadi, F., Pelissolo, A., Jouvent, R., & Allilaire, J. F. (2007, Septembre). Application de l’EMDR en sexotraumatologie: Évolution de la comorbidité psychopathologique à propos d'un cas d'agression sexuelle [EMDR applied to sexual traumatology: Evolution of psychopathological comorbidity in the case of sexual aggression]. Annales Médico-Psychologiques, Revue Psychiatrique, 165(7), 523-528. doi:10.1016/j.amp.2007.06.002.
Language: French
Format: Journal
Abstract:
L'accès thérapeutique des patients victimes d'agression sexuelle est souvent à travers une double perspective: celle du traitement de stress post-traumatique (SSPT) et d'évitement sexuel. En légère ou modérée cas de SSPT, il ya des formes complexes où la comorbidité est plus évident et le taux d'échec thérapeutique est plus important. À l'heure actuelle des méthodes de traitement actif, basé sur l'exposition, plus particulièrement EMDR (désensibilisation des mouvements oculaires et retraitement) considérée comme une thérapie brève et active, donnent de bons résultats dans le traitement de la symptomatologie traumatique. Peu d'études ont été menées sur l'évolution psychopathologique de patients ayant souffert d'agressions sexuelles et qui sont pris en charge par l'EMDR. Dans le cadre d'une étude de cas, les auteurs discutent des éléments indiquant une évolution rapide de la symptomatologie traumatique, l'évitement sexuel et de la régression de l'expression des signes de co-morbidité. [Auteur] Résumé
The therapeutic access of patients victims of sexual aggression is often through a double perspective: That of treating Post Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) and of sexual avoidance. In light or moderate PTSD cases, there are complex forms in which co-morbidity is more evident and the rate of therapeutic failure is more important. At present active treatment methods based on exposure, more particularly EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) considered as a brief and active therapy, give good results in the treatment of traumatic symptomatology. Few studies have been undertaken on the psychopathological evolution of patients having suffered from sexual attacks and who are being taken care of by EMDR. Within the framework of a case study, the authors discuss elements indicating a rapid evolution of traumatic symptomatology, of sexual avoidance and of regression of the expression of the co-morbidity signs. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Brief Therapy Clinical Case Study Sexotherapy Sexual Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
15. Dunton, R. (1992, July). Application of EMDR in the learning process. Presentation at the Fourth World Congress on Behaviour Therapy, Queensland, Australia.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Individuals who have experienced learning blocks, feeling of underachievement, and patterns of failure in school and/or the work place often manifest low self-esteem, frustration, anxiety, and hopelessness, causing them to become overly sensitive to criticism, distracted by thoughts of anger, to exhibit acting out behaviour and to alienate peers. This in turn causes a continuation of learning deficits. Since EMDE can be used to desensitise reactions to past events and present stimili, as well as install positive self-assessments, it has proved very useful in the treatment of children and adults with learning problems.
Keywords: Education Learning Process
Accuracy Verified: Yes
16. Villa, M., & Sangiovanni, L. (2008, Novembre). Applicazione dell’EMDR ad una nuova popolazione: I pazienti posturali con dolore cronico e con deficit percettivi [Applying EMDR to a new population: Patients postural with chronic pain and perceptual deficits]. Presentazione al Applicazioni Cliniche dell'EMDR Congresso Nazionale, Milano, Italia.
Language: Italian
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Lo studio riguarda l’applicazione dell’EMDR ai Pazienti affetti da “Sindrome da deficit posturale” (Da Cuña). Il problema coinvolge il 10% della popolazione, di cui il 15% è sintomatico. È di difficile inquadramento, dato che i sintomi somatici che presenta coinvolgono tutti e tre i versanti delle regolazioni automatiche: dolori muscolo-scheletrici migranti, derivanti da disordini posturali; pseudovertigini, da deficit di localizzazione spaziale; disturbi cognitivi (fino alla dislessia), da alterata integrazione percettiva. Le modalità compensatorie a tali deficit possono investire la sfera psicologica (senso profondo di inadeguatezza, ansia, depressione...), sviluppare atteggiamenti strategici di evitamento (agorafobia da deficit di orientamento spaziale), spingere a interpretare reazioni fisiche come se fossero psicologiche (attacchi di panico, enuresi notturna…). Proprio il sottile intreccio tra aspetti somatici e psicologici rende complessa la diagnosi; può capitare infatti che un paziente con problemi di questa natura si rivolga a un terapista somatico (posturologo, osteopata…), che non coglie il problema. Abbiamo così messo a punto un sistema diagnostico che riconosca se l’aspetto psichico sia conseguenza di un vero disturbo somatico o se invece sostenga una serie di somatizzazioni tendenzialmente derivanti da traumi. Nell’uno o nell’altro caso, l’utilizzo dell’EMDR può essere risolutivo: evidentemente sul versante traumatico, ma pure per la desensibilizzazione delle convinzioni negative derivate dalle strategie psicologiche reattive al deficit somatico. Metodi. La valutazione diagnostica e le variazioni sintomatologiche sono state effettuate con DSMIV, SWAP-200, SCL90-R, TAS 20, VAS, anamnesi posturologica, kinesiologia, posturodinamica, riflessi primitivi e sensoriali, valutazione osteopatica, Maddox, stabilometria basale e con challenges). Risultati. Gli interventi su misura hanno ridotto la sintomatologia, come è rappresentato dalle rilevazioni effettuate e dai feedback dei pazienti. La conoscenza integrata, sia che il primo approccio sia psicologico o posturale, consente una diagnosi accurata e dunque una strategia terapeutica sinergica efficace che permette di sbloccare terapie cronicizzate.
The study concerns the application of EMDR in patients with "postural deficiency syndrome" (Da Cuna). The problem affects 10% of the population, of which 15% are symptomatic. It is
classification difficult, because the somatic symptoms presenting involving all three sides automatic adjustments: musculoskeletal pain migrants from postural disorders; pseudovertigini, spatial localization deficit, cognitive problems (up to dyslexia), from altered perceptual integration. The methods compensatory these deficits can invest the ball psychological (deep sense of inadequacy, anxiety, depression ...), develop attitudes strategic avoidance (agoraphobia deficit spatial orientation), push to interpret physical reactions as if they were psychological (panic attacks, nocturnal enuresis ...). Just the subtle interplay between somatic and psychological aspects makes it difficult to diagnose and can in fact happen that a patient with problems of this nature, please ask a somatic therapy (Posture, osteopath ...), who misses the problem. We have thus developed a diagnostic system that recognize if the appearance is the result of a true mental disorder or whether it supports somatic a series of somatization tendency resulting from trauma. In either case, use EMDR can be resolutely on the side obviously traumatic, but also for desensitization of the negative beliefs derived from psychological strategies responsive to deficit somatic. Methods. The diagnostic evaluation and symptom changes are were made with DSMIV, SWAP-200, SCL90-R, TAS 20, VAS, history Posture, kinesiology, posturodinamica, primitive reflexes and sensory evaluation osteopathic, Maddox, stabilometry baseline and challenges). Results. Tailored interventions have reduced symptomatology, as represented by the surveys conducted and feedback from patients. The integrated knowledge, whether the first approach is psychological or postural, allows a diagnosis accurate and therefore a therapeutic strategy that allows you to unlock synergistic effective therapies chronic.
Keywords: Chronic Pain Perceptual Deficits
Accuracy Verified: Yes
17. Oren, U., & Konuk, E. (2010, July). Applied EMDR research: EMDR in the treatment of headache. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The need for research in the EMDR field has been clear since its beginning. EMDR therapists, like most other therapists,
have been reluctant to combine clinical work and research despite offers of support from the EMDR community. One of the
reasons for such an approach has to do with the sense that EMDR research has little to do with the “real” work of clinicians. A
team of Turkish therapists have decided to develop a protocol for treating chronic migraine headaches. Their work is based
on the original work of Grant (1999) and Marcus (2008). The presentation will describe the study they have conducted, the
protocol they have developed, and the future possible applications of their work. The ways in which this project can be used
as a prototype for further applied research in the EMDR field will be described.
A call for more applied research and ways to support it will be made.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
18. Forgash, C. (2008). Applying EMDR and ego state therapy in collaborative treatment. In C. Forgash and M. Copeley, (Eds.), Healing the heart of trauma and dissociation with EMDR and ego state therapy (pp. 313-341). New York, NY: Springer Publishing Co.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
This chapter will describe the application of the collaborative treatment model to clients who undergo EMDR and ego state therapy with a specialist in addition to their regular therapy. EMDR and ego state therapy specialists are uniquely positioned to assist primary therapists in resolving stalled therapies and enhancing the treatment provided by the primary therapist. We will explore in this chapter the issues that become problematic over time in a course of therapy, which clients are good candidates for collaborative EMDR and ego state treatment, how to develop an effective working relationship with the primary therapist, and how to avoid problems that may arise out of this dual relationship. A detailed case study will illustrate each step of the treatment, from the initial contact with the primary therapist through the conclusion of the adjunct therapy. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)
Keywords: Collaborative Treatment Ego State Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
19. Brock, S. E. (2009). Assessing and intervening with PTSD. Presentation at the National Association of School Psychologists (NASP) Annual Convention.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Preface
1 PTSD necessarily involves exposure to a
traumatic stressor.
2 A traumatic stressor can generate initial stress
reactions in just about anyone.
3 However, not everyone exposed to these
events develops PTSD.
4 Among those who develop PTSD, significant
impairments in daily functioning (including
interpersonal and academic functioning) are
observed.
5 Developmentally younger individuals are more
vulnerable to PTSD.
Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
20. Cortés, C. (2012, June). Ayudando a desarrollar el sistema de procesamiento de la información para la reconstrucción del apego en niños adoptados [Helping to develop the adaptive information system for attachment reconstruction in adopted children]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.
Language: Spanish
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR
is
based
on
the
adaptive
information
system
model.
Humans
have
an
inherent
information
processing
system
that
generally
processes
the
complex
elements
of
an
experience
to
an
adaptive
state.
In
other
words,
we
have
the
innate
capacity
to
resolve
difficult
emotional
experiences
and
move
forward
in
our
lives.
There
are
cases
where,
besides
the
trauma
of
abandonment
and
lack
of
attachment,
there
has
been
no
early
stimulation,
mainly
during
the
first
year
of
life.
Sometimes
the
emotional
environment
is
so
poor
that
results
in
insufficient
attachment,
and
prevents
the
motivational
system
from
becoming
strong
enough
to
push
the
baby
to
find
and
produce
stimulation.
Other
times,
the
environment
has
been
so
negligent
that
has
not
provided
the
conditions
for
the
baby
to
adequately
cover
this
first
sensory
stimulation.
Whether
it
is
poor
emotional
environment
or
a
negligent
environment,
or
both
at
once,
the
result
is
that
we
find
children
who
have
not
had
the
opportunity
to
generate
enough
neural
connections
or
the
quality
required
for
the
reptilian
brain
to
mature.
This
phenomenon
hinders
the
brain
integration,
both
vertically
and
horizontally,
and
makes
the
processing
of
the
adaptive
information
system
difficult,
if
not
impossible.
Aiming
to
promote
and
foster
the
development
of
the
adaptive
information
system,
we
have
focused
on
a
dual
purpose:
rebuilding
attachment
and
ensuring
the
neurofunctional
reorganization
and
development
of
the
child
at
early
stages.
For
this
we
rely
on
both;
EMDR
processing,
as
well
as
sensory
integration
and
sensorimotor
therapies,
which
promote
the
integration
of
primitive
reflexes
and
the
child´s
development
at
early
years.
Given
the
baby's
phylogenetic
development
and
the
ideal
conditions
for
such
development
to
occur,
we
try
to
generate
the
same
conditions,
with
the
aim
to
facilitate
and
complete
part
of
the
child's
development
that,
so
far,
has
not
occurred
yet.
Therefore,
the
quality
of
attachment
is
what
will
define
the
self-‐regulation
capacity
and
the
child's
motivational
system.
And
in
this
sense,
the
neurofunctional
organization
and
sensory
integration
will
provide
the
child
with
the
necessary
resources
to
meet
the
challenges
of
both,
development
and
growth,
and
the
possibility
to
achieve
success
and
thus
to
obtain
the
perception
of
efficiency.
Both
aspects,
attachment
and
neurofunctional
organization,
are
interwoven
with
each
other
and
feed
the
adaptive
information
system.
Through
videos
and
clinical
material,
we
show
the
evolution
of
adopted
children
with
whom
we
have
already
intervened
from
this
dual
therapeutic
point
of
view;
generating
a
greater
vertical
and
horizontal
integration
and
a
better
attachment
consolidation.
Parents
will
play
a
key
role
in
this
intervention
and
we
prepare
them
for
it
through
both;
psycho-‐education
and
EMDR.
In
this
way,
they
can
become
proper
therapeutic
parents,
capable
to
parenthesize
their
own
children.
EMDR
está
basado
en
el
modelo
del
sistema
adaptativo
del
procesamiento
de
la
información.
El
ser
humano
posee
un
sistema
inherente
de
procesamiento
de
la
información
que
normalmente
procesa
los
elementos
complejos
de
una
experiencia
en
un
sistema
adaptativo.
En
otras
palabras,
tenemos
una
capacidad
innata
para
resolver
las
experiencias
emocionalmente
difíciles
y
seguir
adelante
con
nuestras
vidas.
Existen
casos
donde,
tras
el
trauma
de
abandono
y
la
falta
de
apego,
no
ha
existido
estimulación
temprana,
principalmente
durante
el
primer
año
de
vida.
A
menudo
el
ambiente
emocional
es
tan
pobre
que
da
como
resultado
un
apego
insuficiente,
e
impide
que
el
sistema
emocional
sea
lo
suficientemente
fuerte
para
conseguir
que
el
bebe
encuentre
y
produzca
estimulación.
En
otras
ocasiones,
el
ambiente
ha
sido
tan
negligente
que
no
proporciona
las
condiciones
adecuadas
para
que
el
bebe
cubra
su
primera
estimulación
sensorial.
Ya
sea
por
ambiente
emocional
pobre
o
un
ambiente
negligente,
o
bien
ambos,
el
resultado
es
que
encontramos
niños
que
no
tienen
la
oportunidad
de
generar
conexiones
neurales
suficientes
o
de
calidad
requeridas
por
el
cerebro
reptiliano
para
madurar.
Este
fenómeno
dificulta
la
integración
del
cerebro
vertical
y
horizontalmente
y
hace
que
el
sistema
de
procesamiento
de
la
información
sea
deficitario,
si
no
imposible.
Con
el
objetivo
de
promover
y
fomentar
el
desarrollo
del
sistema
adaptativo
del
procesamiento
de
la
información,
nos
hemos
centrado
en
un
propósito
dual:
Reconstruir
el
apego
y
asegurarnos
de
reorganizar
y
desarrollar
la
neurofuncionalidad
del
niño
en
las
etapas
tempranas
del
niño.
Para
ello
nos
apoyamos
en
el
procesamiento
del
EMDR,
así
como
en
las
terapias
de
integración
sensorial
y
sensoriomotoras,
que
fomentan
la
integración
de
los
reflejos
primitivos
y
el
desarrollo
del
niño
en
las
etapas
tempranas.
Dado
el
desarrollo
filogenético
del
niño
y
las
condiciones
ideales
para
que
dicho
desarrollo
ocurra,
intentamos
generar
las
mismas
condiciones,
con
el
objetivo
de
facilitar
y
completar
parte
del
desarrollo
del
niño
que
hasta
ahora,
no
ha
ocurrido
todavía.
Por
tanto,
la
calidad
del
apego
es
aquella
que
será
definida
por
la
capacidad
de
autorregulación
y
el
sistema
motivacional
del
niño.
Y
en
este
sentido,
la
organización
neurofuncional
y
la
integración
sensorial
promoverán
en
el
niño
los
recursos
necesarios
para
encontrarse
con
los
retos
de
desarrollo
y
crecimiento
y
la
posibilidad
de
conseguir
el
éxito
en
ambos,
además
de
obtener
la
percepción
de
eficiencia.
Ambos
aspectos,
apego
y
organización
neurofuncional,
están
entrelazados
y
alimentan
el
sistema
adaptativo
del
procesamiento
de
la
información.
A
través
videos
y
material
clínico,
mostramos
la
evolución
de
los
niños
adoptados
los
cuales
ya
han
sido
intervenidos
desde
esta
perspectiva
terapéutica
dual;
generando
una
gran
integración
vertical
y
horizontal
y
una
mejora
en
la
consolidación
del
apego.
Los
Keywords: Adoptives
Accuracy Verified: Yes
21. van der Kolk, B. A. (1994, January). The body keeps the score: Memory and the evolving psychobiology of posttraumatic stress. Harvard Review of Psychiatry, 1(5), 253-265. doi:10.3109/10673229409017088.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Ever since people's responses to overwhelming experiences have been systematically explored, researchers have noted that a trauma is stored in somatic memory and expressed as changes in the biological stress response. Intense emotions at the time of the trauma initiate the long-term conditional responses to reminders of the event, which are associated both with chronic alterations in the physiological stress response and with the amnesias and hypermnesias characteristic of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Continued physiological hyperarousal and altered stress hormone secretion affect the ongoing evaluation of sensory stimuli as well. Although memory is ordinarily an active and constructive process, in PTSD failure of declarative memory may lead to organization of the trauma on a somatosensory level (as visual images or physical sensations) that is relatively impervious to change. The inability of people with PTSD to integrate traumatic experiences and their tendency, instead, to continuously relieve the past are mirrored physiologically and hormonally in the misinterpretation of innocuous stimuli as potential threats. Animal research suggests that intense emotional memories are processed outside of the hippocampally mediated memory system and are difficult to extinguish. Cortical activity can inhibit the expression of these subcortically based emotional memories. The effectiveness of this inhibition depends, in part, on physiological arousal and neurohormonal activity. These formulations have implications for both the psychotherapy and the pharmacotherapy of PTSD.[MLM MEDLINE]
Keywords: Neurobiology Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Practice PTSD Theory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
22. Borstein, S. (2011, August). Brief adjunctive EMDR: How to work collaboratively and quickly with referrals for EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Non-EMDR-trained clinicians sometimes ask if “a little EMDR” might help their clients. This workshop presents a specific model of Brief Adjunctive EMDR that can accelerate progress in traditional therapy, help the client and the primary therapist to clarify stuck points, and enrich ongoing work. Screening criteria are offered and potential pitfalls are outlined, along with ways to prevent or resolve these problems. An active collaborative relationship with the referring therapist is essential in this model; ways to develop collaboration are discussed. Participants will receive sample forms to educate prospective clients, inform referring therapists, guide case conceptualization, and measure treatment outcomes.
Keywords: Brief Adjunctive Therapy Referrals
Accuracy Verified: Yes
23. Emard, P. (1995, June). A brief look at MRI brief therapy. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The MRI approach to brief therapy originated out of the serendipitous coming together of several incredibly creative minds that
resulted in a form of psychotherapy in which the major goal was to make psychotherapy more efficient and more effective. It evolved
out of research project on communication begun by anthropologist Gregory Bateson that soon involved the work of hypnotherapist
Milton H. Erickson and psychiatrist Don Jackson. John Weakland, Jay Haley, Paul Watzlawick and Richard Fisch began to publish
the ideas that resulted fiom the early research findings and in doing so developed a particular set of assumptions about the formation
and resolution of human problems that differed significantly from traditional treatment models of the time. Further refinements
through the clinical application of these methods resulted in a model of treatment that was a pioneer of the brief psychotherapy
movement. It is based on a non-normative and non-pathological way of viewing people with problems; it looks at people in the
context of their living situations; it resists the idea of client resistance, it places great emphasis on the use of language; and it seeks
to amplify client assets and resources and minimize client liabilities and shortcomings.
Brief therapists assume a willingness to be an active change agent for the benefit of their clients. They accept responsibility for
creating an atmosphere of respect, patience, and creativity in which clients can find alternative ways to think and behave. They
believe they have a set of tasks to perform that will hopefully result in the resolution or, as a minimum, the diminishment of the
problem situation for which the client originally sought help.
These tasks consist of a combination of ways of thinking and acting that are designed to increase the likelihood that the client will
experience relief from a painful problem. One of the main tasks for a brief therapist is to find ways to construe the problems
presented by the client so that a solution can be found. Brief therapists inquire into the interactional systemic aspects of a problem,
the context or environment in which the problem occurs, the people involved in the problematic situation, and the ways the client has
attempted to resolve the problem thus far.
Another very important task is to identify and gain access to the persons who are the most interested in and willing to work toward
changing the problem situation. The idea here is to spend the bulk of the therapeutic time and effort working with the person who is
most invested in the change process. Brief therapists find ways to appeal to this person's values and belief systems so that (s)he will
engage in activities and/or alter her/his behavior in ways that are likely to change the problem situation.
A third task on which brief therapists concentrate is the establishment of clear, concrete, and doable goals of treatment. They
collaborate with the client to determine what the client hopes to gain from treatment and when the client will know she is ready to
handle life on his/her own, this assumes an emphasis on the client's present and the possibilities for the client's future rather than
his/her past.
The fourth task brief therapists focus on is the development of ways of intervening in the way the presenting problem is being
handled in the present time. This is based on the central assumption that one of the main goals of psychotherapy is to induce
clients to change the way a problem is handled. Such intervening is the result of thoughtful and careful consideration of many factors
surrounding the problem situation and involves the use of a variety of skills.
A final task for the brief therapist is to find ways to remove him/herself from the client's life in such a way that the client has faith in
her/his own ability to function effectively without the therapist.
This treatment model offers clinicians an opportunity to work in positive, goal-directed ways that clients find helpful and therapists
find challenging and satisfying. It calls upon clinicians to develop keen observation skills, the ability to see things fiom a variety of
perspectives, and an appreciation for the vast resources clients bring with them to therapy. While it is a simple model of treatment, it
is by no means an easy one to master. It requires clinicians to step outside their usual frames of reference in the pursuit of creative
solutions to difficult human problems. It rewards them with a greater sense of accomplishment and increased client satisfaction.
In the ever-changing world of mental health, this is no small achievement.
Keywords: MRI Brief Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
24. Naccarato, C. (2001, December). The capsule adventure. EMDRIA Newsletter, 6(Special Edition), 12-14.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
In EMDR, a client often cannot seem to move forward in processing a particular memory or scene, and continued attempts seem to worsen the client’s physical response, causing pain or other discomfort. This is a potentially damaging situation in that the discomfort may remain, the memory may not get processed to resolution, and the client may develop a negative view of EMDR and of therapy. Some years ago, I developed a low-risk imaginal invasive technique to encourage clients to explore what was happening in, and to, their bodies, I call it the “Capsule Adventure.” Having used this intervention more than 50 times, I have found it to be a reliable way of resolving this type of impasse and moving the session forward.
Keywords: Capsule Adventure
Accuracy Verified: Yes
25. Greenwald, R. (2007, September). Case conceptualization and treatment planning for EMDR therapists. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Want to do more/better EMDR? Trauma-informed case foundation and treatment planning enable the therapist to systematically pursue treatment activities that help the client: a) understand why trauma resolution is important; b) have the motivation to do it; and c) develop the coping skills and affect tolerance for successful EMDR. Participants will practice structured methods to understand a client from a trauma perspective and to apply the trauma-informed treatment framework to one of their own cases. Data documenting these methods’ effectiveness will be presented, including reduced therapist distress, increased empathy and confidence, and improved behaviors with challenging clients.
Keywords: Case Conceptualization
Accuracy Verified: Yes
26. Shapiro, R., Hofmann, A., & Grey, E. (2013). Case consultation: Unremitting depression. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 7(1), 39-44. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.7.1.39.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Case Consultation is a new regular feature in the Journal of EMDR Practice and Research. In this article,
an eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) clinician briefly describes a challenging case
in which a man, “George,” was referred for EMDR for treatment of a depression that began more than
2 years previously. After all his reported traumatic memories were completely processed with EMDR,
George remains severely depressed and the therapist asks how to proceed effectively with treatment.
Responses are written by three experts. The first expert, Robin Shapiro, describes a comprehensive list
of possible etiologies, including attachment, early trauma, genetic, and other biological causes and their
appropriate EMDR, ego state, or medical treatments. The second expert, Arne Hofmann, reviews the
treatment that was provided and makes suggestions for alternate treatment targets, suggesting that the
therapist could address the client’s belief that “nothing will change” and try the EMDR inverted protocol.
The third expert, Earl Grey, recommends that the clinician focus on addressing small “t” traumas, even if
the client indicates that he or she has little to no disturbance and explains how to develop and implement
a “restorative life span target sequence.”
Keywords: Consultation Depression Treatment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
27. Bae, H., Kim, D., & Ahn, J. (2006, September). A case series of post-traumatic obsessive compulsive disorder: A six month follow-up evaluation. Journal of the Korean Neuropsychiatric Association, 45(5), 476-480.
Language: Korean
Format: Journal
Abstract:
A number of recent case reports and series indicate that obsessive compulsive disorder (OCD) can develop after traumatic experience as a comorbid conditon to post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD). These descriptive studies consistently addressed that those patients respond poorly to treatments and had an unfavorable outcome. However, this conclusion was not supported by prospective follow up with objective measurement of symptomatology. This report presents three single trauma-related PTSD patients who developed full-blown OCD concurrently with or after the initiation of PTSD. These patients represent 10% of new PTSD outpatients at a PTSD clinic during one year period and 25% of PTSD patients who had been admitted. In all three cases compulsion seemed to distract or serve as avoidance to intrusive symptoms of PTSD. Despite Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) and/or exposure therapy for PTSD together with at least two antidepressant trials for PTSD and OCD, at six month follow-up PTSD partially improved and OCD remained unchanged. This finding is consistent with previous reports from western literature (KoreaMed).
Keywords: Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder OCD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
28. Amen, D. G. (1999, June). Change your brain, change your life (EMDR not the focus). Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Las Vegas, NV.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will: 1) learn the functions the problems associated with five different brain systems; 2) learn the impact of head injuries on psychological behavior; and 3) develop three psychological strategies for enhancing each different brain system.
Keywords: Brain Brain Systems Head Injuries SPECT
Accuracy Verified: Yes
29. Paterson, M. C. (2008). Changing cognitive schemas through EMDR and ego state therapy. In C. Forgash and M. Copeley, (Eds.) Healing the heart of trauma and dissociation with EMDR and ego state therapy (pp. 121-139). New York, NY: Springer Publishing Co.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
Often clients require extensive preparatory work to ensure that they have the ego strength to allow them to experience EMDR. Failure to do this may result in harm to the client and litigation against the therapist. Ego strengthening is required where the client's personality is less than totally integrated, usually indicated by the presence of enduring irrational beliefs and behavior. Such beliefs exist despite extensive evidence to the contrary; for example, a man may believe he is worthless and a failure despite being in a stable marriage and also holding a college degree. Similarly, irrational beliefs often prevent clients from progressing in therapy due to the blocking action they exert on cognitive processing. This chapter examines maintenance fo irrational beliefs and behaviors and a case study that looks at a former police officer in Northern Ireland. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)
Keywords: Cognitive Schemas Ego State Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
30. Boèl, J. (1999, Fall). Child & adolescent issue: A closer look - The butterfly hug: Some history and updates in its use with children. EMDRIA Newsletter, 4(4), Child and Adolescent Issue, Special Edition, 11-13.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
Children, Adolescents, and EMDR: A closer look
In February of 1998, about four months after the devastation wrought by Hurricane Paulina, a team of Mexican therapists along with two EMDR-HAP members as “technical advisors” (myself and Judy Albert) were working with groups of children who had witnessed tragedy and suffered great losses. Our team had only three locations to help these children, so we attempted to develop group therapy situations based on the EMDR theory and protocol as much as possible.
Keywords: Adolescents Butterfly Hug Children
Accuracy Verified: Yes
31. Dworkin, M. (2005, September). Clinican strategies for dealing with challenging EMDR clients. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This experientially based workshop will address clinician issues with clients who
are challenging to work with both before and during an EMDR session. Participants will develop greater awareness of these moments and learn strategies to overcome
potential moments of misattunements. These strategies will include parts of the
Procedural Steps Outline in preparation for anticipated problems; applied RDI
strategies for compartmentalizing activated clinician state dependent moments in session; and using a variation of a cognitive interweave when an interruption of the flow of states between clinician and client temporarily ruptures contingent collaborative communication. "The Clinician Self Awareness Questionnaire"
will be introduced as a method of enhancing these awarenesses. Participants are
invited to bring their most challenging cases to work on.
Keywords: Challenging Client Clinician Self Awareness Questionnaire Countertransference Trauma Treatment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
32. Dworkin, M. (2009). The clinician awareness questionnaire in EMDR. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (pp. 401-408). New York: Springer Publishing Co.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
Whenever an EMDR treatment session becomes problematic, consider this self-administered instrument when reflecting on this session. EMDR consultants can also use this measure in their consulting groups to assist consultees in understanding when work with clients have an impact on the clinician. The purpose of using the Clinician Awareness Questionnaire includes the following: (1) To assist in raising awareness of what may be triggering the clinician; (2) To assess what may be coming from the clinician and what may be coming from the client; and (3) To develop EMDR Relational Strategies. Different problems can arise in different phases of the protocol. Sometimes, problems for the clinician may occur in Phase 1 when a client shares information that evokes negative arousal; or Phase 2 when the client has trouble understanding the elements of preparation or wants to get going processing trauma prematurely and the clinician has a negative response; or Phase 3 when there is a problem structuring the Assessment piece. Sometimes, client information may not evoke negative arousal in the clinician until Phase 4 when the client is actively processing. Often times, the clinician's triggers are from old memories. These memories may be explicit; at other times, implicit (somatosensory). As clinicians begin to notice these moments in themselves, they may aid themselves and their clients in continuing productive processing by using the Clinician Awareness Questionnaire. The Clinican Awareness Questionnaire Script is provided. [PsycINFO Database]
Keywords: Clinician Awareness Questionnaire Protocol
Accuracy Verified: Yes
33. McMulin, T. (1998, June). Combining EMDR with relapse prevention programs to enhance treatment outcomes with sex offenders. EMDRIA Newsletter, 3(2), 20-24.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
There have been numerous barriers to the development of comprehensive and successful treatment for sex offenders. One of the primary barriers involved societal views of offenders as being incorrigible and first and foremost deserving of punishment. Offenders themselves have fed that view because of seemingly impenetrable defense mechanisms they develop to maintain a sense of safety from others as well as their own thoughts, feelings, and memories. Other barriers to development of comprehensive treatment models involve the failure of traditional psychodynamic techniques, which focus primarily on resolving intrapsychic conflicts, to provide cost effective, adequate, and reliable treatment results (Lockhart, Saunders, & Cleveland, 1989).
Keywords: Relapse Prevention Programs Sex Offenders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
34. Davidson, M. M., Potter, A. E., & Wesselmann, R. D. (2010, September/October). Comparing dialectical behavior therapy to eye movement desensitization and reprocessing: A phase-based trauma treatment pilot project. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Internation Association, Minneapolis, MN.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
• More effective methods to treat adults affected by childhood trauma, disturbed attachments, and adulthood intimate partner violence are critically needed.
• Research utilizing Adult Attachment Interview (Hess, 1999) had found that when mothers hold unresolved memories of loss or childhood abuse, their children typically develop disorganized attachments and that when mothers are poorly or inconsistently responsive to their children’s cues, the children typically develop insecure attachments • A history of abuse by childhood attachment figures also increases the likelihood of becoming involved in domestic violence experiences in adulthood for both sexes (Gratz, 2009; Henderson et al, 2005) • Previous research has demonstrated that attachment experiences influence emotional functioning and vulnerability to emotion dysregulation (Critchheld et al, 2008). Numerous empirical works demonstrate the relationship between attachment style and aggression (e. g., Sockwaite et al, 2002; Henderson et al, 2005)
• Emotion dysregulation and problems with impulse control and unstable relationships are common symptoms associated with childhood abuse by attachment figures (Fonagy, 1997; Bhipman et al, 2005)
• Funding more effective treatment for problems in functioning related to childhood trauma and attachment issues is imperative. Dialectical Behavior Therapy (DBT) and Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) are two approaches that have proven beneficial in treating individuals with borderline personality disorders and trauma, respectively, and thus, could prove beneficial as treatment modalities for childhood trauma and attachment problems
• The current investigation is a pilot study aimed at evaluating a treatment protocol aimed at effectively assisting adults with a history of childhood abuse and/or intimate partner violence to regulate emotions, resolve childhood trauma, move toward a healthier and more secure attachment status, and reduce the risk of repeating the cycle of violence and child abuse. More specifically, this pilot project evaluated a phase-based trauma treatment program that included (a) a year-long, initial emotion regulation skills-training phases utilizing DBT and (b) a second phase of either 10 individual sessions of EMDR or 10 individual session focused on further DBT skills training
Keywords: DBT Dialectical Behavior Therapy Poster
Accuracy Verified: Yes
35. Prattos-Spongalides, T. A. (2001, June). Connotation difficulties encountered in the application of the EMDR protocol in one’s native language. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Austin, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The goal of this workshop is to determine connotation difficulties encountered in the application of important EMDR components like Safe Place, Negative Cognition, and VoC into one's native lnaguage; identify successful solutions already used in non-English speaking countries; share and demonstrate how cultural differences and value may alter/cloud the content of protocol components; develop a list of flexible alternative phrasings for use with novice EMDR therapists in non-English speaking countries as a resource aid and relief to the strain stemming from the unavoidable adaption of the EMDR protocol into one's native language.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
36. Seubert, A. (2007, June). The courage to feel: The power of emotional competency within the EMDR protocol. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Much of affect education is focused on managing and tolerating emotions. What is missing on the in this is an emphasis on the positive reasons for having feelings and how they work (objective #1). We need to be able to sell our clients on the importance of emotional expertise and honesty if they are to heal. They need to develop the courage to feel, but won’t do this if feelings don’t make sense.
Because the emotional journey cuts through what is foreign territory for many of our clients, there is also a need for a map, a hands-on practical guide that clients can refer to when learning how to do this “feeling things.” For this I have developed the Four Steps to emotional competence, very teachable and very learnable (Objective #2).
Specific skills are needed to implement the Four Steps. These include the practice of awareness (the sine qua non of any therapy), breath work, visualizations, resource development and anchoring, grounding techniques, trance busters and the L.I.D.S. strategy for managing strong feelings(Objective #3). Many of these will be practiced during the workshop.
Finally, it is important for the therapist to have a trauma treatment phase model in mind in order to know where this affect education fits in and when it may need to be revisited (Objective #4). The use of EMDR to reinforce learning will be demonstrated and/or practiced during the learning of the seven skills (Objective #5).
Accuracy Verified: Yes
37. Spierings, J. (2012, April). A creative new look at interweaves / Un regard nouveau et créatif sur le tissage (Interweaves). Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Montreal, Quebec, Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Working with severely damaged clients, ‘just staying out of the way’ is not enough to help these clients process their traumatic material. A more active approach is called for to bring trauma resolution. In EMDR, this type of intervening is called '(cognitive) interweaving’. In this presentation, a distinction will be made between process and content interweaves. The process interweaves are designed to keep the client within their window of affect tolerance. Or, the therapist may intervene on the content level, when the client gets stuck in a specific problem they are unable to solve with the available information. Content interweaves may be either cognitive or non-cognitive, e.g. sensory, physical, humorous, symbolic and spiritual interweaves. The presentation includes metaphors for all kinds of blocks, bits and pieces of psycho-education for specific stuck points, unorthodox, creative or hilarious interweaves to get round resistance, and interweaves to bring reconciliation and forgiveness.
Learning objectives:
1.To understand the concept of interweaves and when they are used
2.To understand the difference between process and content interweaves
3.To learn to use process interweaves to modulate the arousal level of the client
4.To develop a toolkit of useful content interweaves including both cognitive and non-cognitive examples, e.g. sensory, physical, humorous , symbolic and spiritual interweaves.
Keywords: Interweaves
Accuracy Verified: Yes
38. Lv, Q. (2010, July). Crisis intervention and trauma therapy in China. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
We reviewed the development of crisis intervention and trauma therapy in China since 1980s.
During the past three decades, there is a gradual increase of concern and awareness among different level of Chinese
government and the society for the need of human-focused disaster intervention.
The Chinese crisis intervention and trauma therapy team’s experiences and studies have supported the fact that prompt and
adequate intervention will significantly reduce the negative effect of disaster or trauma.
It’s essential to develop the crisis intervention and trauma therapy teams systematically at different sites of the country to
provide emergency intervention service at local areas.
Formal and special training are needed to provide to all health and rescue-related workers involved in the disaster. This is
based on the fact that immediate care and intervention require a large number of trained staff after disaster.
Finally, it ‘s essential to study and improve the culturally suitable crisis intervention programs and trauma therapy.
Keywords: China Crisis Intervention
Accuracy Verified: Yes
39. Feldner, M. T., Monson, C. M., & Friedman, M. J. (2007, January). A critical analysis of approaches to targeted PTSD prevention: Current status and theoretically derived future directions. Behavior Modification, 31(1), 80-116. doi:10.1177/0145445506295057.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Although efforts to prevent posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) have met
with relatively limited success, theoretically driven preventive approaches
with promising efficacy are emerging. The current article critically reviews
investigations of PTSD prevention programs that target persons at risk for
being exposed to a traumatic event or who have been exposed to a traumatic
event. This review uniquely extends prior reviews in this area by using theories
of PTSD to suggest future directions in the area of PTSD prevention. The
authors first discuss the primary mechanisms of action believed to account
for the failure for PTSD symptoms to remit among a substantial minority of
traumatic event–exposed individuals. Second, empirical progress in PTSD
prevention efforts is reviewed. Third, the authors consider how existing prevention
programs target these mechanisms of action. Finally, the authors consider
directions for future research in the area of targeted PTSD prevention.
Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Prevention PTSD Risk Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
40. Spierings, J. (2001, May). Cultural adaptations of EMDR. Presentation at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, London, UK .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In this presentation the concept of "intercultural competence" is developed. A structured way
is introduced to develop a therapeutic relationship with clients from another culture in order
to build up trust and to bridge cultural differences in styles of processing and expression of
emotion. The eight phases of EMDR will be reviewed and screened for necessary
adaptations, leading to a series of practical guidelines, useful metaphors, rituals, and helpful
concepts.
The presentation will be illustrated with case examples, both successful and less successful.
Keywords: Cultural Adaptations
Accuracy Verified: Yes
41. Carvalho, E. (2011, August). Curando a galera que mora la dentro: Como o EMDR e as novas terapias de reprocessamento podem curar nossos papeis internos [Healing the folks who live inside: How EMDR can heal our inner gallery of roles]. Reino Editorial .
Language: Portuguese
Format: Book
Abstract:
Este livro tem como proposta identificar e esclarecer a existência da Galera Interna – aqueles personagens que moram dentro de todos nós e que dirigem as nossas vidas, tais como a Medrosinha, o Adolescente em Crise, a Criança Assustada, o Mentiroso (que mente para mim!). Veremos como estes papéis nascem e se desenvolvem dentro de nós, qual a função que cumprem nas nossas vidas, as suas interações e algumas formas de curar aquelas personagens feridas da nossa Galera Interna que nos impedem de viver plenamente. A ênfase especial neste processo de curar é nas novas terapias de reprocessamento tais como EMDR e Brainspotting. Também se aprende a celebrar àqueles papéis que nos edificam, nos jogam para cima e para frente e nos servem de recursos positivos. Enfim, temos como proposta desenvolver a “política da boa convivência” só que dessa vez, com os personagens que vivem dentro de nós, a nossa Galera Interna.
Do you sometimes feel like you don’t understand your reactions, feelings or thoughts? As if someone had hijacked the driver’s seat of your life and you wound up doing something stupid? Or regret your response? You don’t make sense in some situations, even to yourself? Maybe a wounded inner role took over and you didn’t catch it...? This book will explain what you can do about it. Using EMDR therapy to treat our Inner Gallery of Roles has brought together the best of reprocessing and role therapy for trauma and painful memories. Written for the layperson and full of snippets from the author’s case studies, it will give readers information about emotional trauma and why we should treat it. In a fun, entertaining and yet informative manner, it illustrates how our inner roles run our lives – for better or for worse. The purpose of this book is to help identify and clarify the existence of our Inner Gallery of roles – those who live inside all of us and that drive many aspects of our lives, such as the Scaredy-Cat, the Adolescent in Crisis, the Liar (that even lies to myself!), and the Inner Doctor. We will see how these roles are born and develop within, their functions and interactions in our lives, and how to heal the wounded ones, so that we can lead more fulfilling lives. We can also learn how to celebrate those roles that build us up and move us forward in life, and serve as positive resources when we need them. Although Role Theory is an integral part of Psychodrama the special emphasis in this healing process is on EMDR, a new reprocessing therapy developed by Dr. Francine Shapiro. We tie together all of these aspects in order to help our Inner Gallery of roles develop “good neighborhood policies” and live in greater harmony and health. In this book we will explain how roles develop inside of us and how trauma and painful memories keep our roles from proper development as we grow up.
Keywords: Inner Gallery of Roles
Accuracy Verified: Yes
42. Kluft, R. P. (2003). Current issues in dissociative identity disorder. Bridging Eastern and Western Psychiatry, 1(1), 71-87.
Language: English
Format: Magazine
Abstract:
Dissociative Identity Disorder (DID), formerly Multiple Personality Disorder (MPD), remains among the most challenging of mental disorders. It is difficult to understand, to diagnose, to treat, to discuss objectively in the face of the many controversies that swirl around it. It remains a condition that requires intensive individual psychotherapy for its satisfactory resolution.
The controversies that have surrounded DID have often obscured the progress that has been made. DID is emerging as a not uncommon consequence of overwhelming childhood events.
The major challenges facing the treatment of DID are disentangling this condition and its therapy from the controversies that swirl about them, encouraging the more widespread use of specific diagnostic approaches, educating managed care organizations to accept standards of care for DID that are based upon those treatment approaches that are effective, making specific treatments for DID more available, and continuing to develop more successful approaches for the more difficult-to-treat DID subgroups of DID patients.
Keywords: Dissociative Identity Disorder DID MPD Multiple Personality Disorder
Accuracy Verified: Yes
43. Black, J., & Gauvreau, P. (2010, Avril/Mai). De la problématique, à la cible, à la désensibilisation [Of the problem, the target, the desensitization]. Atelier présenté à la réunion annuelle de l'EMDR Canada, Toronto, Ontario.
Language: French
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Il peut être parfois un défi pour les thérapeutes EMDR à aider les clients à identifier les cibles de travail EMDR lorsque la personne se présente avec un problématique généralisée ou des enjeux « non-traumatiques » par exemple, certains associés à l’estime personnel, l’affirmation de soi, les habiletés relationnelles pour lesquelles des événements traumatiques « petits-t » où les liens ou expériences à cibler ne sont pas facilement identifiables. Cet atelier à pour objectif de permettre aux cliniciens à mieux aider leur clients à préciser d’avantage les enjeux et les cibles de travail potentielles avec l’EMDR; ainsi que de faciliter à ce que le client puisse, à partir de la problématique, de la cible et de l’image, mieux trouver les cognitions/croyances négatives activées. Dans ce processus, on vise aussi à accentuer l’importance de la phase 1 (l’histoire de la personne). Également, l’atelier se penchera sur l’importance de bien identifier/cerner la croyance négative sous-jacente au moment d’amorcer le travail avec les cibles identifiées, afin de maximiser les effets du retraitement et de favoriser la généralisation.
À travers des présentations didactiques, des vignettes cliniques et des exercices de groupes, les participant(e)s pourront développer des stratégies pour mieux conceptualiser les plans de traitement EMDR avec ces types de problématiques. Également, les cliniciens seront amenés à réfléchir sur les thèmes des enjeux travaillés et leurs liens avec les cognitions négatives identifiées, sous les thèmes de responsabilité, sécurité et choix personnel. (Tous les niveaux)
It can sometimes be a challenge for EMDR therapists to help clients identify targets EMDR work when the person presents with a widespread issue or issues "non-traumatic" for example, some associated with the estimated personnel, assertiveness, interpersonal skills for which the traumatic events "small-t" which links or targeting experiments are not easily identifiable. This workshop aims to enable clinicians to better help their clients to clarify issues and benefit the target potential working with EMDR, as well as to facilitate the client can, using the issue of and the target image, find the best cognitions / beliefs turned negative. In this process, it also aims to highlight the importance of phase one (the story of the person). Also, the workshop will focus on the importance of identifying / understanding the underlying negative belief at the time to begin work with the targets identified in order to maximize the effects of reprocessing and to promote generalization. Through didactic presentations, clinical vignettes and group exercises, the participant (s) will develop strategies to better conceptualize the EMDR treatment plans with these types of issues. Also, clinicians will need to reflect on themes and issues worked their links with negative cognitions
Keywords: Target
Accuracy Verified: Yes
44. Kiessling, R. (2009, August). Demystifying the cognitive interweave. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Frequently, clinicians perceive that the cognitive interweave stems from either a well-constructed table of ‘cause and effect’ criteria or is magically ‘conjured’ up by a wizardry clinician. This practical, down-to-earth, basic workshops will ‘demystify’ the cognitive interweave for all clinicians who have completed the Basic Training. Participants will understand the cognitive interweave and how it seamlessly integrates into the AIP model, how preparing for the cognitive interweave begins at intake and continues to develop throughout the client’s reprocessing, and how to utilize their own clinical ‘wizardry’ skills ‘on-the-fly’ when needed to assist clients in successfully reprocessing their traumatic experiences.
Keywords: Cognitive Interweave
Accuracy Verified: Yes
45. Eimer, B. N. (1993, Spring). Desensitization and reprocessing of chronic pain with EMDR. EMDR Network Newsletter, 3(1), 13-17.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
There are two widely accepted assumptions about personality and psychopathology that influence the success of failure of our use of EMDR with patients. While the following notions have been restated in different ways by various schools of personality, the reader is referred to the work of George Kelly (1955) for the most complete elaboration of these assumptions.
Keywords: Chronic Pain Pain Pain Management Personality Psychopathology
Accuracy Verified: Yes
46. DeGraffenried, D. F. (2005, September). Developing EMDR practice in community mental health & agency settings: Working with clinical or administrative reluctantance. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR has not achieved full acceptance as a practice model within community
mental health and agency settings. Some agencies are reluctant to develop an EMDR practice due to administrative concerns, clinical apprehensions or implementation reluctance. This resistance has constrained the development of EMDR in communities of color, those that are impoverished and often in settings where post traumatic stress is the focus of treatment. This workshop
will identify the three common areas or agency reluctance concerning EMDR and will demonstrate the use af a simple assessment tool designed to identify where thc intervention is needed to accomplish change and support EMDR integration into the agency.
Keywords: Client or Administrative Reluctance Community Mental Health Agencies
Accuracy Verified: Yes
47. Patti, M. S (2010, April). Diagnosing and treating complex PTSD: An integrated approach model - Borderline personality disorder and comorbid DID: intervening with EMDR, relational and sensorymotor psychotherapies . Symposium at the 2nd Bi-Annual International European Society for Trauma and Dissociation Conference, Belfast, Northern Ireland.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The paper presents a clinical case of an initial diagnosis of BPD referred to ARP by local psychiatric services where she was treated for a suicide attempt. The client presented serious affective dysregulation, impulse dyscontrol, dissociative symptoms and refused any medication. Clinical team opted for an integrated assessment which also stabilised the client. The assessment enabled to diagnose the client with structural dissociation isolating both ANP and EP aspects. Clinical intervention adopted an integrated approach using EMDR to treat specific dissociative traits, sensorymotor therapy to intervene on somatic symptoms, and relational therapy to develop therapeutic alliance. A preliminary stabilisation enabled the client to accept support from psychiatric services. This clinical case shed light on how the integration of assessment tools may detect better trauma disorders and challenged the importance of collaborative work between private practice and psychiatric services when intervening with seriously traumatized patients.
Keywords: Borderline Personalith Disorder Comorbid DID Complex Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
48. Gelbach, R. A., & Davis, K. E. B. (2007). Disaster response: EMDR and family systems therapy under communitywide stress. In F. Shaprio, F. W. Kaslow, & L. Maxfield (Eds.), Handbook of EMDR and family therapy processes (pp. 387-404). Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons Inc.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
Disaster is commonly understood as an overwhelming misfortune that is not easily overcome or set right. Though our lives may go on after a disaster, it is virtually certain that they will have been transformed in some profound way. Nevertheless, it is very clear that not all who live through a disaster will be traumatized by it and that only a fraction of survivors will develop trauma-related disorders such as Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD). Societies that have resources and choose to use them to shore up the infrastructure quickly and effectively will buffer their populations from increasing levels of PTSD. The impact of disasters on family and societal function and intervention priorities are discussed here. Report of the Task Force (2002) of the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies is summarized next. The chapter then discusses psychotherapy as a response to disaster. Two approaches to postdisaster psychotherapy that have adapted well in diverse cultural environments are Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR; Shapiro, 2001) and family systems approaches. The therapy process is presented next. Other topics here include family and cultural considerations and group treatment. A case example is presented. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)
Keywords: Disaster Response Disasters Emotional Trauma Family Systems Therapy Family Therapy Post Disaster Psychotherapy Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Stress Society Therapy Process
Accuracy Verified: Yes
49. van der Hart, O., Groenendijk, M., Gonzalez, A., Mosquera, D., & Solomon, R. (2013). Dissociation of the personality and EMDR therapy in complex trauma-related disorders: Applications in the stabilization phase. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 7(2), 81-94. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.7.2.81.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
As proposed in a previous article in this journal, eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) clinicians treating clients with complex trauma-related disorders may benefit from knowing and applying the theory of structural dissociation of the personality (TSDP) and its accompanying psychology of action. TSDP postulates that dissociation of the personality is the main feature of traumatization and a wide range of trauma-related disorders from simple posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) to dissociative identity disorder (DID). The theory may help EMDR therapists to develop a comprehensive map for understanding the problems of clients with complex trauma-related disorders and to formulate and carry out a treatment plan. The expert consensus model in complex trauma is phase-oriented treatment in which a stabilization and preparation phase precedes the treatment of traumatic memories. This article focuses on the initial stabilization and preparatory phase, which is very important to safely and effectively use EMDR in treating complex trauma. Central themes are (a) working with maladaptive beliefs, (b) overcoming dissociative phobias, and (c) an extended application of resourcing
Keywords: Dissociation Dissociative Disorders Structural Dissociation of the Personality Phase-Oriented Treatment Stabilization Phase
Accuracy Verified: Yes
50. van der Hart, O. (2011, March). Dissociation of the personality: The key to understanding chronic traumatisation and a guide to EMDR treatment. Preconference presentation at the 9th annual Conference of the EMDR UK & Ireland, Bristol.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
There is currently consensus that the EMDR standard protocol needs to be modified
for chronically traumatized clients, such as clients with complex dissociative disorders, as it may
destabilize them. Therefore, therapists need to have a good understanding of the dissociative
personality structure that exists in these clients. Dissociation is an undue division of the personality
among two or more biopsychosocial systems or “dissociative parts” that comprise the survivor’s
personality. One or more of them function in daily life; others are fixated in traumatic experiences,
are living in trauma-time. The more severe the traumatisation, the more dissociative parts,
involving more complex trauma-related disorders, can be expected to exist. Dissociative parts have
psychobiological boundaries that are maintained, to a large degree, by different trauma-related
phobias, which are systematically resolved in phase-oriented treatment. Indeed, participants will
be able to describe structural dissociation of the personality as a specific form of integrative failure
that needs to be overcome in phase-oriented treatment, identify ways of relating dissociative
symptoms to the underlying dissociation of the personality, and identify targets such as the
dissociation-maintaining phobias, for EMDR interventions in the respective treatment phases. The
emphasis will be on the preparatory work, including how to work with dissociative parts living in
trauma-time and those perceived as being malevolent, necessary before focusing on the integration
of traumatic memories.
Keywords: Dissocation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
51. van der Hart, O. (2010, September/October). Dissociation of the personality: The key to understanding chronic traumatization and its treatment. Plenary presented at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR treatment of complex trauma-related disorders may benefit from a clear understanding of the dissociative nature of these disorders. Dissociation is an undue division of the personality among two or more psychobiological systems or “dissociative parts” that comprise the survivor’s personality. One or more of them function in daily life; others are fixated in traumatic experiences. The more severe the traumatization, the more dissociative parts, involving more complex trauma-related disorders, can be expected to exist. Dissociative parts have psychobiological boundaries that are maintained, to a large degree, by different trauma-related phobias, which should be systematically resolved in phase-oriented treatment. Participants will be able to describe structural dissociation of the personality as a specific form of integrative failure that needs to be overcome in phase-oriented treatment, identify ways of relating dissociative symptoms to the underlying dissociation of the personality, and identify targets for EMDR interventions in each of the three treatment phases in terms of overcoming specific phobias.
Keywords: Chronic Traumatization Plenary
Accuracy Verified: Yes
52. Mills, S., & Hulbert-Williams, L. (2012, September). Distinguishing between treatment efficacy and effectiveness in post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD): Implications for contentious therapies. Counselling Psychology Quarterly, 25(3), 319-330. doi:10.1080/09515070.2012.682563.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Research psychologists often complain that practitioners disregard research evidence whilst practitioners sometimes accuse researchers of failing to produce evidence with sufficient ecological validity. We discuss the tension that thus arises using the specific illustrative examples of two treatment methods for post-traumatic stress disorder: eye movement desensitisation and reprocessing and exposure-based interventions. We discuss the contextual reasons for the success or failure of particular treatment models that are often only tangentially related to the theoretical underpinnings of the models. We discuss what might be learnt from these debates and develop recommendations for future research.
Keywords: Clinical Medicine Patient-Centered Care Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Practice Psychotherapists' Attitudes PTSD Research
Accuracy Verified: Yes
53. Butler, K. (1995, July-August). Divided memories. Family Therapy Networker, 19(4), 1.
Language: English
Format: Magazine
Abstract:
Ann Norris first went to see Laguna Beach psychologist Doug Sawin in 1988. She had recently graduated from college with a degree in music and suffered from insomnia and drank alcohol to sleep. But it was her relationship with her mother, Judy, that troubled her most. After Ann's triumphant college graduation vocal recital, Judy hadn't even congratulated her. Two days later, Judy had called and angrily attacked Ann over the phone until Ann cried.
It was the kind of issue that a good family or individual therapist might have addressed by building on Ann's obvious strengths, teaching her to contain and manage her feelings, and coaching her to develop a better relationship with her mother. But Sawin instead focussed intensely on the past. Ann soon had memories of her father sexually abusing her, and later of elaborate cultic abuse, which her three siblings didn't come close to corroborating. She was hospitalized after attempting suicide, and Sawin bluntly told her father, Al, over the phone, of Ann's charges Al collapsed in tears.
Over the years, Ann drew closer to Sawin while her relations with her family and her own mental state grew more troubled. She was diagnosed with Multiple Personality Disorder and, with Sawin's support, sued her parents and grandparents for $20 million. She spent six years in therapy with Sawin She now describes psychiatric hospitals where she still stays periodically because she cuts and burns herself as her "institutional mothers." She has not spoken to her true mother in six years. And she no longer sings.
It doesn't take a PhD in psychology or a seat on a state licensing board to see that Ann is worse off than when she entered therapy. Millions of nontherapists undoubtedly made just such an assessment when Ann, her therapist and her family told their stories before millions of prime-time viewers on "Divided Memories," a four-hour PBS Frontline documentary screened in early May.
In her wide-ranging investigation of therapy, sexual abuse and memory, producer Ofra Bikel used as her primary subject families divided by recovered memories of abuse. She also managed to persuade nearly half a dozen therapists to do therapy while her camera was running. It was a remarkable event, in which all of America was invited behind the one-way mirror to see therapy in action in the midst of its most divisive controversy and to judge it for themselves.
Keywords: MPD Multiple Personality Disorder
Accuracy Verified: Yes
54. Huffer, K., & Parrett, B. (1999, June). Don’t let the system do you in – Improve your odds for justice (Part I). Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Las Vegas, NV.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will: 1) increase knowledge and awareness of this "complex PTSD;" 2) be able to integrate the 8-step protocol of "Overcoming the Devastation of Legal Abuse Syndrome" with the 8-phase protocol of EMDR; 3) learn to consider advocacy for legal consumer abuse issues; and 4) be able to discuss and develop plans for further action and research in the treatment and prevention of LAS.
Keywords: LAS Legal Abuse Syndrome Legal Consumer Abuse
Accuracy Verified: Yes
55. Laliotis, D. (2009, March). Dreaming the future: Part 1 & Part 2 - Creating new possibilities with EMDR. Presentation at the Psychotherapy Networker Symposium, Washington, DC.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR is often used to help clients access and rewire neural pathways to integrate traumatic memories and relieve dissociation, hyperarousal, and numbing. But it can also help clients move toward a better future by mentally rehearsing aspects of more positive, fulfilling lives. In this workshop, we'll describe how to use EMDR to develop alternative neural pathways freeing clients from the fears and self-doubts that keep them from developing to their fullest potential. We'll review the brain circuitry involved in moving from an internal state of disconnection and helplessness to one of integration and empowerment. Then through lecture, discussion, and videotaped examples, you'll learn guidelines for using EMDR to help clients develop new internal maps, future scenarios, and a clear sense of how to get from their present state to their future self.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
56. Bar-Sade, E. (2003, May). Early trauma: Revisited and revised through EMDR, the narrative story and the implementation of attachment theory concepts. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Rome, Italy.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
If we regard adult psychotherapy as the basis for a kind of attachment relationship in which the client seeks proximity by having a physical and emotional closeness with the therapist through which the client tries to create a”safe haven” soothing him or her when upset while providing a sense of security, child therapists often regard child-psychotherapy as a means to develop an attachment relationship between child and caregiver, whenever possible. It is a common assumption, that in child-psychotherapy, especially while dealing with trauma, the therapist must stress the importance of empowering the parental figure as an attachment figure and as a “secure base”.
Keywords: Attachment Theory Complex Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
57. Maxfield, L. (2007). Editorial. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 1(1), 4-5. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.1.1.4.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Excerpt: EMDR has come a long way in the 20 years
since Francine Shapiro’s 1987 walk in the park.
At that time, she noticed that rapid eye movements
decreased the emotionality of some intrusive
memories, and she intuitively recognized that this phenomenon
had great clinical utility. Shapiro
went on to
develop a treatment approach (Shapiro, 1989) that has
been taught to more than one hundred thousand clinicians
worldwide and that has eliminated the distress
of many millions of clients. Eye movement desensitization
and reprocessing (EMDR; Shapiro, 2001) is a
structured psychotherapy approach and was designed
to facilitate the processing of distressing memories.
Its efficacy in the treatment of posttraumatic stress
disorder (PTSD) has been widely acknowledged, and
EMDR is a recommended therapy in numerous international
guidelines.
Keywords: Editorial
Accuracy Verified: Yes
58. Kruse, M. J. (2011, June). The effect of energy psychology on rates of relapse and recidivism for substance abuse offenders in a community correction setting. The University of the Rockies, Colorado Springs, CO. AAI3460565.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
This dissertation was a study of a community corrections program which incorporated adjunct Energy Psychology Therapies for Substance Abuse Offenders (SAOs), who were transitioning back into community. Rates of relapse and recidivism were compared, upon success/failure to complete drug and alcohol treatment. When Energy Psychology therapies were added, assisting offenders in resolving underlying trauma issues, there were significance differences between groups. The Choices Program used brief therapies including: Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing, Thought Field Therapy, Emotional Freedom Techniques, (EMDR, TFT, EFT) along with group and individual classes/sessions to relieve underlying trauma symptoms. The results indicated that people who chose to resolve underlying trauma achieved more successful treatment outcomes, thereby lowering rates of relapse and recidivism significantly.
Keywords: Community Corrections EFT motional Freedom Techniques Energy Psychology Offenders Eye Movement Social Sciences Substance Abuse Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
59. Hampel, J. C. (1997, November). The effects of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) on self-reported test anxiety in college students. Western Michigan University, Kalamazoo, MI. AAT 9732881.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
Test anxiety is a common problem among students in western culture due to the importance of academic achievement and the consequences for failure. Many consider test anxiety to be primarily an issue of poor study habits and test readiness. However, some students who appear to possess excellent study habits also appear to experience severe anxiety during tests. A recent meta-analysis of test anxiety research substantiated these claims, finding that test anxiety appeared to be an emotionally-based as opposed to a cognitively-based problem. Despite these findings, the etiologies for test anxiety remain unknown. Similar to nearly all DSM-IV diagnostic categories, test anxiety is a syndrome with no known pathognomonic sign(s) which singularly diagnose the condition. Hence, treatments for test anxiety, as for nearly all other DSM-IV mental disorders are symptomatic as opposed to strategic. Unfortunately, there are few symptomatic treatments for test anxiety that are both efficient and effective.Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR), which was developed for the symptomatic treatment of PTSD, was chosen to treat the symptoms of test anxiety for the following essential reasons: (a) the reported efficacy of EMDR with PTSD; (b) the similarities between test anxiety and PTSD that include intrusive thoughts, inability to concentrate, behavioral avoidance, and emotional symptomatology; and (c) the need for a brief, effective symptomatic treatment for test anxiety. Using a waiting control group against which to compare the treatment group and subsequently replicate treatment effects, the results found that EMDR was highly effective for the symptomatic reduction of self-reported test anxiety as measured by all test anxiety scales. Moreover, these results also suggest that measures of study habits and attitudes are also sensitive to enhancement as a result of treatment with EMD/R. Although the current results did not suggest specific mechanism(s) by which EMDR was effective, the pattern of highly effective results across widely different types of test anxiety presentations suggests the actions of an active placebo treatment. It is suggested that future research contrast EMD/R with known active placebo protocols. [Author Abstract]
Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 58(5-B), Nov 1997, pp. 2676.
Keywords: Anxiety Disorders College Students Empirical Study Life Experiences Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Survivors Treatment Effectiveness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
60. Lee, C. (2006, May). Efficacy and mechanisms of action of EMDR as a treatment for PTSD. Murdoch University, Perth, Australia.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
The first aim of this thesis was to describe the characteristics of Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) and to elucidate its place as a symptom disorder that sometimes develops when people are exposed to a traumatic event. The current major theoretical approaches to account for why some people who are exposed to trauma develop PTSD and the mechanisms by which this occurs were described. Three classes of theories were reviewed: conditioning/learning approach; information processing theories with a particular focus on the meaning of the trauma event; and biological models with an emphasis on recent neurocircuitry and neurochemistry models.
Successful treatment approaches were then reviewed which indicated two major contenders for the most efficacious treatment for PTSD: traditional cognitive behaviour therapies (CBT) using either stress inoculation or prolonged exposure; and eye movement desensitisation and processing (EMDR). Prior to the first study (Lee, Gavriel, Drummond, Richards, and Greenwald, 2002), a review of the literature indicated equivalent effects for EMDR and CBT. There had been very few direct comparison studies and each had serious methodological flaws, particularly with respect to random assignment and treatment fidelity. Therefore, the first study ensured adequate attention to these areas and involved a direct comparison between the two procedures using a sample of 24 participants diagnosed with PTSD. EMDR and stress inoculation training with prolonged exposure were found to lead to similar symptom improvement at the end of treatment, apart from a slight advantage for EMDR on intrusion symptoms. Both treatments led to significantly greater symptom reduction than a wait list control condition. At follow-up, EMDR led to greater gains on both self-report and observer rated measures of PTSD and self-report measures of depression. Overall, the findings were similar to those described in previously published studies, with a suggestion that EMDR was slightly more efficient than the standard CBT approach.
Given that the evidence suggested that EMDR was a more efficient treatment, it became critical to understand the underlying processes. A process study was undertaken that examined the responses of people with PTSD receiving EMDR treatment (Lee, Taylor, and Drummond, 2006). Guided by process studies of other treatments and theories that might account for why EMDR is effective, participants' responses were examined to see which models better accounted for symptom improvement. The main analysis tested whether or not the responses were consistent with processes that occurred during traditional CBT treatment, which prior research had identified as reliving, or whether they were more consistent with Shapiro's proposal that enhanced information processing occurs because there is a dual focus of attention (that is, the person simultaneously focuses on an external stimulus and on the traumatic memory) (Shapiro, 1995). The responses made by 44 participants were coded by an independent rater according to whether they were primarily reliving, distancing, affect or material other than the primary trauma. The coding system was found to have satisfactory inter-rater reliability. Greatest improvement occurred when the participant processed in a more detached or distant manner, whereas reliving responses were not associated with improvement. Cross-lagged panel correlations suggested that processing in a more detached manner was a consequence of the EMDR procedure rather than a measure that co-varied with improvement. The findings underscored a difference in the processes that underlie EMDR and traditional CBT.
The major question left unanswered from this second study was what causes this distancing process? Competing views were that it was facilitated by eye movement; alternatively, the therapist's instructions to participants might have precipitated this distancing phenomenon. The third study tested these ideas by randomly assigning 48 participants to either an eye movement or a no eye movement condition under two types of therapist instructions (reliving or distancing). Participants recalled personal distressing memories, and measures of distress and vividness were taken after treatment and at follow up. Only the eye movements made a significant difference to people's level of distress.
This conclusion appeared at odds with some of the previous literature that had tested the effects of eye movement on levels of distress. A meta-analysis of some of this research had suggested that there was no significant advantage of including eye movement in EMDR treatment unless the person had been diagnosed with PTSD. However, a close examination of this meta-analysis indicated some major methodological flaws in the computation; therefore, this was recalculated. The conclusion from this fourth study was consistent with study three in that EMDR with eye movement was found to lead to significantly greater improvement that EMDR without eye movement.
The results of these four studies were then discussed in terms of their implications for the theoretical models presented in Chapter 1. Aspects of learning theory that might account for EMDR efficiency were discussed as well as the failure of this model to account for treatment gains following EMDR. Information processing models were seen to better account for some of the phenomena observed in EMDR and for the findings from the four studies. Some suggestions of how eye movements might facilitate improved information processing were presented.
Finally, the relative merits of EMDR and CBT treatments were discussed and suggestions made for when to combine approaches. The conclusions highlight the point that EMDR appears to be the most promising treatment for PTSD.
Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
61. Raju, K. (2005). Ego strengthening and eye movement desensitization reprocessing in post traumatic stress disorder. Medical Journal Armed Forces of India, 61, 289-290.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Post Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) is an anxiety
disorder, which occurs after exposure to
overwhelming stress like combat, rape, serious
accidents, violent crime and other catastrophic events.
The essential characteristics of the condition are
recurrent intrusive memories, images, thoughts or
dreams of the trauma, persistent arousal, emotional
numbing and avoidance of the situations reminiscent of
the trauma. 15-20% of individuals experiencing significant
trauma are known to develop PTSD [1]. Although
anxiolytic, anticonvulsant, antipsychotic and
antidepressant drugs have been tried, none have been
consistently associated with improvement [2]. Eye
Movement Desensitization Reprocessing (EMDR) is
being increasingly utilized as a valid method of treatment
for this distressing condition [3-7]. Ego Strengthening
(ES) is a sequence of simple psychotherapeutic
suggestions given under hypnosis [8]. A long standing
case of PTSD treated with EMDR and ES is reported.
Keywords: Case Report Ego Strengthening Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
62. Dworkin, M. (2006, June). El cuestionario EMDR v.6 de autoconocimiento para clínicos [EMDR v.6 questionnaire for self-awareness for clinicians]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Istanbul, Turkey.
Language: Spanish
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Para comprobar un conocimiento creciente de cómo los estados antiguos y
dependientes de memoria pueden ser activados; para poder valorar que es lo que
proviene del clínico y qué proviene del cliente; para desarrollar estrategias relacionales
de EMDR. Muchos problemas pueden ocurrir en la fase 1 cuando el cliente aporta
información que suscita un arousal negativo; o en la fase 2, cuando el cliente tiene
dificultades en entender los elementos de preparación o desea avanzar procesando el
trauma de forma prematura; o en la fase 3, cuando existe un problema que subyace a la
pieza de valoración. Muchas veces la información del cliente puede que no despierte un
arousal negativo hasta llegada la fase 4, cuando el cliente está procesando activamente.
Muchas veces, nuestros desencadenantes provienen de nuestros recuerdos antiguos.
Estos recuerdos pueden ser explicitados; y otras veces siguen implícitos (memoria
somatosensorial). Observando estos momentos en uno mismo puede ayudarle en la
continuidad de un proceso productivo.
To verify an increased awareness of how ancient states and
dependent memory can be activated, in order to evaluate what they
from the clinician and what comes from the client to develop relational strategies
EMDR. Many problems can occur in phase 1 when the client brings
information that raises a negative arousal, or in phase 2, when the client has
difficulties understanding the items you want to advance preparation or processing the
trauma prematurely, or in phase 3, when there is a problem underlying the
piece of assessment. Many times the customer information may not appeal to a
negative arousal to arrival phase 4, when the client is actively processing.
Many times, our triggers memories from our past.
These memories can be made explicit, and sometimes they are implicit (memory
somatosensory). Looking at these moments can help yourself in
continuity of the production process.
Keywords: Clinicians Questionnaire Self-Awareness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
63. Quinn, G. (2012, June). EMDR & acute stress syndrome/EMDR in early intervention - Immediate ERP treatment following trauma. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Victims
of
immediate
trauma
often
exhibit
“silent
terror”
or
extreme
stress
and
often
are
likely
to
develop
PTSD.
The
Emergency
Response
Procedure
(ERP),
described
in
the
Humanitarian
Assistance
Program’s
(HAP)
Disaster
Manual
and
Marilyn
Luber’s:
EMDR
Scripted
Protocols:
Basic
and
Special
Situations
(2009)
was
developed
to
deal
with
victims
of
natural
and
manmade
disaster
within
minutes
to
hours
of
exposure
to
trauma.
Learning
objectives:
Participants
in
this
workshop
will
learn
how
to
respond
to
clients
in
the
immediate
aftermath
of
trauma,
utilizing
ERP.
This
will
be
understood
within
the
overall
context
of
the
principles
of
Psychological
First
Aid.
This
same
basic
approach
can
be
applied
in
the
event
of
strong
abreaction
during
the
initial
phase
of
history-‐
taking
and
prior
to
the
Preparation
Phase
of
EMDR
or
at
other
times
of
treatment
when
patients
exhibit
strong
emotional
reactions.
Similarly,
treatment
with
ERP
may
also
be
considered
for
patients
exhibiting
this
“silent
terror”
or
extreme
stress
during
initial
treatment
by
first
responders
at
the
scene
of
an
accident
or
in
ambulances
en
route
to
medical
facilities.
A
pilot
study
(in
press)
will
be
presented
showing
effectiveness
at
possibly
preventing
PTSD
2
years
later
compared
to
“treatment
as
usual”
Las
víctimas
del
trauma
inmediato
frecuentemente
exhiben
“terror
silencioso”
o
estrés
extremo
y
a
menudo
son
susceptibles
de
desarrollar
TEPT.
El
Procedimiento
de
Respuesta
en
Emergencia
(ERP),
descrito
en
el
Manual
de
Catástrofes
de
los
Programas
de
Asistencia
Humanitaria
(HAP)
y
en
el
libro
de
EMDR
Scripted
Protocols:
Basic
and
Special
Situations
(2009)
ha
sido
desarrollado
para
lidiar
con
víctimas
de
desastres
naturales
y
causados
por
el
hombre
a
los
minutos
u
horas
de
haber
sido
expuesto
al
trauma.
Objetivos
de
aprendizaje:
Los
participantes
de
este
taller
aprenderán
cómo
responder
a
los
clientes
en
los
momentos
siguientes
al
trauma,
utilizando
PRE.
Esto
se
entenderá
en
el
contexto
general
de
los
principios
de
los
Primeros
Auxilios
Psicológicos.
Este
mismo
enfoque
básico
se
puede
utilizar
en
el
caso
de
una
abreacción
fuerte
durante
la
fase
inicial
en
la
que
se
realiza
la
historia
del
paciente
y
antes
de
la
Fase
de
Preparación
de
EMDR
o
en
otras
ocasiones
durante
el
tratamiento
cuando
los
pacientes
muestran
reacciones
emocionales
fuertes.
De
manera
similar,
el
tratamiento
con
PRE
puede
considerarse
también
para
pacientes
que
muestran
este
“terror
silencioso”
o
estrés
extremo
durante
el
tratamiento
inicial
llevado
a
cabo
por
los
servicios
de
asistencia
en
emergencias
en
la
escena
del
accidente
o
en
las
ambulancias
de
camino
a
las
instalaciones
médicas.
Un
estudio
piloto
(en
prensa)
será
presentada
mostrando
la
efectividad
de
la
posibilidad
de
prevenir
el
TEPT
2
años
después
comparándolo
con
“tratamiento
habitual.”
Keywords: Acute Stress Syndrome Early Intervention
Accuracy Verified: Yes
64. Holmshaw, M. (2008, June). EMDR & CBT work equally well for psychological trauma – Why?. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, UK.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The use of EMDR, CBT or a combination of the two, in managing psychological ill health following road Traffic
Accidents (RTA): The Results and analysis of 1100 consecutive referrals. This paper determines the role of
trauma-focused psychological treatment in the management of psychological ill health following road traffic
accidents in the UK. RTA’s are the biggest cause of PTSD in this country. All consecutively referred patients with
possible psychological ill-health following a RTA were offered a comprehensive psychological assessment by an
established provider of trauma services in the UK. Those with significant psychological ill health were offered
trauma-focused psychological treatment, EMDR and/or CBT, in line with NICE (National Institute for Health and
Clinical Excellence) guidelines. During the psychological assessment a clinical diagnosis was made and a number
of psychometric scores were used. These comprised
1 DSM IV criteria for PTSD and illness severity,
2 General Health Questionnaire,
3 Impact of Event Scale,
4 Hospital Anxiety and Depression Scale.
Similar subjective and objective measurements were made after every fourth session of therapy and on
discharge. The results offer a breakdown of diagnoses, the number of patients who proceeded to treatment and
the type of treatment and outcome of such treatment. Of the 658 patients who proceeded to Trauma-focused
psychological treatment, patients had either EMDR by itself (31%), CBT by itself (36%) or a Combination of EMDR
and CBT (33%). Subjectively and objectively three out of four patients were completely relieved of their
symptoms or were much better. There was no significant difference between CBT and EMDR in terms of
treatment results. Closer analysis of the three subgroups revealed a number of variables which seemed to be
associated with failure of EMDR treatment and failure of CBT treatment. These variables will be discussed against
the background of the trauma focused CBT model of Clarke, D and Ehlers A, 2002. Recommendations will be made of ways to improve the outcome of EMDR Therapy and improving EMDR training.
Keywords: CBT Cognitive Behaviorial Therapy Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
65. Omaha, J. (2004, June). EMDR and affect centered therapy. Presentation at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, Stockholm, Sweden .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Aim: This presentation will describe the integration of principles of emotion regulation into EMDR therapy for a range of disorders. Population: All ages; mostly Axis I and II disorders. Learning objectives: 1) to describe the development of emotion regulation beginning in the context of the attachment and continuing through adolescence; 2) to describe the origin of emotion dysregulation and psychopathology in deficit experience adversity, and trauma; 3) to describe a protocol, Affect Management Skills Training (AMST), that remediates failures of emotion regulation; 4) to describe how AMST prepares the client for uncovering therapy by providing for containment, safety, emotion regulation, improved left-right hemisphere integration, and remediation of attachment deficits; 5) to describe integration of MAST into EMDR therapies for substance abuse and eating disorders. Abstract: The workshop will summarize the principal affective developments that occur from birth through age four. These include fulfillment of yearning affect, facial imprinting, gaze transaction, stimulation of positive affect, and provision of optimal disapproval-shame experiences. The qualities of the child of “good enough” parenting are described. Developmental failures and their consequences for affect regulation and psychopathology will be described. These include: (1) avoidant attachment leading to problems of anger management, to depression, and development of narcissistic features; (2) anxious-ambivalent attachment leading to development of anxiety-related disorders and borderline features; (3) failure to elicit optimal positive affects leading to impaired vitality across the life span and depression; (4) socialization of the senior toddler with anger, leading to problems with anger expression, or with disgust, leading to problems with shame, impaired self-worth, and defective self-efficacy. Adversity (raised by a single parent, witness to spousal abuse, divorce, substance abuse in the home) and trauma (psychological, physical, and/or sexual abuse) occurring during latency and adolescence will be shown to exacerbate difficulties with emotional regulation.
The seven basic skills of the AMST protocol will be described. These skills provide for regocnition, tolerance, and regulation of both positive and negative emtoins. They include containment, safe place, sensation-affect recognition, sensation-as-signal, grounded and present, noticing, and regulation.
The workshop will describe how AMST prepares the client for uncovering therapy and for EMDR by teaching the client to regulate emotion prior to it elicitation in therapy, by improving hemispheric integration, and by correcting deficits in the attachment.
The workshop concludes by describing how MAST is integrated into EMDR therapy for substance abuse disorders (alcohol, drugs, nicotine) and eating disorders.
Keywords: Affect Centered Therapy Affect Theory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
66. Beley, T. (2001, June). EMDR and Bowen theory: A natural integration of technique and theory in therapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Austin, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Although very distinct in their respective technical and theorectical approaches, EMDR and Bowen Theory hold important commonalities. Participatns will be able to 1) dsecribe the relationship of the triune brain, emotional reactiveness, and anxiety; 2) develop a basic understanding of the relationship between evolutionary processes, biologic processess, and human behavior; and 3) identify how EMDR can be used within the context of Bowen Theory and therapy.
Keywords: Bowen Theory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
67. Black, A. (2010, March). EMDR and CBT - Burt and Ernie or Punch and Judy? - a joint treatment approach with complex children and adolescent trauma. Presentation at the 8th EMDR Association UK & Ireland Annual Conference & AGM, Dublin, Ireland.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Are EMDR and CBT sworn enemies or best friends? This
workshop will through teaching, case presentation and small group exercises explore how
Cognitive Behavioural Therapy (CBT) and EMDR can function as a seamless therapeutic
treatment model with children and adolescents of all ages.
Participants will:
• Develop an understanding of what factors constitute complex trauma in children
and adolescents and the hurdles it presents to effective treatment in EMDR.
• Discover what strategies the CBT model can offer in relation to engagement, goal
setting and relapse prevention as part of EMDR treatment.
• Practise designing behavioural experiments for children and adolescents to equip
them to test and apply their new learning following EMDR reprocessing.
• Learn how to utilise the CBT cycle model in providing a rationale for EMDR
treatment for children, adolescents and parents and post EMDR treatment
understanding and consolidation of change.
Keywords: CBT Cognitive Behavior Therapy Joint Treatment Approach Adolescents Children Cognitive Behaviorial Theapy Trauma Treatment Approach
Accuracy Verified: Yes
68. Becker-Fritz, T. (1997, December). EMDR and critical incident of trauma. EMDRIA Newsletter, 2(6), 8, 10.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
EMDR came into my life as part of my professional need to work with children and teenagers who had been exposed to the most horrible traumas. Traditional play therapy and talking therapy were not working and I watch children develop into unhappy, lonely, angry, and depressed adolescents who acted out everywhere.
Keywords: Adolescents Children Recent Events
Accuracy Verified: Yes
69. Inobe, S. P. (2000, September). EMDR and ego state therapy: Practical implications for the desensitization and reprocessing of EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will learn to: 1) employ ego state therapy techniques and language to use with clients during desensitization and reprocessing phases of treatment; 2) work with and strengthen a self-system's internal strengths and weaknesses during processing, installation, and integration; 3) name specific techniques to ensure safety and containment; and 4) identify ways to recover from mid-EMDR processing failure.
Keywords: Ego State Therapy Processing Failure
Accuracy Verified: Yes
70. Twombly, J. (2008, April). EMDR and EMDR adaptions in the treatment of dissociative disorders. Presentation at the 1st Bi-Annual European Society for Trauma and Dissociation Conference, Amsterdam, The Netherlands.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop offers ways to incorporate Eye Movement Desensitization and
Reprocessing in the treatment of clients with Dissociative Identity Disorder, Dissociative
Disorder Not Otherwise Specified and ego state work. Used carefully, EMDR and EMDR
adaptations can accelerate the treatment process. A liability is that its incorrect use can
accelerate decompensation in clients with complex trauma and attachment disordered
histories. This workshop offers suggested uses of EMDR and EMDR adaptations to
facilitate stabilization, orientation to the present, decrease some negative transferences
and to provide a protective format for processing traumatic material.
Learning objectives:
1. Participant is able to identify stages of treatment of dissociative disordered clients
where EMDR and EMDR adaptations can be used.
2. Participant is able to use EMDR adaptations to orient dissociated parts of the mind
to present time.
3. Participant has knowledge of how to develop a controlled process of using EMDR
for trauma processing.
Keywords: Dissociative Disorders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
71. Siegel, I. R. (2000, September). EMDR and energy medicine: An integrative approach. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will: 1) develop an understanding of the role that energy medicine can play within the context of the EMDR protocol; 2) develop an understanding of the dynamic relationship between our physiology, our emotions, and our Human Energy Field; 3) identify the chakra systems and the levels of electro-magnetic frequency that exist within the Human Energy Field, and its relationshop to developmental theory; 4) demonstrate an ability to identify vibrational patterns of emotional trauma within the HEF; 5) develop an understanding of the role of EMDR as an effective tool in creating a bridge between science, psychotherapy, and spirituality; and 6) learn to apply effective techniques for integrating the technology of energy medicine into an EMDR practice.
Keywords: Chakra System Energy Medicine Energy Psychology HEF Human Energy Field Vibrational Patterns
Accuracy Verified: Yes
72. Silvestre, M., & Morris-Smith, J. (2010, June). EMDR and family therapy around the issue of domestic violence. Preconference presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
During this pre-conference, we will discuss the integration of EMDR and family therapy through the work done with domestic violence cases. In these particular situations, the therapist is faced with complex clinical issues that require one to think and intervene at different levels: the victim, the children's victim, the perpetrator, the family dynamics. This complex clinical situation is challenging us to develop a multilevel way of thinking and working; it is a good example of integration between personal and interrelation issues. Such an integration proves to be a necessary process when faced with the trauma consequences of domestic violence, which we all know impact each family member greatly. We will look into attachment disorder, problems with affect regulation, safety issues and the transmission of perturbed family dynamics.
We will also discuss treatment planning and how to articulate work with one person and work with a family with regard to the therapist's affiliation.
Keywords: Domestic Violence Family Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
73. Stowasser, J. E. (2007). EMDR and family therapy in the treatment of domestic violence. In F. Shaprio, F. W. Kaslow, & L. Maxfield (Eds.), Handbook of EMDR and family therapy processes (pp. 243-261). Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons Inc.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
Domestic violence (DV) has been defined as a pattern of verbal and physical behavior intended to control another person in an existing, former, or desired intimate relationship (Walker, 1979). Although DV is not confined to heterosexual unions or to males as abusers, this chapter focuses on heterosexual males as offenders because 85% of DV is directed by men toward women (Rennison & Welchans, 2000). This chapter discusses integrating Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR; Shapiro, 1995, 2001) and Therapy of Social Action (TSA) in the treatment of couples with domestic violence issues. A case example is then presented. The concluding discussion asserts that TSA and EMDR appear to be a powerful combination for the treatment of DV. When used with carefully selected couples, EMDR and TSA can repair the damage caused to the victims, strengthen relationships, inhibit abuser and victim tendencies in children, eliminate posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD), increase personal responsibility, develop nonviolent conflict resolution skills, and increase empathy for self and others. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)
Keywords: Domestic Violence Family Therapy Integrative Psychotherapy Therapy of Social Action
Accuracy Verified: Yes
74. Bender, S., Hollander, H., & Accaria, P. (2001, June). EMDR and hypnosis. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Austin, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will be able to: 1) describe how EMDR and hypnosis differ; 2) utilize a muscle testing ideomotor signaling procedure to develop EMDR protocols; 3) apply Eriksonian training in the EMDR protocol; and 4) employ an aspect of EMDR, the eye movements, in an hypnotic protocol.
Keywords: Eriksonian Training Hypnosis Muscle Testing
Accuracy Verified: Yes
75. Russo, A. (1998, July). EMDR and managed care: Making a perfect fit. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Baltimore, MD.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will be able to: 1) effectively develop treatment plans utilizing EMDR; 2) effectively educate managed care managers about EMDR; and 3) communicate EMDR treatment effects based on empirical data.
Keywords: Managed Care Treatment Plans
Accuracy Verified: Yes
76. Standart, S., & Wood, C. (2011, October). EMDR and mindfullness. Presentation at the 3rd annual EMDR Autumn Workshop Conference, Durham, England.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
A presentation of on a case series of complex Type II PTSD for early childhood and adult trauma with scores of 50+ on the Dissociative Experiences Scale (DES) and using a phased approach to EMDR with mindfulness practice prior to EMDR. Descriptions of mindfulness practice and EMDR protocol use with outcome measure on the DES, Impact of Events Scale score (IES-R) and a depression Inventory will be presented Global outcomes such as occupational and social functioning will also be described for these clients.
Working with clients with complex trauma and marked dissociation and how to develop a timely phased protocol for these difficult to engage clients. (Author abstract)
Keywords: Mindfulness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
77. Sabey, A. (2011, October). EMDR and strengthening children's emotional resilience. Presentation at the 3rd annual EMDR Autumn Workshop Conference, Durham, England.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop explores the assessment and development of emotional resilience within children. Case examples are used to demonstrate how EMDR may be integrated into child-centred therapy sessions, helping children to find ways to manage strong emotions, gain emotional literacy, fully utilise social networks and develop a toolbox of skills and resources. The resilience of the parent/carer, and that of the therapist is considered. The importance of attunement and collaboration within the therapeutic relationship is highlighted. (Author abstract)
Keywords: Children Emotional Resilience
Accuracy Verified: Yes
78. DeGraffenried, D. F. (2002, June). EMDR and TANF recipients: Effective home-based interventions. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
As a result of domestic violence many women who receive Temporary Assistance to Needy Families (TANF) develop PTSD and other anxiety disorders. Participants in this workshop will: 1) be able to summarize the components of a home-based model of EMDR that helps TANF recipients resolve domestic abuse and reduce barriers to employment; 2) evaluate the advantages of using EMDR in a strength based, solution oriented,
capitated, home-based model; and 3) via a powerpoint presentation and videos, identify five specific skills that support the successful use of
EMDR in home-based settings.
Keywords: Home-based Interventions Needy Families TANF
Accuracy Verified: Yes
79. Shapiro, F., & Laliotis, D. (2011, June). EMDR and the adaptive information processing model: Integrative treatment and case conceptualization. Clinical Social Work Journal, 39(2), 191-200. doi:10.1007/s10615-010-0300-7.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
EMDR is a comprehensive psychotherapy approach that is compatible with all contemporary theoretical orientations. Internationally recognized as a frontline trauma treatment, it is also applicable to a broad range of clinical issues. As a distinct form of psychotherapy, the treatment emphasis is placed on directly processing the neurophysiologically stored memories of events that set the foundation for pathology and health. The adaptive information processing model that governs EMDR practice invites the therapist to address the overall clinical picture that includes the past experiences that contribute to a client’s current difficulties, the present events that trigger maladaptive responses, and to develop more adaptive neural networks of memory in order to enhance positive responses in the future. The clinical application of EMDR is elaborated through a description of the eight phases of treatment with a case example that illustrates the convergences with psychodynamic, cognitive-behavioral, and systemic practice.
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Integrative Treatment Memory Networks
Accuracy Verified: Yes
80. Settle, C. (2010, July). EMDR and the art of psychotherapy with children. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The presenter will use the Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) Model to explain how to creatively change the language
of EMDR to meet the child’s developmental needs. Participants will learn how to develop a comprehensive treatment plan
that includes the three-pronged approach. Demonstrations with pictures and a short video will show ways of getting the
targets and the NC and PC through mapping, while still remaining true to the eight-phase model. Innovative child-oriented
methods for Resource Development Installation (RDI) and Cognitive Interweaves (CI) will be explained.
Keywords: Children
Accuracy Verified: Yes
81. Phillips, M. (2001, June). EMDR and the body. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Austin, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This course presents a five-step model for body focused psychotherapy. Specific methods for incorporating EMDR into each phase are included. The existing EMDR somatic protocol is expanded to facilitate skill development in the areas of body awareness, sensory discrimination, symbolization, body learnings, and integration of more functional somatic patterns. Topics include uses of EMDR to create the body safe place, develop the body felt sense, reduce pain and increase comfort, reprocess aspects of trauma, and explore somatic developmental issues.
Keywords: Body Awareness Body Felt Sense Body-Focused Psychotherapy Body Learnings Body Safe Place Sensory Discrimination Symbolization
Accuracy Verified: Yes
82. Zimmerman, E. (2010, June). EMDR and the phase two treatment of the migraine and headache-protocol. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
After the presentation of Dr. Steven Marcus PhD
on different EMDR-conferences of treating migraine and headaches
in a two-phase protocol, the authors of this presentation
decided to develop a study on the phase two treatment of the
headache protocol.
The phase one treatment of the headache protocol I-EMDR (integrated
EMDR) of Dr. Marcus is for the relief of acute headache
pain and related symptoms (nausea, vomiting, light or sound
sensitivity etc.). A research study of Dr. Marcus showed very
strong effects of the treatment of migraines in this acute phase.
(Steven V. Marcus: Phase 1 of integrated EMDR: An Abortive
Treatment for Migraine Headaches. JEMDR, Vol. 2, Number 1,
2008, pg. 15ff). The phase two treatment is a multi-session EMDR
headache treatment utilizing the Standard EMDR Protocol
to prevent or reduce future headache frequency, duration and
severity. The phase one has to be included in the second phase.
Thus, this phase two protocol has not yet been the subject of a
scientific research.
The authors present their study design and some cases with
video presentations as well as first results on the research of this
phase two treatment.
Keywords: Headache Medical Issues Migraine Symposium
Accuracy Verified: Yes
83. Siegel, I. (2001, June). EMDR and the psychology of consciousness. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association EMDRIA Conference, Austin, TX .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will: 1) develop an understanding of the role of EMDR as a bridge between esoteric concept of consciousness and the western concept of psychotherapy; 2) be able to understand how the role of consciousness, imaqery, and intuition can be applied within the EMDR process; 3) demonstrate an ability to access their own inner vision and higher consciousness, and 4) learn the clinical applications, as an EMDR practitioner, of accessing their own intuition, higher inner senses, and evolving consciousness.
Keywords: Consciousness Imagery Intuition Psychotherapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
84. Rose-Langston, J. (2013, May). EMDR and the treatment of adolescents: A study in 3 acts. Presentation at the Western Massachusetts EMDRIA Regional Network 9th Annual Spring Conference, Amherst MA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will present the use
of EMDR with adolescents through case presentations
with 3 different outcomes: one a success, one a failure,
and one undetermined. History taking methods,
preparation tools, assessment for readiness, and cognitive
interweaves during memory processing will be
discussed.
Keywords: Adolescents Dissociation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
85. Donovan, L. (2002, June). EMDR and traumatized children/adolescents: Systemic affect regulation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Developmental and systemic perspectives support incorporating the caregiver/family in EMDR treatment of children and adolescents to
maximize efficacy and minimize risks. Participants will learn to: 1)
identify multiple options, risk factors, and guidelines (eg, for timing,
sequencing, identifying the need for EMDR/RDI in the traumatized parent/caregiver as well as the child); 2) identify strategies to maximize vicarious
processing, and promote resource development and affect regulation in
the caregiver/family; 3) define with the family ways to provide safety,
take rerponsibility and guide choices; and 4) utilize the nartural relational
context to develop affect regulation in the child/adolescent.
Keywords: Adolescents Affect Regulation Children
Accuracy Verified: Yes
86. Tarquinio, C. (2010, June). EMDR applied for traumatic bereavement after train collision. In Accident victims. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The aim of these exploratory study is to test the application
of therapy EMDR in case of traumatic bereavement. The
traumatic bereavement, which corresponds to the brutal loss of
"other significant", answers a precise clinical picture whose principal
characteristics are the intrusive thoughts concerning the
late one and of the difficulties of adjustment to the loss (feeling
of vacuum, difficulties of recognizing the death, irritability, lack
of reactivity, etc.). The 8 participants all of this study are of the took peace on October 12, 2006 in Zoufftgen. The subjects, old
on average 35.2 years ( S D = l I . l ) and including 75% women,
followed between 8 to 15 meetings (m=10.75, SD = 2.21) answering
protocol EMDR The effectiveness of the therapy was
evaluated starting from several criteria including traumatic bereavement,
anxiety, depression and psychological distress. Five
evaluations were carried out: before the therapy (TO), after six
meetings (TI), at the end of the therapy (T2), then in three
months (T3) and twelve months (T4) after the end of the therapy.
The principal results seem to indicate an effectiveness of the
therapy EMDR. Indeed, we observe a reduction in all the indicators
between the beginning (TO) and the end of the therapy
(TI). Moreover, when this reduction does not continue to three
and twelve months, it remains, at least, stable at one year. These
observations are very encouraging especially when it is known
that 10 to 15% of the patients develop a chronic depression.
Keywords: Accident Victims Symposium Train Accident Traumatic Bereavement
Accuracy Verified: Yes
87. Hammond, D. C. (1992, Summer). The EMDR bandwagon. American Society of Clinical Hypnosis (ASCH) Newsletter, 32(2), 7-8.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
Shapiro, in her response to Metter and
Michelson, criticizes that their failure
to replicate must have been because
they used an 'aberrant version' of her
technique. She cites many uncontrolled
case reports, but her original
1989 publication remains the only
'controlled study' in print. Her original
report did not include an alternative
treatment condition or betweengroups
analysis, only included moderate
level and temporally dlstant traumas
that patients were already consciously
aware.of.. and did not control
for expectancy or suggestion effects.
Keywords: Letter
Accuracy Verified: Yes
88. Aelen, F., & Chateau, K. (2005, November). EMDR bij systeemtherapie [EMDR therapy and systems]. Workshop gepresenteerd aan de eerste congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Ede, The Netherlands.
Language: Dutch
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Bij de keuze systeemleden bij de behandeling te betrekken spelen, ook bij behandelaren, cognities een rol mee.
Cognities over de groei-en helingmogelijkheden die het gezin (van oorsprong) biedt en over zijn beperkende of zelfs schadelijke invloed op de ontwikkeling van individuen.
De systeemtherapeut beweegt zich in het -voor anderen soms onoverzichtelijke- moeras van kansen en gevaren voor het individu: zij heeft leren sturen en wijken, neemt risico’s om gedragsverandering te bewerkstelligen, maar stelt veiligheid voorop.
Hoe kan een individueel therapeut op een veilige manier systeemleden betrekken en waartoe kan een systeemtherapeut EMDR inzetten ?
Getraumatiseerd is een individu op zijn kwetsbaarst: Het besluit om systeemleden bij de behandeling te betrekken moet dan ook altijd in het voordeel van de getraumatiseerde cliënt zijn
Wanneer traumatisering heeft plaatsgevonden binnen het gezinssysteem van oorsprong (of wanneer de ouders niet bij machte zijn geweest om op traumatisering ‘van buiten’ adequaat te reageren) ontwikkelt een individu disfunctionele cognities over zichzelf en over zijn kernrelaties, die vaak generaliseren naar de wereld buiten het gezin. Dit is van invloed op o.m. latere partnerrelaties. Het betrekken bij de EMDR-behandeling van een ‘good enough’ partner kan de individuele cliënt helpen deze gegeneraliseerde cognities te vervangen door passender en meer productiever cognities.
In de workshop besteden we aandacht aan de vraag hoe een individueel therapeut op een veilige manier systeemleden kan betrekken bij de EMDR-behandeling en aan de vraag waartoe een systeemtherapeut EMDR kan inzetten.
Een eerste stap in het gebruik maken van de extra kansen die het systeemdenken biedt aan EMDR-therapeuten, is het, hypothetisch, in kaart brengen van de positieve en negatieve systeeminvloeden voor de cliënt middels het maken van het genogram . Dit om de effecten van de EMDR te plaatsen in de relationele leergeschiedenis van het individu.
Een tweede stap is het betrekken van liefdevolle en betrouwbaar geïnvolveerde partners (of vrienden) en het “verzilveren” van de EMDR met de kernrelatie, waarbij op natuurlijke wijze verbeteringen of soms (tijdelijke) moeilijkheden aan bod komen.
Een derde stap is het ineenweven van EMDR en systeemgesprekken, waarbij naast traumaverwerking gezonder verhoudingen het doel zijn en resultaten op beide gebieden elkaar logischerwijs versterken.
In select members for the treatment system involvement, here when medical professionals play a role with Cognitions.
Cognitions about the growth and healing potential of the family (or origin) and limiting or Has Been here Harmful Effects on the Development of Individuals.
The therapist moves the system to others-Sometimes-confuse Morass of opportunities and risks for the Individual: the therapist has learned to steer and districts, taking risks for behavior change, but does put safety first.
How Can an Individual therapist in a safe way to members and involvement System Which Can Deploy a system EMDR therapist?
A traumatized individuality to be vulnerable: The decision to members in the treatment system involvement Should therefore always in favor of the traumatized client
When trauma occurred HAS Within the Family System of Origin (or When parents are Unable to bone traumatization 'outside' appropriate response) initially develop an individuality Dysfunctional Cognitions about himself and his key relationships in loss or That Generalize to the world outside the family. This subsequent component seem ambiguous to partner relationships. The involvement of the EMDR treatment or a 'good enough' partner, an individuality to help client thesis generalized Cognition to replace more and more Productive Appropriate Cognitions.
In the workshop we focus on how an individuality in a safe system therapist members Can Participate in the EMDR treatment and to demand a System Which Can use EMDR therapist.
A first step in making use of the extra opportunities the system offers to think EMDR Therapists, it is, hypothetically, identify the positive and negative Influences on the client system through the creation of the genogram. That the effects of EMDR to place in the relational learning history of the individuality.
A second step is the involvement or permission and secure agreement of the partners (or friends) and "Redeem" the core relationship with EMDR, which Sometimes Naturally Speaking Improvements or (temporary) problems to be addressed.
A third step is weaving together of EMDR and system calls, which in addition to trauma and healthy relationships are the results in objectifying both areas reinforcement each other logically.
Keywords: Systems Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
89. Hagen, H., & Baas, J. (2008, Maart). EMDR binnen de schematherapie voor persoonlijkheidsproblematiek van young enkele overwegingen [Schema therapy EMDR within the personality issues of young a few thoughts]. Presentatie aan de derde congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Ede, The Netherlands.
Language: Dutch
Format: Conference
Abstract:
De laatste jaren is er veel vooruitgang geboekt in de behandeling van persoonlijkheidstoornissen van met name de borderline persoonlijkheidsstoornis (BPS) met Cognitieve Gedrags Therapie (CGT). Vooral de Schematherapie van Jeffrey Young gooit hoge ogen. Bij een hoog percentage van mensen met persoonlijkheidstoornissen en met name weer bij BPS is er sprake van traumatische gebeurtenissen in de voorgeschiedenis. EMDR gooit hoge ogen in de behandeling van de gevolgen van trauma’s. Een goede vraag is dan ook wat de plaats is van EMDR binnen de Schematherapie. Op deze vraag zullen wij ingaan tijdens onze presentatie.
Eerst presenteren we een simpel model hoe je naar persoonlijkheidstoornissen kunt kijken en uit welke componenten een behandeling meestal zal bestaan. Vervolgens kijken we wat EMDR te bieden heeft binnen de verschillende componenten.
Bij onze presentatie zullen we steeds praktische voorbeelden geven van succes en falen van EMDR binnen Schematherapie en bezien wat we daar uit kunnen leren.
De lezing is niet geschikt voor beginners. Kennis van Schema Focused Therapy wordt aanbevolen.
In recent years there has been much progress in the treatment of personality disorders, especially borderline personality disorder (BPD) and Cognitive Behavioral Therapy (CBT). Especially the Schema Therapy Jeffrey Young gets top marks. In a high percentage of people with personality disorders and BPD in particular, again there is a history of traumatic events. EMDR gets top marks in the treatment of the effects of trauma. A good question is what the site is within the Schema Therapy EMDR. On this question we will discuss during our presentation.
First we present a simple model of how personality disorders can look at and which components of treatment will usually exist. Then we see what EMDR has to offer within the various components.
In our presentation we will always offer practical examples of success and failure of Schema Therapy EMDR inside and see what we can learn from.
The lecture is not suitable for beginners. Schema Focused Therapy knowledge is recommended.
Keywords: Personality Disorder Schema Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
90. Leeds, A. M. (1995, June). EMDR case formulation symposium. Symposium conducted at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The focus of this symposium will be on intermediate and advanced topics in EMDR case formulation in more challenging cases.
The presentation will include how affect and schema theories can help organize and guide treatment planing and selection of
protocols, targets and cognitions. Time will be allowed to discuss problem cases.
The symposium will begin with an overview of the EMDR theoretical model and the role of metacognitions in the accelerated
information processing paradigm. Guideposts to application will include principles such as: good enough cognitions and warning
indicators fiom cognitions and the history taking of potential blocked responses.
A model of EMDR case formulation issues will be presented involving treatment planning and selection of protocols, targets and
cognitions. A fundamental issue in case formulation will be proposed as the extent to which the case involves simple adult trauma
with a good premorbid history or is a more complex case conceptualized as involving some degree of neglect or pervasive failure of
the early environment to provide healthy models of self-other interaction.
Alternate treatment protocols will be offered for more complex cases presentations where there are insufficient healthy resources
present to permit the successfull use of standard EMDR protocols even with creative application of cognitive interweave strategies.
Protocols will be offered for "practice" EMDR sessions and for building up healthy internal resources in advance of targeting
disturbing memories.
Affect theory as developed by Silvan S. Tomkins and reviewed in Donald Nathanson's (1992) Shame and Pride, Affect Sex, and the
Birth of the Self, W. W. Norton & Co, New York, and its relationship to EMDR will be considered. Emphasis will be on the
biological theory of emotions, the nine innate affects, the central and unique role of shame in human development, and how affect
theory supports EMDR theory and application. For example, EMDR theory emphasizes the central role of physiological and
emotional responses and views cognitions as "distallations of experience" (Francine Shapiro, 1995, Eve Movement Desensitization
and Reprocessing, Basic Principles, Protocols, and Procedures, Guilford Press, NY). Shame and its attendant distorted self concepts
is a central problem in PTSD and other pervasive traumageric disorders.
Aspects of this case formulation approach have been influenced by members of the EMDR facilitator staff most notably Landry
Wildwind's speciality and conference presentations on working with chronic depression and personal communications with
Marguerite McCorkle.
Case examples will be given in which alternate EMDR protocols were used to successfully work through unresolved developmental
issues and massive layers of shame that had blocked previous treatment efforts. A large portion of the symposium will be devoted to
a case conference round table where these issues will be explored through a discussion of problem cases offered by participants.
Keywords: Case Formulations
Accuracy Verified: Yes
91. Dworkin, M. (2006, September). The EMDR clinician and the challenging client: How to improve relational responsiveness. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This experientially based workshop will address
clinician issues with clients who are challenging to work with, both before and during an EMDR
session. Participants will develop greater awareness of these mornents and learn strategies to overcome
potentla1 moments of misattunements. These
strategies will include parts of the Procedural Steps
Outline in preparation for anticipated problems;
applied R/D/I strategies for compartmentalizing
activated clinician state dependent moments in
session; and using a variation of cognitive interweave when an interruption of the flow of states between clinician and client temporarily ruptures contingent
collaborative communication. "The Clinician Self
Awareness Questionnaire" will be introduced as a
method of enhancing these awarenesses.
Participants are invited to bring their most
challenging cases to work on.
Keywords: Challenging Client
Accuracy Verified: Yes
92. Lichti, J. (2007, September). EMDR consultation: Using practice research to develop best practices. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will review the context of EMDR consultation. The differences between therapy, consultation and consultation-of-consultation will be highlighted. The implications of the literature on clinical supervision/consultation will be reviewed. Examples of tools and resources for consultants will be presented. Research on the practices of EMDRIA Approved Consultants will be presented. Best Practices emerging from the literature and consultation practices research will be identified. Participants will analyze their own consultation practices using all the above information and discuss in small groups how they plan to improve their consultation services.
Keywords: Consultation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
93. Lichti, J. (2009, May). EMDR consultation: Using practice research to develop best practices. Presentation at the EMDR Canada Conference, Vancouver, British Columbia Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop is for Approved Consultants, Consultants-in-training and those considering becoming ACs. We will
review the context of EMDR consultation and identify the differences between therapy, consultation and
consultation-of-consultation [Objective 1]. The implications of the supervision/consultation literature will be reviewed
[Objective 2]. Tools, resources and recordings from actual consultations will be presented. Original research about
EMDR consultation will be reviewed. Best Practices emerging from the literature and EMDR consultation research
will be identified [Objective 3]. Participants will use all the above information to analyze their own consultation
practices [Objective 4] and discuss with peers how to improve their consultation services [Objective 5].
Keywords: Consultation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
94. Groenendijk, M. & Hoven, M. (2006, November). EMDR en PMT bij de behandeling van complexe PTSS [EMDR and PMT in the treatment of complex PTSD]. Presentatie aan de tweede congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Arnhem, The Netherlands.
Language: Dutch
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Tijdens deze workshop zal een uitgebreide videopresentatie over een EMDR-behandeling bij complexe PTSS. Bijzonder is dat de EMDR wordt uitgevoerd in een klinische setting met de psychomotore therapeut als co-therapeut.
Mariëtte Groenendijk en Marieke van de Hoven zullen ingaan op hun ervaringen met ernstig
getraumatiseerde patiënten en de 'beren op de weg' die daarbij kunnen optreden zoals dissociatie, uitvalsverschijnselen en herbelevingen.
During this workshop will provide a comprehensive video presentation on an EMDR treatment for complex PTSD. Particularly is that EMDR is conducted in a clinical setting with the psychomotor therapist as co-therapist.
Mariette Groenendijk and Marieke of the Courts will discuss their experiences with severe
traumatized patients and the "pitfalls" that might occur as dissociation, reliving and failure phenomena.
Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD C-PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
95. Eimer, B. N. (1993, Winter). EMDR for chronic pain. EMDR Network Newsletter, 3(3), 4-7.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
There are two widely accepted assumptions about personality and psychopathology that influence the success or failure of our use of EMDR with patients. While the following notions have been restated in different ways by various schools of personalit, the reader is referred to the work of George Kelley (1955) for the most complete elaboration of these assumptions.
Keywords: Chronic Pain
Accuracy Verified: Yes
96. Kiessling, R. (2013, May). EMDR from a belief focused perspective. Presentation at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Beliefs are the meta-perception of life’s experiences (Shapiro 2001). Target Sequence Plans bundled around core
belief schema provide an effective, efficient and safe approach to case conceptualization and EMDR treatment.
This workshop will clarify questions asked by EMDR Clinicians such as:
• Are all NC/PCs Core Belief Schemas?
• Are your Targeting Sequence Plans Core Belief Schema Bundled or just a shotgun of targets based upon
“What do you want to work on today?”
• Does “What does it say about you” really address ‘what it means about you!?
• Are you’ staying out of the way’ when you should be ‘leading the way’!
These and others questions will be clarified through lecture, case examples and video demonstrations.
Through lecture, video demonstration, and practice, participants will:
• Name 3 major differences between the Standard EMDR Protocols and Procedures and EMDR from a ‘Belief Schema Perspective.’
• Describe the 4 primary Belief Schemas used in the ‘Belief Schema Perspective’ to EMDR, and how they assist
the case conceptualization and processing.
• Demonstrate the ability to develop a Belief Focused Targeting Sequence Plan and appropriately process the
targets identified within the Standard Three Pronged Protocol.
Keywords: Core Beliefs
Accuracy Verified: Yes
97. Thomas, R., & Kafoury, A. (2008, Spring). EMDR HAP in India, Indian EMDR set to bloom. HAP What's Happening Now Newsletter, 4(3), Supplement to the Spring Newsletter.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
In 1995 Dr. Sushma Mehrotra of Mumbai first read about a new therapy called EMDR. After studying all of the information available to her, she introduced it to the Bombay Psychological Association and then to the Bombay Psychiatric Society. To make sure she understood it correctly, Dr. Mehrotra established contact with EMDR training facilitator and HAP volunteer, Ann Kafoury. She later invited Ann to come to India to give a presentation on EMDR to mental health professionals. Since that time they have worked together to develop trainings and to bring EMDR to the people of India. Ann has served as the coordinator of EMDR HAP programs in India since that time.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
98. Hase, M. (2001, May). EMDR in a critical incident in Germany (prison riot). Presentation at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, London, UK.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The prison system serves, among many others, one important goal: to separate those members
of society, who are dangerous to others, from the more peaceful and law-abiding majority. As
a consequence one could assume that the inmates of a prison from a, subgroup of human
beings, distinct by their aggressive potential. Though this is not true for all of the prisoners, it may be true for many of them. It is a well known fact, at least in Germany, that procedures
for controlling the safety in a prison, can't eliminate criminal behaviour or dealing with drugs
in a prison. One could assume, that even if an adequate standard of safety is upheld, a prison
would be a dangerous place to work in and that prison staff would be at a considerable risk of
being traumatised at work. In the prison system in Lower Saxony, Germany, between 5 and
10 recently traumatised staff are invited to participate in a group consultation each year. The
number of unrecorded cases is certainly much higher. In contrast there is not much literature about traumatisation of prison staff. On the other hand
prison staff are regarded as a population often reluctant to engage in psychotherapy and
leaving psychotherapy prematurely, without a significant treatment effect.
On 13th of August 1999 a prisoner attacked prison staff at Uelzen prison in Lower Saxony,
Germany. The perpetrator killed two members of staff, wounded two others severely and
committed suicide immediately afterwards. More members of staff suffered from the
psychological effects of the violence. The Critical Incident Team within the Ministry of
Justice provided intensive care and counselling. 15 members of staff were identified as a
high risk group to develop PTSD. 10 members of staff began psychotherapy. 7 qualified for
a diagnosis of PTSD, 3 for related diagnoses, according to ICD-10 criteria None of them left
therapy prematurely. One member of staff suffered from the effects of a civil war situation
experienced 15 years before, with a late onset PTSD triggered by vicarious traumatisation.
Only one remains out of work, but does not qualify for a diagnosis of PTSD at present. Three
are still in therapy. 7 patents ended therapy with a complete recovery. EMDR was applied to
great extent in 9 of the 10 cases. EMDR was tolerated well and proved to be fast and
efficient. Treatment effects seem to last over time. Setting the focus on the trauma and using
EMDR as a specific psychotherapeutic method seems to provide an accepted strategy with
significant gains for this population.
Keywords: Critical Incident Prison Recent Events Riot
Accuracy Verified: Yes
99. Carlson, J. G., Chemtob, C. M., Rusnak, K., Hedlund, N. L., & Muroaka, M. Y. (1995, June). EMDR in combat-related PTSD: A controlled study. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In view of potential, but largely undocumented benefits of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) as an intervention for PTSD in combat veterans, in our laboratory a study of EMDR treatment included (1) randomized patient assignment, (2) clinically appropriate comparison (treatment and control) groups, (3) a 12-session EMDR protocol administered by experienced, EMDR trained clinicians, and (4) extensive clinical assessment, including physiological evaluation at pre-treatment, post-treatment, and 3-month follow-up. Thirty-five veterans who met DSM-IV criteria for PTSD completed an extensive multimodal assessment protocol. Assessment instruments included: The Mississippi Scale for Combat-Related PTSD, the Impact of Events Scale (IES), the Clinician Administered PTSD Scale (CAPS), a self-rating of overall severity of "PTSD symptoms," the Beck Depression Inventory, and the Spielberger State and Trait Anxiety Inventories (STAI). In addition, each subject completed a Stressful Scene Construction Questionnaire (SSCQ) in which scripts of specific traumatic combat incidents were prepared for presentation during psychophysiological assessment. Following pre-assessment, a subset of the subjects constituted a waiting list control (CON, N = 12). Routine clinical care for these subjects was available at the VA Medical Center. Seven of these subjects also participated in group sessions for discussion of PTSD designed as an attentional control. There were no differences between the two control subgroups and their data was combined for all subsequent analyses. For the treatment groups, subjects assigned to the EMDR (EMD, N = 10) and relaxation (RXT, N = 13) groups were seated in a semi-reclined chair and continuous measures were taken of muscle tension levels (four sites), hand temperature, skin conductance levels, heart rate, and blood pressure. For all subjects, there were 20 minutes in each of the baseline sessions with no additional stimuli presented. At the end of session 2 of baseline, the patients remained in the experimental room and were assessed for an additional 20 minutes (pre-treatment) during which the SSCQ scripts also were presented. There were two sessions per week with a minimum of one day between sessions. Each subsequent treatment session for the EMD and RXT subjects was approximately 60 minutes in duration, allowing for set-up time and briefing. In the EMD group, a standard protocol for the EMDR interventions was administered, including periodic SUDS ratings and VoC scaling of combat and related images and cognitions (cf Shapiro, 1995). In the RXT group, home relaxation tapes and biofeedback on four sites (face, neck, arm, and back) to assist lowered muscle tension were provided. Following 12 treatment sessions (post-treatment), and again after three months (follow-up) the psychometric instruments and psychophysiological assessment were readministered using the format outlined above. Relative to the other conditions, the EMDR treatment produced substantially more positive clinical effects at post-treatment and follow-up. Comparing the EMD group to the CON group, significant effects (p<.05 or better) were obtained on measures of PTSD including the Mississippi and PTSD symptoms self-rating, and on the Beck and STAI-Trait. Comparing the EMD group to the RXT subjects, significant differences were found on the Mississippi, the IES-Intrusion scale, the CAPS, PTSD symptoms ratings, and the STAI-Trait scale. No differences were obtained on any of the physiological measures. Therefore, the present results support the effectiveness of EMDR with combat veterans with chronic PTSD. The data strongly suggest that some previous negative results obtained when EMDR was applied to chronic and severe combat PTSD may have resulted from methodological artifacts, such as inadequate amount of treatment and therapist inexperience. While the failure to find physiological effects is consistent with results of other controlled treatment exposure trials in PTSD, this finding raises clinical and conceptual questions with respect to the arousal component of the disorder.
Keywords: Combat Controlled Study
Accuracy Verified: Yes
100. Gambuzza, C. A. (2010, June). EMDR in complex trauma of perinatal disorder and abuse. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This paper reports a case of PN-PTSD (Perinatal Disorder),
this being a disorder that is not frequently diagnoses and
not classified in DSM-IV, where a technical variation of floatback,
i. e., floatback-floatforward on timeline successfully overcame the posttraumatic amnesia, optimized access to the dissociated parts
of the Self, and integrated the Internal Family System with EMDR
and Ego State Therapy.
The sixteen year old patient, S, sniffed heron and practised self mutilation.
After two years' therapy the family secret was revealed in a
dream and led us towards the abuse. I adopted the theoretical
reference models on dissociation reported by M. Steinberg, B. A.
van der Kolk, 0. van der Hart, and C. McFarlane's operative
EMDR model and Ego State Therapy.
The aim of the therapy was to rebuild integrity of the Self and to
foster individualization- separation processes. The main goal was
create a sense of loyalty during therapy that would allow S to be
able to control in transitions in her dissociated mental states. Negotiation
between the ego states were created so that S could face
the states of terror and anxiety and gradually become integrated.
Alter had different names and distinctively different preferences
and personality traits, at times those alter took complete executive
control of the body and of the self. Initially the alter has
names outside the Self, then during the course of therapy their
names began with '5'. The dissociated alters have become targets
far EMDR.
The story of S, revolves round two traumas: PN-PTSD and
abuse.
Perinatal trauma and uterine perception of her mother's depressive
emotional states triggered difficulties in the child latching on
to the mother's breast, and the lack of mirroring and affective
syntonization caused the failure of internalization processes that
lead to identity.
5 was aware of the trauma of abandonment, but not of the trauma
of abuse that she defined as 'a deep impenetrable hole'. In order
to address the life-threatening trauma. S used an invasive ego-dystonic
coping mechanism: dissociation of the object and the Self.
By placing the abuse in an alter, S could still feel attached to her
family members that abused her, actively or passively using silence.
While the DES scale did not provide significant dissociation
results, the SCID-LIST furnished high values.
The self-mutilation practised by S may represent her hate of her
body that did not rebel to the abuse it was subjected to, or, as she
said it may represent "a way to punish herself for the guilt
of existing or to inflict upon herself physical pain to conceal the
anxiety of death".
EMDR was a challenge; it reached the preverbal states of the
arena of the primary process, it bound with emotions and led her
to symbolization, t resolved the traumatic matter that was frozen
In the neural networks and determined Self- integration. The Ego
States Therapy was a useful tool.
Keywords: Perinatal Disorder
Accuracy Verified: Yes
101. Hofmann, A., & Solomon, R. (2009). EMDR in der behandlung akut traumatisierter [EMDR in the treatment of acutely traumatized]. In A. Hofmann, N. Galley, & R. A. Solomon, EMDR – Therapie psychotraumatischer Belastungssyndrome, 2 Tabellen, (4., unveränd. Aufl.) (pp 107-114 ) Stuttgart: Georg Thieme Verlag KG.
Language: German
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
Mit den zunehmenden Erfahrungen und Forschungsergebnissen
im Bereich psychotraumatischer
Reaktionen gelangte in den Jahren nach
der Entwicklung der Konzepte über die chronischen
traumatischen Störungen auch der Bereich
der akuten Traumatisierungen in das Blickfeld
systematischer Studien und Interventionsversuche.
So wurden zunehmend diagnostische und
therapeutische Konzepte entwickelt, in denen versucht
wird, Opfern von z. B. krimineller Gewalt,
schweren Unfällen oder kritischen Zwischenfällen
im polizeilich/militärischen Bereich bereits kurz
nach den traumatischen Ereignissen hilfreich zur
Seite zu stehen und – wenn möglich – sogar die
Entwicklung schwerer Störungen zu verhindern.
Als günstig erwies sich dabei, dass sich die
Mehrzahl der Opfer akuter Traumatisierungen innerhalb
einer Zeit von mehreren Wochen bis Monaten
ohne äußeres therapeutisches Eingreifen
spontan erholen und das Ereignis seelisch bewältigen
können (Rothbaum u. Foa 1993).
Als problematisch zeigte sich aber einerseits die
Vielfalt möglicher Symptome direkt nach einem
traumatischen Ereignis, andererseits der zunehmende
Übergang in eine posttraumatische Symptomatik
(aber auch andere) bei einer meist
kleineren Gruppe der Traumatisierten (Orner u.
Schnyder 2003).
Forscherische und therapeutische Bemühungen
versuchen derzeit, die Gruppe der Traumaopfer,
die ein erhöhtes Risiko haben könnten, später eine
posttraumatische Störung zu entwickeln, zu identifizieren
und ihnen – wenn möglich – schon frühzeitig
gezielt Hilfe zukommen zu lassen.
Auf der anderen Seite wird so versucht, die
Traumaopfer, bei denen eine Bewältigung des
traumatischen Ereignisses ohne spezifische therapeutische
Hilfe erwartet werden kann, nicht unnötig
zu pathologisieren, ihnen aber ausreichend
Unterstützung und Hilfe zu gewähren, sodass sie
den Verarbeitungsvorgang ohne äußere Irritationen
abschließen können (Fischer et al. 1998).
Diese diagnostischen und therapeutischen Forschungen
sind derzeit noch in vollem Gange, gesicherte
Forschungsergebnisse liegen bisher nur in
wenigen Bereichen der Behandlung akuter Traumatisierungen
vor (Barre u. Biesold 2002, Orner u.
Schnyder 2003, Yehuda 1998). Dennoch liegen bereits
Modellrechnungen der Kostenträger vor, die
belegen, dass frühe, fundierte Interventionsansätze
bei akut Traumatisierten (z. B. Überfallopfern)
erhebliche Kosteneinsparungen der Kostenträger
bewirken (Wiessmann 2002).
Angesichts der großen Zahl der täglich bei
schweren Unfällen oder Verbrechen akut traumatisierten
Menschen, die derzeit mit einer Vielzahl
empirisch wenig validierter Konzepte behandelt
werden müssen, wird der hohe Handlungsdruck
einerseits, die Einschränkung vieler der folgenden
Anhaltspunkte für therapeutische Intervention andererseits,
deutlich.
Auch Hinweise und Empfehlungen bezüglich
eines Einsatzes der EMDR-Methode bei diesen Patienten
sollten mit diesen Einschränkungen verstanden
werden. Auch wenn es einige erste Hinweise
auf einen erfolgversprechenden Einsatz der
EMDR-Methode bei akut Traumatisierten gibt, so
sollte eine Therapie mittels EMDR in einen umfassenden,
z. B. dynamisch-behavioralen, Behandlungsplan
dieser Patienten eingebettet werden
(Bisson 2003, McNally u. Solomon 1999). Weiterhin
sollte der systematische Einsatz der EMDR-Methode
derzeit – wenn irgend möglich – an hohen
Qualitätsstandards orientiert und forschungsmäßig
evaluiert werden, um die Nutzen-Risiko-Abwägung
bezüglich bestimmter Patientengruppen
sowie den optimalen Einsatzzeitpunkt konfrontierender
Verfahren systematisch verbessern zu können.
With increasing experience and research results
in the field of psycho-traumatic
Responses came in the years after
the development of concepts about the chronic
traumatic disorders, the area
of acute trauma in the field of view
systematic studies and intervention trials.
Thus, more diagnostic and
therapeutic concepts developed in which attempts are
is, for example, victims of criminal violence,
serious accidents or critical incidents
the police / military shortly
after the traumatic events to help
Page is available and - if possible - even the
to prevent development of severe disorders.
Proved to be favorable, that the
Most of the victims of acute trauma in
a period of several weeks to months
without an external therapeutic intervention
spontaneously recover and cope with the emotional event
can (Rothbaum and Foa 1993).
One problem was but one part of the
Variety of possible symptoms immediately after a
traumatic event, on the other hand, the increasing
Transition to a post-traumatic symptoms
(And others) usually at a
smaller group of traumatized (and Orner
Schnyder 2003).
Research and therapeutic efforts
currently trying the group of trauma victims,
an increased risk could later
to develop post-traumatic disorder to identify
them and - if possible - early
to be targeted to come help.
On the other hand, will attempt to
Trauma victims, where a managing
traumatic event without specific therapeutic
Assistance can be expected not unnecessarily
pathologization them but enough
to provide support and assistance so that they
the processing operation without external irritation
can conclude (Fischer et al. 1998).
These diagnostic and therapeutic research
are still in full swing, secured
Research results are presently available in
few areas of acute trauma
and before (Barre and Biesold 2002, Orner
Schnyder 2003, Yehuda 1998). Nevertheless, there are already
Model calculations of the cost modes, in the
Demonstrating that early, in-depth intervention approaches
in acute trauma (such as assault victims)
significant cost savings for payers
cause (Wiesmann 2002).
Given the high volume of daily at
serious accidents or crimes acutely traumatized
People currently with a variety
empirically validated concepts treated less
must be the high pressure to act
one hand, the restriction of many of the following
Indications for therapeutic intervention on the other,
significantly.
Also advice and recommendations regarding
of using the EMDR method in these patients
should understand these limitations
be. Although there are some initial indications
a promising application of
EMDR method in acutely traumatized people are so
should be a therapy using EMDR in a comprehensive,
such as dynamically-behavioral, treatment plan
these patients are embedded
(Bisson 2003, McNally and Solomon 1999). Furthermore,
should be the systematic use of the EMDR method
now - if possible - to high
Quality standards and research-oriented terms
is assessed to the benefit / risk ratio
with respect to specific patient groups
and the optimal use time of confrontational
Method to improve systematically.
Keywords: Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
102. Parnell. L. A. (1999, June). EMDR in the treatment of adults abused as children. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Las Vegas, NV.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will: 1) be able to describe the three phases of treatment; 2) be able to use at least three ego strengthening methods using EMDR, including identification, development, and installation of inner and outer resources important for preparing clients for EMDR processing, such as: safe place, positive
internal resource images, such as the inner advisor child-self – adult-self assessment and
development, nurturer and protector figures,
spiritual resources, positive memories, images from nature, and others; 3) learn tips for successful target development; 4) learn how to develop and use special targets for EMDR processing such as: visual memories, including flashbacks; dreams; artwork; emotions, physical sensations, and body memories;
TV shows and movies; and negative cognitions; 5) learn helpful modifications to the standard EMDR procedural steps; 6) learn at least two interventions to help clients who experience problems during EMDR processing with, such as dissociation, numbness, sleepiness, lack of channel activation and integration, and memory chaining; 7) learn at least two suggestions for working with client transference; 8) learn at least five techniques for working with blocked processing and abreactions; 9) learn how to use a selection of imaginal and cognitive interweaves; and 10) learn at least three techniques for closing incomplete sessions.
Keywords: Abreaction Abuse Adults Blocked Processing Closing Incomplete Session Cogntive Interweave Ego Strengthening Imaginal Interweave Target Development Transference
Accuracy Verified: Yes
103. van Winkle, V. (1998, July). EMDR in the treatment of attention deficit disorder in adults. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Baltimore, MD.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will learn: 1) to understand themes common to adults with ADD; 2) to recognize these themes through case examples; 3) how to develop from these themes the "set up" for EMDR, including the development of negative and positive cognitions; and 4) how to understand and break into the cycle of Hyperfocus/ Hypervigilance, Overwhelm/Chaos, Exhaustion/Collpase common to adults with ADD.
Keywords: ADD Adults Attention Deficit Disorder
Accuracy Verified: Yes
104. Hofmann, A. (2000, May 6). EMDR in the treatment of dissociative disorders. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Utrecht, Netherlands.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Patients with dissociative disorders are a complex patient population in which EMDR can be one of the key treatment approaches in a therapy setting that usually needs to enclose a number of other treatment modalities and an overall comprehensive treatment plan. If undiagnosed, dissociative patients are, on the other hand, at increased risk of developing complications during the treatment with EMDR. In this workshop, participants will learn how to: (1) develop a comprehensive treatment plan that includes trauma work with EMDR, (2) integrate the 8 phases of EMDR with the three general phases of trauma treatment according to Janet (stabilization, trauma work, integration), (3) find a good balance to interchange in therapy between stabilization phases, trauma work with EMDR and work within the therapeutic relationship, and (4) recognize and possibly counter treatment complications.
Keywords: Dissociative Disorders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
105. Korn, D. (2008, September). EMDR Master Series - I. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will address the challenges of working with clients raised in invalidating environments marked by deprivation and neglect. With significant disruptions in attachment (caregivers who were unpredictable, rejecting, frightening or frightened) and without the experience of a secure base from which to explore the world, such individuals often fail to develop a sense of object constancy and permanence and the capacity for reflection and metacognition. They lack self-compassion, self-confidence, and the capacity to self-regulate. They are often plagued by a profound sense of aloneness, shame, and self-hatred, denying their needs or convinced that their needs can never be met. Together, we will examine the ways in which EMDR can be utilized to promote the development of a secure, coherent sense of self. Protocol adaptations and cognitive interweaves to address feelings and beliefs associated with invisibility, unworthiness, and core badness will be highlighted. Cases will be presented with accompanying videotape segments, highlighting EMDR developmental repair strategies.
Keywords: Masters Series
Accuracy Verified: Yes
106. Laliotis, D. (2007, September). EMDR master series – I. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Twenty years ago, EMDR began as a clinical technique used to help clients reprocess major traumatic experiences. Since then, EMDR has developed into a comprehensive psychotherapy approach that is being used to treat low self-esteem, relationship difficulties, and performance issues not connected to major trauma, but rather to networks of unprocessed early experiences. This workshop will help clinicians develop a way of thinking about and applying EMDR to these cases where the “traumas” are not so obvious, but nonetheless, a powerful contributor to the client’s current difficulties. Cases will be presented in depth with videotape to illustrate how the treatment process evolves using EMDR and how to adequately address the insidious nature of these childhood experiences. Participants will learn how to conceptualize the case over time, how to apply cognitive interweave strategies to facilitate the client’s process, and how to develop future templates to facilitate personal growth and lasting change.
Keywords: Masters Series
Accuracy Verified: Yes
107. Dogan, E. (2009, Ocak). EMDR nedir nasil uygulanir? [How is EMDR to be applied?]. Epsikiyatri Haberleri. Retrieved from http://www.mcaturk.com/EMDR-NEDIR-NASIL-UYGULANIR_2019.html 6/12/2010.
Language: Turkish
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Herkesin geçmişinde büyüklü küçüklü travma yaşantıları vardır.
Deprem, taciz, tecavüz gibi bir defada olan büyük travmalar olabileceği gibi çok göze çarpmayan ama süreklilik sergilediği için kişiyi ilerideki yaşantısında olumsuz etkileyebilecek olan küçük ve orta büyüklükte travmalar da vardır. İkinci gruptakileri "olay" dan ziyade süreklilik arz eden "durumlar" olarak isimlendirmek sanırım daha doğru olur. Bu gruptakilerin kişi üzerinde ileriki yaşantılarında, büyük olarak nitelendirdiklerimizden daha az etki yapacaklarını söyleyemeyiz. Bu tanımlamada büyük-küçük ayrımını yaparken kastedilenin daha çok dışarıdan bakan birisinin bu olayın ciddiyeti ile ilgili görüşü olduğu izlenimini ediniyoruz. Ancak psikolojik sağlık açısından önemli olan kişin bu olay ya da durumu iç dünyasında nasıl yaşadığıdır. Kişi çocukluğunda yaşadığı ve bir başkasının travmatik olarak isimlendireceği bir durumun etkisi ile ileride psikolojik bir problem geliştirmek zorunda değildir. Aynı şekilde, dışarıdan bakan birisinin fark edemeyeceği ama kişinin çocukluğunda maruz kaldığı olumsuz bir olay ya da süre giden bir durum o kişinin ileride psikolojik bir sıkıntı geliştirmesine neden olabilir. Örneğin, babasının yaptığı şeyleri beğenmediğini ve büyük başarılar dışında yaptığı küçük şeyleri görmediğini algılayan bir çocuk bu süre giden deneyimlerin etkisi ile ileri de ancak çok başarılı olduğu durumlarda takdir edileceği hissine sahip olabilir ve enerjisinin büyük kısmını önemli gördüğü insanlardan büyük başarılar sağlayarak takdir almaya adayabilir. Yukarıda tanımladığımız anlamda, yani kişinin ruhsal dünyasında uzun dönemli olumsuz etki yaratan bir durum olması anlamında bu durum tarvmatiktir. Diğer bir deyişle, küçüklüğünde bu kişinin maruz kaldığı durum o kişi üzerinde travmatik bir etki yaratmış ve o kişinin geleceğini etkilemiştir.
Everyone has experiences of past trauma, large and small.
Earthquake, harassment, rape, such as major trauma at a time, which can be very subtle, but the person to exhibit continuity in the future could adversely affect the life of the trauma, there are also small and medium-sized. The second group are "event" rather than from the persistent "cases" as I think I would be more accurate to name. In Group on the future life of these people, do not say a large effect in less than nitelendirdiklerimizden. While this distinction meant little more than identifying large-outsider's view of someone with the impression that the seriousness of this incident ediniyoruz. However, in terms of psychological health status of the person inside the world of this event or how you live. Contact someone else's traumatic childhood and live in the future be called the psychological impact of a situation to develop is not a problem. Similarly, outsiders can not but notice one person while a child is exposed to an adverse event or a situation to develop that person's future can cause psychological distress. For example, outside the great achievements of his father and his little things he did not see things beğenmediğini detect the effect of experiences with a child going forward at this time but would be appreciated if the feeling may have to be very successful and very successful in providing energy to the majority of people it deems important to appreciate the adayabilir. Sense defined above, that person's mental world in terms of long-term negative impact that this is a situation tarvmatiktir. In other words, this person's childhood exposure to a traumatic effect on the situation created by that person and that person has affected the future of.
Keywords: Death Fear Harassment Neurophysiology Rape Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
108. Lendl, J., & Foster, S. (2009). EMDR performance and enhancement psychology protocol. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (pp. 377-396). New York: Springer Publishing Co.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
The EMDR Performance Enhancement Psychology Protocol (EMDR-PEP) addresses performance anxiety, self-defeating beliefs, behavioral inhibition, posttraumatic stress, and psychological recovery from injury for creative and performing artists, workplace employees, and athletes. The EMDR-PEP can be very useful with everyday nonpathological complaints such as procrastination, fear of failure, setbacks, and life transitions. Note: Clinicians, working with athletes require rigorous training in Sport Psychology and Sociology of Professional Sport. The EMDR-PEP encompasses a full spectrum viewpoint (body, mind, and spirit) regarding optimal functioning at work and in life. This perspective inspires clients to identify their strengths as well as areas to improve and to prioritize their work accordingly. The EMDR-PEP approach draws upon Maslow's (1971) Human Potential Movement and Positive Psychology (Amen, 2002; Buss, 2000; Csikzentmihalyi, 1990; Seligman, 1998; Taylor, Kemeny, Reed, Bower, & Gruenwald, 2000), as well as Sport Psychology Research and Principles (levleva & Orlick, 1991; Kohl, Ellis, & Roenkerm, 1992; Mamassis & Doganis, 2004; Martin, Moritz, & Hall, 1999; Nideffer, 1976; Short & Short, 2005; Simons, 2000; Unestahl, 1982), and Health Psychology (Graham, 1995; Levine, 1991; Simonton & Creighton, 1982; Whiting & den Brinker, 1982). The first single subject series (Foster & Lendl, 1996) reported promising findings with four diverse work-related situations and was republished in APA's seminal coaching papers in Consulting Psychology, The Wisdom of Coaching (Foster & Lendl, 2007). Reduced anxiety and increased self-confidence were reported for mature performing artists launching an existing repertoire into a new arena (Foster, 2000) and in a controlled study of master swimmers (Linebarger, 2005). Note: The Linebarger study included the Brief Intervention Focusing Protocol; the paper does not include inner advisor and mental room. Special attention is given to performance elements such as ability, focus, and motivation. The EMDR Performance Enhancement Psychology protocol Forms and Script are included. [PsycINFO Database]
Keywords: Performance Enhancement Protocol
Accuracy Verified: Yes
109. Korn, D. (2013, May). EMDR the next generation: Finding your way in the dark [L’EMDR et la nouvelle génération: Trouvez votre chemin dans l’obscurité]. Presentation at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In this workshop, participants will be taught to use their “true” authentic selves as a resource during EMDR
processing, and to work to create a secure, responsive, and positive relational environment that supports change
and integration. A number of conceptual “maps” that incorporate and build on various ideas and strategies from
other trauma-focused models (e.g., AEDP, IFS, Sensorimotor Psychotherapy, Structural Model of Dissociation)
will be introduced. These “maps” are provided to guide case conceptualization and moment-to-moment decision-making
within a given EMDR session. Video clips will be used to demonstrate how to track a client’s progress
with greater precision, using both verbal and non-verbal markers to determine where the client is on a given
conceptual map and what type of interweave is needed to facilitate or deepen the client’s processing. Different
types of interweaves will be delineated with a clear description of the purpose or function associated with each.
Throughout this workshop, Dr. Korn will engage in spirited dialogue with participants as she presents both
didactic and video material.
Learning Objectives:
• Develop a comprehensive AIP-based case conceptualization treatment plan that will guide their moment-to-moment
decision-making during an EMDR session.
• Effectively identify the informational plateaus or schema categories (responsibility, safety, control/choice)
reflected in a client’s presenting issues, choice of targets, and stuck points.
• Utilize dyadic regulation in working with clients with limited affect tolerance and self-capacities, with the goal
of maintaining and even accelerating processing within a window of tolerance.
• Apply advanced interweave strategies to address blocking beliefs, rigid defenses, and fears about internal
experiences (i.e. affect, sensation, urges, fantasies).
• Utilize various clinical strategies/interweaves for facilitating the expression of adaptive action tendencies,
completing incomplete or truncated actions, and addressing various domains of developmental repair.
Dans son atelier, les participants apprendront à utiliser leur ‘vrai’’ et authentique soi comme une ressource
durant le traitement en EMDR et à créer un environnement où la relation soit sécurisante, sensible et positive
favorisant ainsi le changement et l’intégration.
Dr Korn nous parlera de ce modèle conceptuel des ‘cartes’ qui incorporent des idées et des stratégies qui proviennent de d’autres modèles axés sur les traumas (‘AEDP’, ‘IFS’, Psychothérapie Sensorimotrice, Modèle de
la Dissociation Structurelle). Ces ‘’cartes’’ sont un guide dans la conceptualisation de cas et la prise de décision
‘’moment par moment’’ durant une session d’EMDR. Des vidéo clips seront présentés afin de démontrer comment
suivre le progrès d’un client avec une grande précision, utilisant des repères verbaux et non verbaux pour
déterminer où se trouve le client sur une ‘’carte’’ donnée et quel type de tissage est nécessaire pour faciliter ou
approfondir le traitement du client. Objectifs d’apprentissage:
• Développer un plan de traitement compréhensif basé sur le modèle TAI –et la conceptualisation de cas
comme un guide de prise de décision ‘’moment par moment’’ durant une session d’EMDR.
• Identifier de manière efficace les plateaux informatifs ou les catégories de schémas (responsabilité, sécurité,
contrôle/choix) qui se révèlent dans ce que le client présente comme difficultés, dans le choix des cibles et les
blocages.
• Utilisation de la dyade pour aider à moduler l’affect chez les clients qui ont une très faible tolérance
émotionnelle avec comme but de maintenir et même d’accélérer le traitement à l’intérieur de la fenêtre de
tolérance.
• Avoir recours aux stratégies avancées du tissage pour traiter les croyances bloquantes, les défenses rigides
et les peurs venant de la ‘’vie intérieure’’ (c’est à dire l’affect, les sensations, les pulsions, les fantasmes).
• Utilisation de diverses stratégies cliniques et du tissage afin de favoriser l’expression d’action adaptative, de
compléter les actions inachevées ou tronquées et d’aborder différents domaines permettant de ‘’réparer’’ les
dommages survenus au cours du développement.
Keywords: AEDP Dyadic Regulation Informatiional Plateaus IFS, Interweaves Sensorimotor Psychotherapy Structural Model of Dissociation Trauma-Focused Models "True" Authentic Self
Accuracy Verified: Yes
110. Gomez, A. (2012, May). EMDR therapy and adjunct approaches with children: Complex trauma, attachment, and dissociation. New York, NY: Springer Publishing.
Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
This is the first book to provide a wide range of leading-edge, step-by-step strategies for clinicians using EMDR therapy and adjunct approaches with children with severe dysregulation of the affective system. Written by an author internationally known for her innovative work with children, the book offers developmentally appropriate and advanced tools for using EMDR therapy in treating children with complex trauma, attachment wounds, dissociative tendencies, and compromised social engagement. The book also presents the theoretical framework for case conceptualization in EMDR therapy and in the use of the Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) model with children.
Principles and concepts derived from the Polyvagal Theory, affective neuroscience, attachment theory, interpersonal neurobiology, developmental neuroscience and the neurosequential model of therapeutics, which can greatly support and expand our understanding of the AIP model and complex trauma, are presented. The text also offers an original and pioneering EMDR therapy-based model to working with parents with abdicated caregiving systems. The model is directed at assisting parents in developing the ability for mentalization, insightfulness, and reflective capacities linked to infant's development of attachment security.
A unique and innovative feature of this book is the masterful integration of strategies from other therapeutic approaches, such as Play therapy, Sandtray therapy, Sensorimotor psychotherapy, Theraplay and Internal Family Systems (IFS), into a comprehensive EMDR treatment maintaining appropriate adherence to the AIP model and EMDR therapy methodology.
Key Features:
•Provides creative, step-by-step, "how-to" information about the use of EMDR therapy with children with complex trauma from an internationally known and innovative leader in the field
•Explores thoroughly the eight phases of EMDR therapy in helping children with attachment wounds, dissociative tendencies and high dysregulatio
•Incorporates adjunct approaches into a comprehensive EMDR therapy while maintaining fidelity to the AIP model and EMDR therapy methodology
•Contains an original EMDR therapy-based model for helping parents with abdicated caregiving systems to develop metalizing and reflective capacities
Keywords: Adjunct Approaches Attachment Children Dissociation Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
111. Landin-Romero, R., Novo, P., Vicens, V., McKenna, P. J., Santed, A., Pomarol-Clotet, E., Salgado-Pineda, P., Shapiro. F., & Amann, B. L. (2013, March). EMDR therapy modulates the default mode network in a subsyndromal, traumatized bipolar patient. Neuropsychobiology, 67(3), 181-184. doi:10.1159/000346654.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Background: Some functional imaging abnormalities found in bipolar disorder are state related, whereas others persist into euthymia. It is uncertain to what extent these latter changes may reflect continuing subsyndromal affective fluctuations and whether those can be modulated by therapeutic interventions. Method: We report functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) findings during performance of the n-back working memory task in a bipolar patient who showed a marked improvement in subsyndromal affective symptoms after receiving eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) therapy in the context of a clinical trial. Results: The patient's clinical improvement was accompanied by marked changes in functional imaging, as compared to 30 healthy subjects. fMRI changes were noted particularly in deactivation, with failure of deactivation in the medial frontal cortex partially normalizing after treatment. Conclusions: This case supports the potential therapeutic overall benefit of EMDR in traumatized bipolar patients and suggests a possible neurobiological mechanism of action: normalization of default mode network dysfunction.
Copyright © 2013 S. Karger AG, Basel.
Keywords: Bipolar Disorder Subsyndromal Affective Symptoms
Accuracy Verified: Yes
112. Landin-Romero, R., Novo, P., Vicens, V., McKenna, P. J., Santed, A., Pomarol-Clotet, E., Salgado-Pineda, P., Shapiro. F., & Amann, B. L. (2013, March). EMDR therapy modulates the default mode network in a subsyndromal, traumatized bipolar patient. Neuropsychobiology, 67(3), 181-184. doi:10.1159/000346654.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Background: Some functional imaging abnormalities found in bipolar disorder are state related, whereas others persist into euthymia. It is uncertain to what extent these latter changes may reflect continuing subsyndromal affective fluctuations and whether those can be modulated by therapeutic interventions. Method: We report functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) findings during performance of the n-back working memory task in a bipolar patient who showed a marked improvement in subsyndromal affective symptoms after receiving eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) therapy in the context of a clinical trial. Results: The patient's clinical improvement was accompanied by marked changes in functional imaging, as compared to 30 healthy subjects. fMRI changes were noted particularly in deactivation, with failure of deactivation in the medial frontal cortex partially normalizing after treatment. Conclusions: This case supports the potential therapeutic overall benefit of EMDR in traumatized bipolar patients and suggests a possible neurobiological mechanism of action: normalization of default mode network dysfunction.
Copyright © 2013 S. Karger AG, Basel.
Keywords: Bipolar Disorder Subsyndromal Affective Symptoms
Accuracy Verified: Yes
113. Landin-Romero, R., Novo, P., Vicens, V., McKenna, P. J., Santed, A., Pomarol-Clotet, E., Salgado-Pineda, P., Shapiro. F., & Amann, B. L. (2013, March). EMDR therapy modulates the default mode network in a subsyndromal, traumatized bipolar patient. Neuropsychobiology, 67(3), 181-184. doi:10.1159/000346654.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Background: Some functional imaging abnormalities found in bipolar disorder are state related, whereas others persist into euthymia. It is uncertain to what extent these latter changes may reflect continuing subsyndromal affective fluctuations and whether those can be modulated by therapeutic interventions. Method: We report functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) findings during performance of the n-back working memory task in a bipolar patient who showed a marked improvement in subsyndromal affective symptoms after receiving eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) therapy in the context of a clinical trial. Results: The patient's clinical improvement was accompanied by marked changes in functional imaging, as compared to 30 healthy subjects. fMRI changes were noted particularly in deactivation, with failure of deactivation in the medial frontal cortex partially normalizing after treatment. Conclusions: This case supports the potential therapeutic overall benefit of EMDR in traumatized bipolar patients and suggests a possible neurobiological mechanism of action: normalization of default mode network dysfunction.
Copyright © 2013 S. Karger AG, Basel.
Keywords: Bipolar Disorder Subsyndromal Affective Symptoms
Accuracy Verified: Yes
114. Murray, K. (2010, September/October). EMDR to reduce fears of recurrence of breast cancer. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
How can we support women with breast cancer (BC) in their bio-psycho-social healing? Are fearsof recurrence inevitable or a re-experiencing of unresolved BC diagnosis and treatment experiences? Participants will identify traumatic stress symptoms in women with BC, and the impacton treatment, quality of life, and fears of recurrence; review the seven cancer treatment stages, and potential traumas, triggers, and EMDR interventions of each; describe phase two interventions to manage worry, develop healing imagery and promote coping and positive health behaviors; and explain how past-present-future targeting can address fears of recurrence. Expanded from 2008, this workshop draws on psycho-oncology literature, clinical observations, and one client’s EMDR journey from “coping” to “living”.
Keywords: Breast Cancer
Accuracy Verified: Yes
115. Forgash, C. (2009, August). An EMDR treatment approach to addressing health problems of complex trauma survivors. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract: In this workshop, the EMDR clinician will learn how to deal with the effects of trauma, PTSD, illness, and chronic pain often suffered by complex trauma clients. Participants will understand how these issues interfere with access to healthcare and successful treatment. This workshop will demonstrate how to help the client avoid retraumatization in healthcare settings, by teaching interventions within the preparation phase for management of dissociation and affective problems, as well as PTSD symptoms. Clinicians will learn how to develop connections between present health problems (chronic illness, pain) and earlier trauma, to develop specific EMDR targets for reprocessing. This workshop will emphasize skills development and future template work.
Keywords: Health Problems Trauma Survivors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
116. de Roos, C., & de Jongh, A. (2008). EMDR treatment of children and adolescents with a choking phobia. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 2(3), 201-211. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.2.3.201.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Given the limited number of reported cases in literature, it might be concluded that it is rare to develop a choking phobia in childhood. However, it appears as though confusion in terminology and the time lapse between the onset of the disorder and treatment often results in the diagnosis being missed. In this article, we discuss a review of the clinical symptoms, differential diagnosis, comorbidity, etiology, and treatment options for choking phobia. We present a case series, describing the successful EMDR treatment of choking phobia for 4 children and adolescents, with positive outcomes achieved in 1 or 2 sessions. In addition, a detailed transcript is presented of a 15-year-old girl with a choking phobia related to an incident that occurred 5 years previously. The rapid elimination of symptoms in all 4 cases indicates that EMDR can be an effective treatment for choking phobias resulting from previous disturbing events. Randomized research on this promising intervention is strongly suggested.
Keywords: Adolescents Children Choking Phobia Specific Phobia
Accuracy Verified: Yes
117. Konuk, A. (2010, June). EMDR treatment of chronic daily headache and migraine. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Chronic headache is a prevalent clinical problem
which affects negatively the majority of the population. The
most common type of headache is migraine and tension headache.
These can decrease the functioning and the quality of
life of people who suffer from headaches in different contexts
as work, family, school and social life. In addition, a lot of psychological
disorders such as depression and anxiety are seen or
occur in people who have headaches.
Purpose: The purpose of this study is to investigate the effectiveness
of EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing)
on Chronic Daily Headache and Migraine. Within this
framework there are three goals, one of which is to measure the
efficiency of EMDR treatment on chronic headache population.
The second one is to develop an EMDR Headache Protocol so
that the treatment is standardized and will be used, revised and
updated by researchers and clinicians in the future. The third
one IS to find an answer to the question: How long does it take
to treat a headache? That is, to determine the minimum and
maximum sessions necessary for the treatment.
Method: The study is carried out at Gaziosmanpa,sa Hospital
Neurology Department in Istanbul with 11 Turkish patients
who had suffered from chronic daily headache and migraine.
The sample of this study consisted of 9 women and 2 males.
Results: The results demonstrated that the frequency, the intensity
and the duration of headaches were reduced by using
EMDR Also it was shown that the number of emergency visits
and the amount of painkillers used were decreased. The study
will be explained in more detail and the results will be discussed
during the presentation.
Our learning objectives are:
1. to gain theoretical information about the rationale of using
EMDR in treatment of chronic headache and migraine
2. to gain empirical information about the efficacy of this treatment
and
3. to discuss the EMDR Headache Protocol as well as the number
of sessions necessary for the treatment.
In previous studies, EMDR has been found to be efficient in the
treatment of chronic pain. Nevertheless, there was a gap in the
literature regarding the efficacy of EMDR in the treatment of
chronic daily headache and migraine.
The novelties that are provided by this current study are
1. It may be an alternative treatment for chronic headache and
migraine in the future
2. although the research question needs further investigation, it is the first empirical study which examines the effectiveness
of this treatment.
Keywords: Headache Medical Issues Migraine Symposium
Accuracy Verified: Yes
118. Rittenhouse, J. (2000, September). EMDR treatment of PTSD in a biracial client. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will be able to: 1) identify ways in which EMDR is uniquely helpful to biracial and minority clients; 2) describe ways in which racially mixed individuals are oppressed in the United States; 3) describe how problems stemming from prejudice and discrimination can be resolved using EMDR; and 4) apply EMDR to the difficulties some clients may have due to life experiences relating to ethnicity and will develop a richer understanding of some of the problems caused by rascism.
Keywords: Biracial Client Minority Client Rascism
Accuracy Verified: Yes
119. Settle, C. (2007, June). EMDR with children 2-10 years of age: Practical and creative therapuetic tools derived from an ongoing fidelity study based on the adaptive information processing model. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This presentation will encompass the findings from a current and ongoing research study on EMDR with young children, with implications for clinical practice arising from this study. The clinical experiences of the presenter, which include treating traumatized children and training EMDR therapists, led to the first EMDR fidelity study on children. From that study, our preliminary findings led us to formulate suggestions about training therapists; these ideas will be explained in the workshop.
Examples will be discussed of how issues related to the therapist, client, and patient, home environment, clinical environment, and therapist training all impact the EMDR treatment protocol with children 20 to 10 years of age. Participants will also learn to identify developmentally appropriate and child-specific languaging in order to conceptualize the treatment of children using the EMDR protocol. Using Dr. Shapiro’s Adaptive Information Processing model, participants will learn to attune to the child verbally and non-verbally to understand how the child has learned to store the trauma in their memory network, versus how the parent or therapist believes the trauma to be stored. Specific tools like mapping and graphing that are used to tease out all the pieces of the EMDR protocol and develop case conceptualization will be demonstrated with associated videos. Through the use of Powerpoint presentation, case presentation, and handouts, additional practical and interesting tools will be presented to assist therapists in using Resource Development, Mastery, and Safe Place exercises in the efficacious treatment of young children. Creative tools used to identify targets, emotions, body sensation, and negative and positive cognitions, will be demonstrated, as well as measurements to aid the child in eliciting the VOC and SUDs. Also, the important of the three-pronged approach (the process of addressing targets from the past, present, and future), and how to develop targets from a child’s often concrete perspective, will be discussed. Finally, participants will be able to use a specific format for reevaluation from both the child’s and parents’ point of view. With these advanced skills in translating EMDR into developmentally appropriate terms and imaginative tools for implementation, participants will return to their practices encouraged to use the entire EMDR protocol with even the youngest of clients. The workshop, which is based on clinical experience and research, will teach creative skills in applying the eight-phase protocol to young children.
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Children Fidelity Study Techniques
Accuracy Verified: Yes
120. Case, C. (2013, May). EMDR with children ages 3-12, a developmental and attachment perspective. Presentation at the Western Massachusetts EMDRIA Regional Network 9th Annual Spring Conference, Amherst MA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop
will address EMDR preparation phase work for
children ages three to twelve. A developmental lens
will be applied to helping children develop an Observing
Self and internalized positive cognitions for successful
processing. Enlisting parents as allies, and
choosing the best method of processing will also be
addressed.
Keywords: Children Observing Self
Accuracy Verified: Yes
121. Morris-Smith, J. (2001, May). EMDR with children exposed to chronic abuse and domestic violence. Presentation at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, London, UK.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This paper aims to discuss some of the issues of working using EMDR, as a part of the
integrated treatment process of children, who have been exposed to chronic abuse and
domestic violence. These children are all in the care system and are living with foster parents
who know very little about their previous lives. Often the professionals caring for them also
have little of the child's history and many details of what they have been exposed to are not
known. The children are frequently detached, dissociated and shut down from their past
experiences, though their traumatised behaviours continue to blight and dominate their entire
lives and present major difficulties in their daily management and future planning. Their
emotional and social development appears to be arrested by their chronic multiple
traumatisation. They are also kept in transitional placements for long periods of time, whilst
their long-term needs are assessed. There is a struggle to identify appropriate long-term
placements for such damaged children as their severe multiple traumatisation prevents them
from being able to trust or begin to form new attachments or even to develop a sense of
safety. There is a nee for early intervention to treat their severely traumatised symptoms and
memories, to help rid them of their overwhelming terror and fears of the adult world and to
free them to begin to form healthier more appropriate behaviours and attachments. How
using EMDR to enable these children to develop and progress emotionally and socially
towards a more positive future is described.
Keywords: Children Chronic Abuse, Domestic Violence
Accuracy Verified: Yes
122. Glenn, S. (2011, March). EMDR with deaf clients. Symposium conducted at the 9th annual Conference of the EMDR UK & Ireland, Bristol .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This presentation will outline the utilisation of EMDR with deaf clients exploring the
challenges it presents for clinicians whilst exploring the potential for EMDR. Through the use of case
examples this session will outline the ways in which EMDR needs to be adapted for this population
Many clinicians struggle with Cognitive Behavioural Therapy (CBT) with d/Deaf clients due to
some of the abstract ideas used and the heavy reliance on spoken language. Many people, both
hearing and deaf find it difficult to think about thinking, and develop levels of insight into their
emotions and behaviours simply by talking about them. Deaf people experience trauma and abuse
at a much higher rate than hearing people, but there are few established therapies to help them.
As Deaf people do not pick up all of the auditory stimuli it is likely that the trauma or difficult
experiences that bring them to therapy may have been stored visually or kinaesthetically rather than
linguistically. Trauma may also be caused by smaller events due to lack of information available to
them. EMDR is an evidence based therapy that attempts to resolve emotional reactions to traumatic
memories and their triggers. It does this through a combination of physical stimulation and the
recollection and discussion of memories. As such, it seems ideally suited for use with people who are
Deaf and have experienced trauma in their past. I describe how EMDR lends itself for successful use
with Deaf clients and their families, giving two brief case examples where I used EMDR with Deaf
children in British Sign Language.
Keywords: Children Deafness Hearing Impairment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
123. Yule, W. (2004, February). EMDR with PTSD in children and adolescents: Overview and prospects. Keynote presented at the 2nd annual Conference of the EMDR UK & Ireland Association, Birmingham, UK.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
As with many therapies, the evidence base for the effectiveness of EMDR with children and adolescents is much less established than that with adult clients suffering PTSD. Whilst there is sufficent evidence from open studies and case studies to justify its application, there is a real need for proper evaluation with the younger clinical groups. This paper will review
existing evidence, but will also raise issues of the implications for clinical practice of working with rapidly developing children. To what extent
can and should one takecognisance of th e developmental levels, both cognitive and emotional? How is or should EMDR technique be adapted for work with young children? The actual practices of Shapiro and Tinker vary dramatically, and this needs tbe confronted and understood. The conclusions are that EMDR has an important role In helping traumatized children, but we need to understand both children and EMDR
better in order to develop even more effective interventions.
Keywords: Adolescents Children Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
124. Gonzalez, A., & & Mosquera, D. (2012). EMDR y disociación. El enfoque progresivo [EMDR and dissociation: The progressive approach]. Madrid, Spain: Ediciones Pleyades.
Language: Spanish
Format: Book
Abstract:
Durante las últimas dos décadas, el EMDR se ha convertido en una opción de primera línea para el tratamiento de trastornos de estrés postraumático asociados a la exposición de eventos traumáticos, como accidentes, catástrofes naturales o desastres creados por el hombre. Mientras tanto, los clínicos han visto que la aplicación de EMDR es útil en el tratamiento de pacientes que han sufrido episodios emocionalmente traumáticos, descritos por ellos como característicos de su familia de origen, su historia personal y sus relaciones de apego. Un gran número de investigaciones y publicaciones han examinado en profundidad la eficacia de EMDR en este campo de trabajo de la psicoterapia. Por lo tanto, el EMDR está siendo utilizando cada vez más por los clínicos, trabajando con personas que sufren de traumas crónicos vinculados a relaciones interpersonales traumáticas.
Es de sobra conocido que, en los primeros años de vida, las interacciones con los demás dan lugar a conexiones importantes en el cerebro, que progresivamente influyen en la sensación interna que tenemos de nosotros mismos y la capacidad de tener relaciones sanas con el mundo exterior. Las experiencias de relaciones con las figuras de apego durante la infancia temprana pueden ayudar a desarrollar la autorregulación emocional y contribuir a la formación de patrones cognitivos, conductuales y emocionales. La investigación sobre el apego ha demostrado que son estas relaciones las que influyen en el desarrollo de la capacidad de equilibrar las emociones, establecer intimidad interpersonal, así como de la capacidad de autorreflexión y mentalización. Además, es evidente que la comunicación interpersonal y emocional dentro de la familia de origen puede sentar las bases para el desarrollo de recursos, el sentirse valioso y la resiliencia cuando uno está bajo una fuerte tensión emocional, fomentando por tanto la salud mental.
During the past two decades, EMDR has become a first line option for the treatment of PTSD associated with exposure to traumatic events such as accidents, natural disasters or man-made disasters. Meanwhile, clinicians have found that the application of EMDR is useful in treating patients who have suffered emotionally traumatic events described by them as characteristic of their family of origin, personal history and their attachment relationships. A lot of research and publications have examined in depth the effectiveness of EMDR in this field of work of psychotherapy. Therefore, EMDR is being used increasingly by clinicians, working with people suffering from chronic trauma related to interpersonal trauma. It is well known that in the first years of life, interactions with others lead to important connections in the brain that progressively influence the internal sense of ourselves and the ability to have healthy relationships with the outside world . The experiences of relationships with attachment figures in early childhood may help develop emotional self-regulation and contribute to the formation of cognitive patterns, behavioral and emotional problems. The attachment research has shown that it is these relationships that influence the development of the ability to balance emotions, establish interpersonal intimacy and the capacity for self-reflection and awareness. It is also clear that interpersonal and emotional communication within the family of origin may lay the foundation for the development of resources, to feel valued and resilience when one is under emotional stress, thus promoting mental health.
Keywords: Dissociation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
125. Horne, B. (2012, April). EMDR: Containment and closure. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Montreal, Quebec, Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract: Containment involves a great deal more than pretty little exercises that help the client drive home safely. This workshop will focus on the importance of containment in EMDR and its role in helping clients with the affect regulation that is necessary for trauma reprocessing. Containment work in Phase 2 can help the client develop this necessary dual attention skill (proof of requisite affect regulation). We will also look at containment in EMDR’s Phase 7 (Closure). An AIP-informed rational for containment will be offered, with supporting research. By learning an array of strategies for containing negative affect, participants will increase their ability to both prepare clients for 11-step protocols and properly close incomplete. Experiential exercises will enable participants to practice at least one new method for use with clients.
Learning Objectives:
1. Participants will identify the importance of containment in EMDR and its implications with respect to dual attention and trauma reprocessing
2. Participants will identify some key strategies for completing Phase 2 (Preparation) with respect to building the affect regulation skill necessary for maintaining dual awareness during trauma reprocessing (Phases 3-7)
3. Participants will be able to define and describe the essentials of Phase 7 (Closure) of the EMDR protocol, in particular, the need to ensure containment of remaining negative affect in the case of incomplete protocols.
4. Participants will develop knowledge of several effective closure methods
5. Participants will acquire mastery of at least one new closure method through practicum experience
Keywords: Closure Containment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
126. Solomon, E. P., Solomon, R. M., & Heide, K. M. (2009, October). EMDR: An evidence-based treatment for victims of trauma. Victims & Offenders, 4(4), 391 - 397. doi:10.1080/15564880903227495.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
More than half of the United States population has been affected by psychological trauma. Many individuals who survive traumatic experiences develop post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and related psychological problems. Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) is an effective treatment for such disorders. EMDR focuses on reprocessing the dysfunctionally stored memories of the traumatic experience, enabling the client to progress through appropriate stages of affect and insight to reach an adaptive resolution regarding critical issues such as personal responsibility, safety in the present, and the availability of choices in the future. This article describes EMDR, discusses studies of its effectiveness, and concludes with recommendations for trauma-related policy and practice.
Keywords: Child Abuse Crime Victims Evidence-Based Treatment Postraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Trauma Traumatic Stress
Accuracy Verified: Yes
127. Ogden, P. (2004, September). Empowering the body: Somatic awareness and physical action in the treatment of trauma and dissociation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Assocation, Montreal, Quebec Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The repetitive traumatic patterns our clients come to us to change are not only psychological but somatic, clearly reflected in posture, energy level, movement, regulation of arousal and other physical attributes. Changing these patterns cannot be accomplished by insight alone. The procedural memory that keeps such behaviors and dissociative patterns in in place must be addressed. A body-oriented approach is indicated that facilitates new actions and addresses dissociative symptoms, including somaticcomponents of traumatic memories (e.g., pain, analgesia, and motor inhibitions) and avoidance-related symptoms such as bodily anesthesia. Sensorimotor Psychotherapy emphasizes practicing new actions and building other somatic resouces to mitigate symptoms and develop a somatic sense of self. In this workshop, somatic interventions that can be integrated into existing clinical skills will be taught and illustrated through excerpts of videotaped therapy sessions and brief experiential exercises.
Keywords: Dissociation Somatism Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
128. Moses, M. D. (2007). Enhancing attachments: Conjoint couple therapy. In F. Shaprio, F. W. Kaslow, & L. Maxfield (Eds.), Handbook of EMDR and family therapy processes (pp. 146-166). Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons Inc.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
This chapter addresses the integration of EMDR processing when working with couples in conjoint therapy, specifically targeting the problem of attachment issues. When precautions are taken, applying EMDR with couples produces the potential for a deepand mutually productive experience. EMDR’s uniquely rapid processing of interrelated attachment issues lessens the intensity of “triggers” and can free the couple from their long-standing impasses. Many couples struggle with over- or under-reactivity, generally referred to as “triggers”. These triggers are typically rooted in early attachment injuries, as well as injuries generated from the couple’s own relationship. While EMDR is most commonly used in individual treatment, it can also be bridged to the relationship system as a powerful and effective treatment modality for couples. The therapeutic effect of the partners witnessing each other’s EMDR processing work is often enormous. Done conjointly, each partner becomes increasingly more compassionate and understanding of the other. Ultimately, progress is hastened … enhancing the therapy, and allowing the couple to develop new and more fulfilling connections and attachments. In sequence, this chapter covers the following areas: attachment issues from a Family Systems perspective; therapeutic guidelines for EMDR usage with couples; identification of “small t” attachment triggers; indications and contraindications; a specific EMDR protocol for work with couples; two detailed couples case illustrations and treatments, focused on problems rooted in attachment issues; and finally, reflection and discussion of the advantages and benefits for integrating EMDR into work with couples.
Keywords: Attachment Attachment Behavior Conjoint Couple Therapy Conjoint Therapy Couples Couples Therapy Marriage Counseling
Accuracy Verified: Yes
129. Foster, S. (2008, June). Enhancing EMDR resource installation with techniques from positive psychology. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The field of positive psychology is emerging as a specialty area within psychology. As such, it has much to offer us
as clinicians and those of us who have been involved in peak performance work. This workshop provides the
participants with immediately usable techniques that can enhance their existing resource work with clients.
There is a well established empirical basis for the efficacy of the techniques presented, very much in keeping with
EMDR’s scientific roots. This workshop is the first effort (originally conducted in 2003 at the EMDRIA Conference)
20
to integrate into EMDR Peak Performance work specific techniques from positive psychology, the emerging
science of happiness and excellence and strengths such as courage. The presenter will explain how the EMDR
Peak Performance protocol (which she co-created) is based on the standard EMDR protocol with three
modifications: the Future is emphasized; resource development is oriented toward empowerment and
possibility; and skills are taught to help clients reach optimal functioning. While the ‘Peak’ protocol already had
self-actualization as its goal, its efficacy is enhanced by integrating the positive psychology techniques of using:
positive emotions in the performance venue of importance to the client; the Appreciative Inquiry method for
envisioning the future and for performance improvement; and optimistic explanatory style. Given time
constraints, it is not possible to fully prepare participants to use the Peak Performance protocol. However, in an
interactive format that includes a mini practicum, participants will be able to:
1-describe the key differences between the Peak and basic protocols,
2-help clients develop ‘Peak’ resources,
3-begin to establish an empowerment stance with clients, 4-summarize the benefits of teaching clients basic positive psychology concepts,
5-pursue further learning from the extensive positive psychology bibliography
Keywords: Postive Psychology Resource Installation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
130. Henry-Schneider, P. (2007, September). Enhancing the flow toward mental health: Integrating EMDR and ai chi. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Ai Chi is a moving meditation in warm water that can be understood within the context of the Adaptive Information Processing Model. It can be utilized as part of the overall EMDR-oriented treatment plan, both to prepare for desensitization and as a way to close down incomplete sessions. It can also be part of performance enhancement EMDR. As a multimodal experience, Ai Chi helps to develop the body as a resource and parallels the interpersonal neurobiology definition of mental health. Unique qualities that Ai Chi offers will be explored. Participants will be given the opportunity to experience the process firsthand. Please Note: In order to fully participate, please bring a swimsuit or other suitable attire for use in a swimming pool.
Keywords: Ai Chi Meditation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
131. Ginger, S. (2008, July). Enriching gestalt therapy though EMDR. International Journal of Psychotherapy, 12(2), 13-20.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
I shall briefly introduce EMDR techniques and share some theoretical hypotheses, with metaphors, about what's going on within the brain during Gestalt and EMDR sessions. I'll underline the integrative aspects of EMDR (parallelism with other more traditional approaches). Finally I'll present some typical cases of rapid and unexpected improvement... and also some cases of failure! And I'll try to clarify the best indications for each of these two modalities and of their combination.[Psych Info]
Keywords: Gestalt Therapy Metaphors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
132. Ginger, S. (2008, Juillet). Enrichir la Gestalt - thérapie par l’EMDR [Enriching Gestalt - EMDR therapy]. International Journal of Psychotherapy, 12(2), 70-75.
Language: French
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Je pratique la Gestalt-thérapie depuis plus de trente cinq ans, en séances individuelles, en thérapie de couples et en groupes continus thérapeutiques. Je développe une variante intégrant les dimensions corporelles et émotionnelles, et je me suis intéressé de près aux phénomènes psychobiologiques concomitants, analysés par les recherches des neurosciences contemporaines. J’ai d’ailleurs détaillé ces aspects — insuffisamment explicités dans la littérature gestaltiste traditionnelle — dans deux ouvrages, traduits aujourd’hui en une douzaine de langues. Dès 1985, j’ai présenté aux États-Unis une conférence sur le thème : « Is Gestalt Therapy "Chemotherapy" Without Knowing It? »2 — où je développais l’idée que la Gestalt entraînait de rapides modifications biochimiques du fonctionnement du cerveau (nouvelles liaisons synaptiques et modifications des neurotransmetteurs), expliquant en partie son efficacité.
Lorsque j’aperçus, par hasard, au cours de l’un de mes fréquents déplacements aux USA, l’ouvrage de Francine Shapiro : (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing, Basic Principles, Protocols, ansd Procedures, The Guilford Press, New York, 1995) qui venait de paraître, je l’achetai donc sans hésiter, et je le parcourus avidement le soir même.
Au moment où une formation sérieuse à l’EMDR s’est mise en place en France avec David Servan-Schreiber, je me suis donc formé tout naturellement à cette approche nouvelle — qui prenait délibérément en compte l’activité cérébrale (même si elle n’a pas encore réussi à l’analyser de manière scientifique explicite).
Aujourd’hui, il m’arrive assez fréquemment d’introduire une série de sessions d’EMDR dans le suivi d’un client — notamment lorsqu’émerge dans l’anamnèse un traumatisme psychologique majeur : décès, suicide ou accident grave d’un proche (ou du client lui-même), agression, attentat, viol, annonce d’une maladie grave, etc., ou inversement, il m’arrive de prendre des clients en urgence en EMDR, puis de poursuivre et d’élargir éventuellement la psychothérapie, en Gestalt.
Je voudrais partager avec vous quelques réflexions sur une telle pratique combinée, intégrant ces deux approches.
Je ne m’attarderai pas sur la description de la Gestalt-thérapie, puisqu’il s’agit d’une méthode maintenant largement connue — bien que les styles en soient assez variés. J’ai, pour ma part, développé une approche holistique prenant en compte les cinq dimensions principales de l’être (cf. Le Pentagramme de Ginger). Je voudrais signaler, au passage, que la Gestalt-thérapie est devenue aujourd’hui l’une des méthodes les plus pratiquées au monde; ainsi, en France, elle a conquis aujourd’hui le 2e rang, après la psychanalyse, et bien avant les TCC (thérapies cognitivo-comportementales), les thérapies familiales et les autres thérapies humanistes.
I have been practicing Gestalt therapy for over thirty five years, individual sessions, couples therapy and continuous therapy groups. I develop a variant incorporating body size and emotional, and I am a keen interest in psychobiological concurrent phenomena, analyzed by the research of contemporary neuroscience. I also detailed these aspects - insufficiently explained in the traditional Gestalt literature - in two books, translated now into a dozen languages. Since 1985, I submitted to the U.S. conference on the theme: "Is Gestalt Therapy" Chemotherapy "Without Knowing It? "2 - when I developed the idea that Gestalt led rapid biochemical changes in brain function (new synaptic connections, and changes in neurotransmitters), partly explaining its effectiveness. When I saw by chance during one of my frequent trips to the USA, the work of Francine Shapiro: (Eye Movement Reprocessing and Desensitizer, Basic Principles, Protocols, Procedures ANSD, The Guilford Press, New York 1995) which had just appeared, so I bought it without hesitation, and I eagerly traveled the same evening. Just as serious training in EMDR was introduced in France with David Servan-Schreiber, so I trained quite naturally to this new approach - which deliberately took into account the brain activity (even if it has yet to analyze it scientifically explicit). Today, it happens frequently enough to introduce a series of sessions of EMDR in the monitoring of a client - including lorsqu'émerge in history a major psychological trauma, including death, suicide or serious accident of a closest (or the client itself), assault, attack, rape, announcement of a serious illness, etc.. or vice versa, I sometimes take clients emergency EMDR, then continue and possibly expand psychotherapy, Gestalt. Let me share with you some thoughts on this practice combined, integrating these two approaches. I will not dwell on the description of Gestalt therapy, since it is a method now widely known - although the styles are quite varied. For my part, developed a holistic approach taking into account the five main dimensions of being (cf. The Pentagram Ginger). I should note in passing that Gestalt therapy is now one of the most practiced in the world and in France it has won today the second largest, after psychoanalysis and long before CBT (cognitive behavioral therapy), family therapy and other therapies humanists.
Keywords: Gestalt Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
133. Ginger, S. (2007, Septembre ). Enrichir la Gestalt - thérapie par l’EMDR [Enriching Gestalt - EMDR therapy]. Document présenté au 9e Congrès de l’Europan Association for Gestalt Therapy (EAGT), Athens, Grèce.
Language: French
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Je pratique la Gestalt-thérapie depuis plus de trente cinq ans, en séances individuelles, en thérapie de couples et en groupes continus thérapeutiques. Je développe une variante intégrant les dimensions corporelles et émotionnelles, et je me suis intéressé de près aux phénomènes psychobiologiques concomitants, analysés par les recherches des neurosciences contemporaines. J’ai d’ailleurs détaillé ces aspects — insuffisamment explicités dans la littérature gestaltiste traditionnelle — dans deux ouvrages, traduits aujourd’hui en une douzaine de langues. Dès 1985, j’ai présenté aux États-Unis une conférence sur le thème : « Is Gestalt Therapy "Chemotherapy" Without Knowing It? »2 — où je développais l’idée que la Gestalt entraînait de rapides modifications biochimiques du fonctionnement du cerveau (nouvelles liaisons synaptiques et modifications des neurotransmetteurs), expliquant en partie son efficacité. [Author]
I have been practicing Gestalt therapy for over thirty five years, individual sessions, couples therapy and continuous therapy groups. I develop a variant incorporating body size and emotional, and I am a keen interest in psychobiological concurrent phenomena, analyzed by the research of contemporary neuroscience. I also detailed these aspects - insufficiently explained in the traditional Gestalt literature - in two books, translated now into a dozen languages. Since 1985, I submitted to the U.S. conference on the theme: "Is Gestalt Therapy" Chemotherapy "Without Knowing It? "2 - when I developed the idea that Gestalt led rapid biochemical changes in brain function (new synaptic connections, and changes in neurotransmitters), partly explaining its effectiveness. [Author]
Keywords: Gestalt Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
134. Ginger, S. (2007, Juin ). Enrichir la gestalt - Thérapie par l’EMDR [Enriching gestalt - EMDR therapy]. Document présenté au Congrès de l' European Association for Psychotherapy Europan (EA), Florence, Italie.
Language: French
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Je pratique la Gestalt-thérapie depuis plus de trente cinq ans, en séances individuelles, en thérapie de couples et en groupes continus thérapeutiques. Je développe une variante intégrant les dimensions corporelles et émotionnelles, et je me suis intéressé de près aux phénomènes psychobiologiques concomitants, analysés par les recherches des neurosciences contemporaines. J’ai d’ailleurs détaillé ces aspects — insuffisamment explicités dans la littérature gestaltiste traditionnelle — dans deux ouvrages, traduits aujourd’hui en une douzaine de langues. Dès 1985, j’ai présenté aux États-Unis une conférence sur le thème : « Is Gestalt Therapy "Chemotherapy" Without Knowing It? » — où je développais l’idée que la Gestalt entraînait de rapides modifications biochimiques du fonctionnement du cerveau (nouvelles liaisons synaptiques et modifications des neurotransmetteurs), expliquant en partie son efficacité.
Lorsque j’aperçus, par hasard, au cours de l’un de mes fréquents déplacements aux USA, l’ouvrage de Francine Shapiro : (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing, Basic Principles, Protocols, ansd Procedures, The Guilford Press, New York, 1995) qui venait de paraître, je l’achetai donc sans hésiter, et je le parcourus avidement le soir même. Au moment où une formation sérieuse à l’EMDR s’est mise en place en France avec David Servan-Schreiber, je me suis donc formé tout naturellement à cette approche nouvelle — qui prenait délibérément en compte l’activité cérébrale (même si elle n’a pas encore réussi à l’analyser de manière scientifique explicite). Aujourd’hui, il m’arrive assez fréquemment d’introduire une série de sessions d’EMDR dans le suivi d’un client — notamment lorsqu’émerge dans l’anamnèse un traumatisme psychologique majeur : décès, suicide ou accident grave d’un proche (ou du client lui-même), agression, attentat, viol, annonce d’une maladie grave, etc., ou inversement, il m’arrive de prendre des clients en urgence en EMDR, puis de poursuivre et d’élargir éventuellement la psychothérapie, en Gestalt.
Je voudrais partager avec vous quelques réflexions sur une telle pratique combinée, intégrant ces deux approches. Je ne m’attarderai pas sur la description de la Gestalt-thérapie, puisqu’il s’agit d’une méthode maintenant largement connue — bien que les styles en soient assez variés. J’ai, pour ma part, développé une approche holistique prenant en compte les cinq dimensions principales de l’être (cf. Le Pentagramme de Ginger). Je voudrais signaler, au passage, que la Gestalt-thérapie est devenue aujourd’hui l’une des méthodes les plus pratiquées au monde ; ainsi, en France, elle a conquis aujourd’hui le 2e rang, après la psychanalyse, et bien avant les TCC (thérapies cognitivo-comportementales), les thérapies familiales et les autres thérapies humanist.
I have been practicing Gestalt therapy for over thirty five years, individual sessions, couples therapy and continuous therapy groups. I develop a variant incorporating body size and emotional, and I am a keen interest in psychobiological concurrent phenomena, analyzed by the research of contemporary neuroscience. I also detailed these aspects - insufficiently explained in the traditional Gestalt literature - in two books, translated now into a dozen languages. Since 1985, I submitted to the U.S. conference on the theme: "Is Gestalt Therapy" Chemotherapy "Without Knowing It? "- Where I developed the idea that Gestalt led rapid biochemical changes in brain function (new synaptic connections and changes in neurotransmitters), partly explaining its effectiveness.
When I saw by chance during one of my frequent trips to the USA, the work of Francine Shapiro: (Eye Movement Reprocessing and Desensitizer, Basic Principles, Protocols, Procedures ANSD, The Guilford Press, New York 1995) which had just appeared, so I bought it without hesitation, and I eagerly traveled the same evening. Just as serious training in EMDR was introduced in France with David Servan-Schreiber, so I trained quite naturally to this new approach - which deliberately took into account the brain activity (even if it has yet to analyze it scientifically explicit). Today, it happens frequently enough to introduce a series of sessions of EMDR in the monitoring of a client - including lorsqu'émerge in history a major psychological trauma, including death, suicide or serious accident of a closest (or the client itself), assault, attack, rape, announcement of a serious illness, etc.. or vice versa, I sometimes take clients emergency EMDR, then continue and possibly expand psychotherapy, Gestalt.
Let me share with you some thoughts on this practice combined, integrating these two approaches. I will not dwell on the description of Gestalt therapy, since it is a method now widely known - although the styles are quite varied. For my part, developed a holistic approach taking into account the five main dimensions of being (cf. The Pentagram Ginger). I should note in passing that Gestalt therapy is now one of the most practiced in the world and in France it has won today the second largest, after psychoanalysis and long before CBT (cognitive behavioral therapy), family therapy and other therapies humanist.
Keywords: Gestalt Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
135. Yehuda, R. (2012, October). Epigenetics: What does it explain about trauma survivors?. Plenary presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Arlington, VA .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Most persons who develop PTSD in the aftermath of exposure recover from trauma-related symptoms, but remain at risk for a recrudescence of symptoms. This suggests that there are aspects of the response to high magnitude trauma that are long-lasting, despite variations in symptom intensity over time. Current bio-behavioral models of PTSD fall short of explaining the apparent paradox of an enduring response on the one hand and symptom change over time on the other. However, this phenomenon can potentially be explained by epigenetic mechanisms. Epigenetics (literally: “epi” meaning “in addition to” genetics) refers to a heritable change in the genome that can be induced by environmental events and does not involve an alteration of DNA sequence. Such modifications reflect enduring changes in the function of the DNA that are caused by environmental exposures. These changes can alter gene function influencing its biological activity. This presentation will discuss evidence for such changes in PTSD, and will explain how such mechanisms explain many of the salient features of PTSD, including individual variation in responses to events of similar intensity (e.g., combat exposures), and the relative permanence of biological and psychological alterations associated with the disorder. Current models of stress, or even gene-environment interactions, only partially address the influence of prior exposure(s) on PTSD vulnerability and the long-lasting biological and psychological effects of trauma exposure. In addition, epigenetic modifications can be transmitted intergenerationally, both through the maternal and paternal lines. The implications of such changes as PTSD vulnerability factors will also be discussed.
Keywords: Epigenetics Plenary Survivors Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
136. Simonetta, E. (2010). Esperienze traumatiche di vita in età evolutiva. EMDR come terapia [Traumatic experiences of life in children: EMDR as a treatment]. Milan, Italy: Angeli, ISBN: 9788856823080 885682308X.
Language: Italian
Format: Book
Abstract:
L’EMDR è un metodo clinico innovativo che rientra nell’ambito delle terapie brevi e si è rivelato molto efficace nell’intervento delle sintomatologie che si sviluppano in seguito a un’esperienza traumatica o dopo traumi ripetuti. Questo libro nasce con l’intenzione di presentare alcune esperienze, realizzate nel nostro paese, relative all’applicazione della metodologia terapeutica EMDR con soggetti in età evolutiva.
EMDR is an innovative clinical method that is part of the short-term therapies and has proved very effective intervention of the symptoms that develop after a traumatic experience, or after repeated trauma. This book was created with the intention to present some experiences made in our country, relating to the application of the methodology with subjects EMDR therapy in children and adolescents.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
137. Kiessling, R. (2009). Extending resources. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (pp. 87-89). New York: Springer Publishing Co.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
Some clients may be able to talk about their trauma; however, the thought of processing it with the Standard EMDR Protocol may seem too overwhelming. In cases such as these, having the client develop a resource to address the "fear of the fear" may reduce the anxiety of reprocessing the traumatic memory. The Wedging Technique Script is provided. (PsycINFO Database]
Accuracy Verified: Yes
138. Kiessling, R. (2005, September). Extending safe place/resource development protocols to increase client stability. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
While many clients are able to immediately access and utilize their safe
place/resource development strategies for EMDR trauma reprocessing, some
are not. This workshop will teach participants the difference between state
and trait change, and how to develop access, utilize, and strengthen a client's
safe place/resource during and between sessions. Clinicians will learn, through
a live demonstration, the extending safe place/resource development
protocols. Clinicians wlll be able to discuss how re-evaluation helps increase
client stability and bullds confidence in their safe place/resource to the point
where they are ready to address their traumatic material with the EMDR
protocol.
Keywords: Resource Installation Safe Place
Accuracy Verified: Yes
139. Brown, S. H., Stowasser, J. E., & Shapiro, F. (2011). Eye movement desensitisation and reprocessing (EMDR): Mental health-substance use. In D. B. Cooper (Ed.), Intervention in Mental Health-Substance Use (pp. 165-193) United Kingdom: Radcliffe Publishing Ltd .
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
Substance use disorders remain a persistent social and medical problem. According to a
recent report,1 addiction is the number one health problem in the United States. The report
notes that when one considers the direct costs of drug-induced health problems, deaths due
to accidents, Human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), or drug-related acts of violent crime,
there are ‘more deaths, illnesses and disabilities from substance abuse than from any other
preventable health condition’.1
Most experts today agree that substance use disorders are a complex interaction
between genetics, environment, and experience. ‘Substance dependence is not a failure of
will or of strength of character, but a medical disorder that could affect any human being.
Dependence is a chronic and relapsing disorder, often co-occurring with other physical
and mental conditions’.2
The question remains - Why has it been that over the course of human history,
where people and cultures have had access to alcohol and potent mind-altering substances,
that only some become addicted while the rest are able to regulate their use?
The drugs that people experiencing substance use disorders select are not chosen
randomly, but are a result of an interaction between the psychopharmacologic action of the
drug and the dominant painful feelings with which they struggle. Edward Khantzian,
observed that opiates are often preferred because of their powerful numbing action on the
affects of rage and aggression. Cocaine has its appeal because of its ability to relieve
distress associated with depression. Although ill-fated, ‘addicts discover that the short-term
effects of their drugs of choice help them cope with distressful subjective states and an
external reality otherwise experienced as unmanageable or overwhelming’. Thus emerges a compelling hypothesis, which proposes that people use psychoactive substances in an
attempt to control painful symptoms resulting from psychological trauma. This is referred
to as ‘self-medication’.
Some studies in the United States show that more than 50% of people with mental
disorders also suffer from substance dependence compared to 6% of the general
population.2 It is from our interest in providing integrated treatment for the complex
interaction of genes, environment, trauma, and psychological pain as a driving force behind
mental health-substance use disorders, that this chapter is written.
Keywords: Substance Abuse
Accuracy Verified: Yes
140. Lee, C., Gavriel, H., & Richards, J. (1996, November). Eye movement desensitisation: Past research, complexities, and future directions. Australian Psychologist, 31(3), 168-173. doi:10.1080/00050069608260202.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
This paper reviews the present state of knowledge about the efficacy of eye movement desensitisation and reprocessing (EMDR) as a treatment for traumatic memories, and draws on information-processing theory to identify basic problems with much of the research on this procedure. The general failure of this research to take into account the complexity and hypothesised theoretical underpinnings of EMDR is discussed, and suggestions are made for future research. Although EMDR has shown some promise as an effective intervention for PTSD, well controlled comparative outcome studies are required to establish its efficacy before investigation of its active therapeutic components should be undertaken. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Emotional Trauma Literature Review
Accuracy Verified: Yes
141. MacCulloch, M. J. (1999). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing. Advances in Psychiatric Treatment, 5, 120-125. doi:10.1192/apt.5.2.120.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Eye movement desensitisation and reprocessing
(EMDR) was described by Shapiro (1989a,b)as a new
method for treating post-traumatic stress disorder
(PTSD). In May 1987, while walking in the park,
Shapiro noticed that her own disturbing thoughts
changed then disappeared "without any conscious
effort" (Shapiro, 1995) when they had been tempor
ally paired with diagonal upward to and fro eye
movements. Over the next six months Shapiro
worked with approximately 70 people to develop a
procedure based on the temporal pairing of
distressing images and thoughts with various eye
movements. Shapiro began to develop strategies to
unblock stalled emotional processing, which was
initiated by EMDR in non-patients. She successfully
tried the method on a Vietnam veteran suffering from
severe PTSD and then embarked upon a trial of
EMDR on a mixed group of victims of rape,
molestation and Vietnam combat trauma. Initially,
EMDR achieved wide recognition as a new break
through treatment for PTSD. This was, in part,
because of very positive early reports (e.g. Wolpe &
Abrams, 1991), but also because the EMDR effect
appeared to occur with unprecedented speed, often
in cases of PTSD that had previously resisted
treatment by many other methods over a long period.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
142. Ali, M. W., & Rana, M. H. (2008, June). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) in patients of PTSD following earthquake 2005, Pakistan. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Objective: The purpose of the study is to asses the usefulness of EMDR in patients of PTSD who survived the
October 2005 earthquake in Pakistan. Background: On October the 8th an earthquake of 7.6 on rector scale
struck Kashmir and Northwest of Pakistan leaving millions injured and more than 80,000 dead. A survey of the
affected areas has shown a high prevalence of PTSD amongst the survivors. A selected series of patients with the
diagnosis of PTSD from amongst the survivors is enrolled for EMDR at CTRPI. The study is based on their response
to this intervention. Design and Settings: The study involves an ongoing compilation of clinical data and the study
of therapeutic responses to various interventions including EMDR, at a tertiary mental health facility and Centre
for Trauma Research and Psychosocial Interventions (CTRPI), Rawalpindi /Islamabad, Pakistan. This mental health
facility is the tertiary care referral point for patients from metal health relief units located allover in earthquake
affected areas of Azad Kashmir and Northwest of Pakistan. Method: Earthquake survivors who develop
psychosocial sequelae referred to CTRPI from Kashmir, who go on to fulfill the criteria of Post-traumatic Stress
Disorder according to ICD-10 are registered for further studies and appropriate interventions. A select group who
give informed consent for EMDR are then included for detailed evaluation and follow up. Sessions are conducted
in eight phases from manuals by therapists who are trained till level 2 in the method. Pre- treatment assessment
is done by an independent assessor for scores on Impact of Event Scale and Global Assessment of Functioning
(GAF). The post treatment assessment is conducted 1 week after the treatment with the same procedures as at
pretreatment. In session Scoring of subjective unit of distress is also recorded serially. According to the degree of
improvement and severity of illness, sessions of EMDR are carried out with the duration of about 60 to 90
minutes each session and with a minimum of 6 sessions using the bilateral stimulation. The authors plan to
compile their work with ten patients who fulfill the prerequisites of the study in process. Results: The work has
been done so far on three clients which suggest that EMDR is effective in reducing the scores of IES back to
normal and there is marked difference in the GAF level after the said intervention. It has a dramatic effect on
29
within-session SUD levels .Furthermore, at a qualitative level it is observed that involvement of other family
members in the therapeutic process may improve treatment adherence. Conclusions: Ongoing results of this
study tend to suggest that the EMDR is an effective intervention for patients of PTSD following a natural disaster
like an earth quake. However, the results drawn cannot be generalized on account of their small count.
Keywords: Earthquake Pakistan Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
143. Reyes, M. A. (1999, October). The eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) program: intervention for children with posttraumatic stress disorder. Carlos Albizu University, Miami, FL. AAT 9925128.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
This dissertation examines research pertaining to the diagnosis and characteristics of childhood Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD), natural disasters, and Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) theory and technique in children. In addition, the effectiveness of EMDR theory and technique related to childhood PTSD is reviewed. The purpose of this study is to develop a program within a school setting suitable for children diagnosed with PTSD as a result of having witnessed, confronted, or experienced a natural disaster. The program is referred to as the EMDR Program or the Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing Program. An attempt was made to be like no other programs related to children and natural disasters researched. The program's goal is to design a program that investigates the effectiveness of EMDR theory and technique related to children who have developed PTSD as a result of being exposed to a hurricane, tornado, flood, earthquake, or fire. The objectives of this program include creating a safe environment in order to help children reprocess their traumatic experiences within a short period of time utilizing EMDR with age appropriate alterations as suggested by Shapiro (1995) and Greenwald (1997). The philosophy of this program is based on an Accelerated Information Processing Model. The EMDR program established an admission criteria and a means of monitoring the progress of each child. An evaluation and budget were also proposed as a guide, were this design be implemented. Overall, it was believed that by utilizing EMDR with age appropriate alterations, the EMDR program would help children overcome their PTSD symptoms related to their traumatic experiences involving natural disasters within a short period of time. (Abstract shortened by UMI.) (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)
Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 60(4-B), Oct 1999, pp. 1869.
Keywords: Children Natural Disasters Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Survivors Treatment Effectiveness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
144. Greenwald, R. (1994, Spring). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR): An overview. Journal of Contemporary Psychotherapy, 24(1), 15-34. doi:10.1007/BF02306581.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) is a recently developed psychotherapy procedure which has been reported to dramatically increase efficiency in the treatment of psychological disturbances rooted in traumatic memories. Following a review of the research on EMDR's efficacy, clinical considerations are addressed, including the client's experience and the potential for negative effects or treatment failure. Finally, the role of EMDR in clinical practice is discussed. Initial reports are encouraging, and further research is recommended. Clinicians who choose to use EMDR are urged to obtain formal training. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Treatment Effectiveness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
145. Derksen, M. T., & Baeten, B. M. (2009). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing in de ziekenhuispsychiatrie: Een stap voorwaarts [Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing in hospital psychiatry: A step forward]. Tijdschrift voor Psychiatrie, 51(3).
Language: Dutch
Format: Journal
Abstract:
EMDR (eye movement desensitization and reprocessing) is een intensieve vorm van psychotherapie voor mensen die last houden van de gevolgen van een schokkende ervaring. Een deel van de getroffenen 'verwerkt' deze ervaringen op eigen kracht. Anderen ontwikkelen psychische klachten. Juist deze klachten in het hier en nu als gevolg van een schokkende gebeurtenis in het verleden maken de gebeurtenis tot een traumatische gebeurtenis. In 1993 werd emdr in Nederland geïntroduceerd. Na een bloeiende ontwikkeling onder therapeuten die werken met getraumatiseerde patiënten en tegelijkertijd veel wetenschappelijke scepsis, is emdr tegenwoordig vastgesteld als behandeling van eerste keus voor posttraumatische stressstoornis (ptss). In de afgelopen jaren werd de procedure verfijnd en evolueerde zij tot een volwaardige therapeutische behandelmethode met protocollen voor verschillende vormen van traumagerelateerde psychopathologie zoals ptss, fobieën, rouw, pijnstoornis, paniekstoornis, somatoforme stoornis en verslaving. Het is een snelle, effectieve therapievorm die zelfstandig of aanvullend binnen de behandeling kan worden gebruikt.
Vorm: Tijdens deze workshop wordt de emdr-procedure in hoofdlijnen uiteengezet. De bijzondere kenmerken en effecten van emdr worden besproken en geïllustreerd met videobeelden van behandelingen van patiënten met traumatische ervaringen in de levensgeschiedenis. Het toepassingsgebied wordt besproken zodat adequaat verwezen kan worden. Er is tijd voor vragen en een interactieve discussie.
Leerdoel: (1) Kennis van de emdr-procedure; (2) kennis van de plaats van emdr binnen de psychotherapie; (3) inzicht in de indicatiestelling van emdr; (4) inzicht in het nut voor psychiaters zich de emdr-methode eigen te maken als welkome aanvulling op bestaande psychotherapieën.
EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) is an intensive form of psychotherapy for people to suffer from the effects of a shocking experience. Some of the victims 'process' these experiences on their own. Others develop psychological problems. Precisely these problems in the here and now because of a shocking event in the past to make the event a traumatic event. In 1993, EMDR was introduced in the Netherlands. After a thriving development among therapists working with traumatized patients, while many scientific skepticism, EMDR is now established as the treatment of choice for post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD). In recent years, the procedure was refined and evolved it into a valuable therapeutic approach with protocols for various forms of trauma related psychopathology such as PTSD, phobias, grief, pain disorder, panic disorder, somatoform disorder and addiction. It is a fast, effective form of therapy on their own or within the additional treatment may be used.
This workshop will form the EMDR procedure guidelines put out. The particular characteristics and effects of EMDR are discussed and illustrated with video images of treatment for patients with traumatic experiences in the life. The scope is to be discussed so that appropriate reference. There is a time for questions and interactive discussion.
learning goal (1) Knowledge of the EMDR procedure, (2) knowledge of the location of EMDR in psychotherapy, (3) understand the indications for EMDR, (4) perceptions of the usefulness of psychiatrists to the EMDR method to own make a welcome addition to existing psychotherapies.
Keywords: Hospital Psychiatry
Accuracy Verified: Yes
146. Feener, R. S. (2004). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing: A new method in the treatment of performance anxiety for singers. Florida State University, Tallahassee, FL. AAT 3156073.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
The purpose of this thesis is to provide information and exposure for EMDR therapy as it relates to performance anxiety in singers and other musicians. Since EMDR therapy is a relatively new approach to relieving issues of anxiety, this thesis provides a description of its discovery, background, development, and proper procedures and protocols. In 1987 Francine Shapiro discovered and began to develop a new method in the treatment of trauma using guided eye movements. These guided eye movements were theorized to create bilateral brain stimulation, which through the simultaneous component of recalling ones trauma both physically and emotionally, an individual’s trauma can be processed toward a state of mental health. This is similar to what is theorized to happen during REM sleep. Francine Shapiro states that every human being possesses an innate information processing system that guides each individual toward a balanced state of mental health, similar to the way our bodies heal physically. Once an individual experiences a trauma, the events become locked into the nervous system into its own separate neuro-network, unable to be accessed by the individual for positive processing. Our ability to process the traumatic experience is hindered and the trauma relives itself through nightmares, flashbacks, disturbing or intrusive thoughts, anxiety, or any number of life hindering events.
The theory of EMDR is that through guided eye movements, or other sources of bilateral brain stimulation such as hand taps, alternating lights or sounds, or hand buzzers, the traumatic information held in its separate neuro-network is able to bridge itself to more positive information stored in the individual’s memory. EMDR not only helps to desensitize our traumatic memories but also helps to reprocess our thoughts and feelings regarding the trauma with positive statements and beliefs such as “I am in control” and “I deserve this”. One of the most impressive aspects of the therapy is the rate in which patients improve. The success rate of EMDR is between 84 and 90 percent effective in one to three sessions or less, depending on the severity of the trauma.
EMDR began treating patients suffering primarily from PTSD (Post-Traumatic Stress Syndrome) but has expanded over the years to include a wide range of pathologies, traumas, and anxiety disorders. Francine Shapiro is continuously striving to enhance the protocols and procedures of EMDR in order to better understand and improve its effectiveness. I discovered EMDR only a ew years ago and realized that it was being used by therapists across the country in the treatment of performance anxiety, but very little had been written on this topic. Therefore, my goal is to expose both singers and instrumentalists to this new method as a new option in the treatment of performance anxiety.
Keywords: Bilateral Brain Stimulation Brain Stimulation Cognitive Processes Emotional Trauma Eye Movements Information Processing System Mental Health Musicians Performance Anxiety Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Singers Stress Syndromes Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
147. Datta, P. C. (1995). Eye movement desensitization reprocessing (EMDR) and clinical hypnosis (CH): Possible role of melatonin in the attenuation of trauma. In G. D. Burrows & R. Stanley, (Eds.) Contemporary International Hypnosis, Proceedings of the XIIIth International Congress of Hypnosis, Melbourne, Australia, August 6-12, 1994 (pp. 177-188). New York: Wiley.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
Eye movement desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR), also called by some EMD or EMD/R, is a relatively new therapeutic procedure. This therapeutically beneficial procedure was originally designed and envisaged for the treatment of post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) by Dr. Francine Shapiro (Shapiro, 1989, a,b). Various subsequent studies showed that -4 sessions (ach of ½ to 2 hrs duration) of EMDR are effective in significantly reducing the traumatic memories and associated anxiety to negligible levels (Lipke & Botkin, 1992; Shapiro, 1989 a,b; Spector & Huthwaite, 1993). There are, however, scanty reports of lack of treatment outcome with EMDR which has been explained by the client’s lack of cooperation in following the procedure or the therapist’s lack of experience (Lipke & Botkin, 1992). Similar reports are available with many other effective therapeutic procedures including clinical hypnosis (CH), mainly where there is “fear of failure” or “anxiety to succeed” present in the client’s mind, in addition to lack of experience of the therapist (Hartland, 1982).
Accuracy Verified: Yes
148. Rose, B. K. (2004). Eye movement desensitization reprocessing (EMDR): A treatment protocol for addicted inmates with traumatic histories. Carlos Albizu University, Miami, FL. AAT 3102092.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract: S
ubstance Abuse is the use and abuse of mood and mind altering substances often having undesired effects on the lives of those addicted, and having a negative impact on the lives of others. Those addicted may expose themselves and others to physical and psychological harm; may create forensic problems; cause disintegration of the family, and problematic interpersonal relationships. Underlying reasons for addictive behavior include but are not limited to: genetic predisposition, psychosocial involvement, psychobiological complications, developmental conditions, and pre-existing psychological and environmental events. Some deficits found in those addicted include: poor coping skills, inability to problem solve, inability to function in difficult situations, and may use cognitive avoidance as a means of coping with life. The idea that children might be negatively impacted by exposure to substance abuse using parents is not a new revelation. However, the degree of damage done to these children is severe, and more is being learned about the severity of that damage. Children often are enmeshed with their dysfunctional families, and many problems arise involving their inability to maintain intimate relationships with others. Attachment issues may develop in infancy and early stages of maturation, and adversely affect children's ability to function as adults. Abusive pasts and traumatic incidents often may hinder the psychological growth and maturity of those who have experienced trauma and abuse.Eye Movement Desensitization Reprocessing (EMDR) is a fairly new concept of treatment. It was first designed to address therapy with those who had been exposed to trauma. However, over the past 22 years since its inception, it has been adapted to treat many other types of Axis I disorders. It has been determined that EMDR is useful in addressing substance abuse and other Axis I diagnoses, especially PTSD. Hiller, Knight, and Simpson completed a study with 161 persons who resided at a residential halfway house for newly released inmates. Their results found: 80% of the sample of had psychological problems; 72% had significant drug abuse problems; 58% had concurrent psychopathology and drug abuse problems. Research indicates prison confinement is increasing, and the idea of therapy in the forensic setting is gaining in popularity. Thus, the purpose of this dissertation is to design a substance abuse program to address the difficulties of substance abuse treatment for the dual diagnosed clients. The data collected from this program will help provide much needed information in order to further research and increase our understanding of the needs of this underserved population. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Comorbidity Drug Abuse Prison Inmates Psychiatric Disorders Stressors Survivors Therapeutic Community
Accuracy Verified: Yes
149. Greenwald, R. (1994). Family interventions to enhance child EMDR treatment. EMDR Network Newsletter, 4(2), 7-8.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
Extensive clinical data suggest that
EMDR can be quite rapid and effective
with children under certain conditions
(Greenwald, in press-a, in
press-b). Desirable therapist qualities
include familiarity with an adequate
repertoire of child-oriented
EMDR techniques, as well as the ability
to develop rapport and enlist the
child's coop eration and perseverance.
Child qualities conducive to successful,
brief treatment include a relatively
limited trauma history, as well
as parental support for healing. This
paper will describe two simple family
interventions which can help to mobilize
parental support for the child's
healing.
Keywords: Children Family Interventions
Accuracy Verified: Yes
150. Browning, C. (1999). Flotar hacia atrás y flotar hacia delante: Técnicas para ligar el pasado, Presente y futuro [Floatback and Float Forward: Techniques for the Tie Past, Present and Future]. Presentation at EMDRIA Latinoamericana.
Language: Spanish
Format: Conference
Abstract:
El protocolo estándar de EMDR requiere enfocar los orígenes de la perturbación, los gatillos del presente y crear un patrón de conductas adecuadas para el futuro (Shapiro). Algunos pacientes, sin embargo pueden tener dificultades para conectar su problema actual con acontecimientos del pasado. Así también, otros pacientes pueden tener dificultades para crear patrones positivos para el futuro, especialmente si ensayar conductas nuevas los pone ansiosos. Para estos problemas las técnicas de "Flotar hacia atrás" y "Flotar hacia delante" desarrolladas por William Zangwill Ph. D., entrenador del Instituto EMDR, son métodos efectivos para ligar el pasado, presente y futuro en un ámbito terapéutico y proveen al terapeuta de instrumentos para abordar eficientemente ambos temas.
LA TÉCNICA DE FLOTAR HACIA ATRÁS
Abordar recuerdos tempranos asociados con el material perturbador es fundamental para EMDR. Shapiro dice que ayudar al paciente a encontrar un recuerdo temprano "debe ser una de las primeras opciones que debe considerar al terapeuta..." (Shapiro, 1995). La Técnica de Flotar hacia atrás es un camino eficiente y poderoso para llegar a esta meta, permitiendo al terapeuta asistir al paciente a llevar a cabo sus propias asociaciones con acontecimientos del pasado. Su uso es muy apropiado cuando el terapeuta sospecha que una perturbación que el paciente experimenta en el presente, tiene sus raíces en experiencias del pasado; especialmente cuando preguntas como "Cuál es su recuerdo más temprano en relación a lo que se siente ahora? no ha tenido éxito en ayudar al paciente a conectar con eventos del pasado. También cuando un paciente presenta un tema o experiencia recurrente, la Técnica de Flotar hacia Atrás es ideal para ayudar al paciente a identificar un target para el reprocesamiento. Muchos pacientes se ponen en contacto con los problemas actuales con relativa facilidad. Por ejemplo, una paciente que se queja que se siente abandonada cuando su marido se va de viaje de negocios, probablemente pueda recordar sus problemas actuales con facilidad. Entonces el terapeuta puede aplicar la Técnica de Flotar hacia Atrás para ayudarle a la paciente a recordar un acontecimiento del pasado con rapidez y eficiencia.
Para usar la Técnica de Flotar hacia Atrás, arme el protocolo con el problema actual, utilizando los pasos que figuran en el Manual de Entrenamiento del Nivel I y del Nivel II (Shapiro, 1994) incluyendo la imagen, la cognición negativa (CN), la cognición positiva (CP), la validación de la cognición (VoC), emociones, Unidad Subjetiva de Perturbación (SUD) y sensación corporal. Sin embargo, no incide todavía el procesamiento (es decir, movimientos oculares u otra estimulación). En vez de eso, diga a su paciente: "Fíjese en la imagen de... y esas palabras (repita la imagen perturbadora del paciente y su cognición negativa), fíjese que emociones le vienen y donde las siente en el cuerpo. Ahora cierre los ojos y deje que su mente flote hacia atrás a un período anterior en su vida, no busque, simplemente deje que su mente flote a una época donde usted pensaba cosas similares... (repita las emociones que dijo el paciente) en ...(repita los lugares del cuerpo donde el paciente sintió las sensaciones). Cuando esté listo abra los ojos y dígame lo primero que le viene a la mente".
Utilice esta experiencia más temprana como target, completando todos los items del protocolo: imagen, CN, CP, VoC, emociones, SUD y ubicación de las sensaciones corporales y comience a procesar con movimientos oculares u otro estímulo bilateral. Una vez que se ha procesado este material, vuelva al target original del material actual. Muy a menudo se generaliza el trabajo realizado sobre el material más temprano y ya no hace falta procesar el material actual.
Es importante usar términos generales cuando se le dan al paciente las instrucciones de la Técnica de Flotar hacia Atrás, es decir, pedir un recuerdo temprano y no el más temprano. Hay varias razones que avalan esto. Primero, muchas veces es el peor recuerdo y no el primero que funciona como el mejor target para el reprocesamiento,. Además, usar términos generales es una ayuda para los pacientes más compulsivos y perfeccionistas que de otra manera estarían demasiado preocupados en no equivocarse y encontrar exactamente la primera asociación. Finalmente, la flexibilidad que permite la utilización de términos generales más que términos específicos aumenta la posibilidad de éxito del paciente de conectarse con el pasado que es la meta de esta técnica.
El rasgo esencial de la Técnica de Flotar hacia Atrás es usar las preguntas del protocolo para conectar los problemas del presente con eventos del pasado. Pasar las preguntas como fueron desarrolladas por Shapiro es un potente método para ayudar a los pacientes a sintonizar con todos los aspectos de su experiencia del problema. El material perturbador se vuelve más vívido y actual para el paciente y posibilita recordar experiencias similares. Se supone, como hipótesis, que al haber desarrollado el protocolo con todas las preguntas sobre el problema actual, estimula la red neuronal de asociaciones y posibilita casi sin esfuerzo el "flotar hacia atrás" a asociaciones tempranas.
Además, el vínculo paciente-terapeuta es realzado porque el terapeuta valida la experiencia del paciente (la perturbación actual) al empezar el trabajo desde el punto en el que se encuentra el paciente. Las asociaciones son del paciente, eliminando el tema de la resistencia a cualquier idea o interpretación introducida por el terapeuta. El paciente se da cuenta vivencialmente de la conexión del presente con el pasado usando la Técnica de Flotar hacia Atrás, pudiendo esquivar la evitación y otras defensas.
LA TÉCNICA DE FLOTAR HACIA DELANTE
Mientras que la Técnica de Flotar hacia Atrás posibilita muy a menudo que los pacientes vean y sientan la conexión entre el problema actual y los eventos pasados, la Técnica de Flotar hacia delante permite que el paciente identifique y reprocese la ansiedad anticipatoria y desarrolle patrones positivos para el futuro. Es un método que puede ser utilizado en cualquier momento del proceso terapéutico para solucionar bloqueos, renuencias y en algunos casos, resistencias o temas de beneficios secundarios o pérdidas. Es especialmente útil para trabajar con el miedo del paciente a hacer EMDR.
Para ponerlo en práctica, primero pida al paciente que imagine lo peor que le puede pasar si hace "X" (por ej. probar una nueva conducta, testear una nueva habilidad, empezar una experiencia nueva). ¿Qué es lo peor que le puede pasar si hace EMDR? Que es lo peor que le puede pasar si soluciona este problema? ¿Qué es lo peor que le puede pasar si le pone límites a su jefe respecto a la cantidad de trabajo que espera que usted haga? El paciente puede necesitar ayuda para identificar la peor escena. Algunas sugerencias incluyen el miedo a perder el control de sus emociones, el miedo a perder el control de sus funciones corporales como el control de esfínteres, miedo a tener un ataque de pánico, y no poder manejar su vida emocional entre las sesiones.
Una vez que el paciente ha identificado el incidente, pregunte por la peor parte de esa escena y utilícelo como el target de EMDR, armando el protocolo con las preguntas estándar, pero con una leve modificación: pregunte por la imagen que representa la peor parte del peor incidente, por ej. "Cuando usted ve una imagen de si mismo/a haciendo......, que es lo peor que puede pasar?"
Después siga con el resto de las preguntas estándar, es decir, CN, CP, VoC, emociones, SUD, y ubicación de la sensación corporal. Estimule el procesamiento del paciente con movimientos oculares u otro estímulo bilateral.
Si el desarrollo de la peor escena del paciente le provoca un miedo racional, puede que se tengan que tomar medidas prácticas para solucionar estas preocupaciones. Por ejemplo, usando la técnica de flotar hacia delante con un chico de 13 años que estaba en un hogar adoptivo transitorio, la peor escena evocada por él fue: "Me van a devolver al Hogar si esta adopción no resulta". Durante el procesamiento, el SUD se redujo de 8 a 3 con bastante rapidez pero de ahí no bajaba. El paciente comentó que no bajaba porque esta "peor escena" podría sucederle realmente y le había sucedido en el pasado. Paramos los movimientos oculares, charlamos un rato y elaboramos un plan para: a) una sesión con sus padres adoptivos para hablar sobre la permanencia de la adopción y b) una llamada en conferencia a su asesor legal para clarificar sus derechos y opciones. Volviendo al target después de esto, le fue posible reducir el SUD a 1 con unos pocos sets de movimientos oculares.
Al utilizar la Técnica de Flotar hacia delante para reprocesar la peor escena, el paciente tiene una oportunidad para resolver la ansiedad anticipatoria. Durante la instalación de la cognición positiva, el paciente está creando patrones positivos para acciones en el futuro. Una mujer cuyo hermano fue verbalmente abusivo con ella en la infancia y en la actualidad la intimidaba, armó una "peor escena" con: "Va a ser igualmente abusivo cuando lo vea la próxima vez". La paciente había hecho mucho EMDR, reprocesando incidentes de la infancia relacionados con el abuso verbal del hermano. Sin embargo, sin un referente positivo vivencial, seguía ansiosa cada vez que interactuaba con él. Pidiéndole que "flote hacia delante" y usando EMDR sobre una de las peores escenas, alivió su ansiedad respecto a una fiesta familiar que tenía pendiente. Instalando una CP de "Ahora estoy más fuerte" le permitió crear una imagen de si misma manejando a su hermano con humor y sintiéndose segura.
A aplicar las Técnicas de Flotar hacia Atrás y hacia Delante y ocuparse así del pasado, presente y futuro, el terapeuta de EMDR puede sanar mejor a su paciente. Es más, las Técnicas de Flotar hacia Atrás y hacia Delante están basadas en EMDR. Las dos incorporan las preguntas del protocolo standard y le dan al terapeuta y al paciente la oportunidad de manejarse más fluidamente con dicho protocolo.
EMDR standard protocol requires a focus of the origins of the disturbance, the triggers of this and create a pattern of behaviors appropriate to the future (Shapiro). Some patients, however, may have difficulty connecting the current problem with past events. Also, other patients may have difficulty creating positive patterns for the future, especially if you try new behaviors makes them anxious. For these problems the techniques of "float back" and "Float forward" developed by William Zangwill Ph.D., EMDR Institute trainer, are effective methods to link the past, present and future in a therapeutic area and provide the therapist tools to effectively address both issues.
THE ART OF FLOATING BACK
Addressing early memories associated with foreign material is essential to EMDR. Shapiro said that helping the patient to find early memory "must be one of the first options to consider when therapist ..." (Shapiro, 1995). Floating Technique back is a powerful and efficient way to reach this goal, allowing the therapist to assist the patient to carry out their own associations with past events. Its use is most appropriate when the clinician suspects that a disturbance that the patient is experiencing at present, is rooted in past experiences, especially when questions like "What is your earliest memory in relation to what you feel now? Not been successful in helping patients to connect with past events. Also when a patient has a recurrent theme or experience, the Backward Floating Technique is ideal for helping the patient to identify a target for reprocessing. Many patients come into contact with the current problems with relative ease. For example, a patient who complains that she feels abandoned when her husband goes on a business trip, you can probably recall their current problems with ease. Then the therapist can apply the technique Float Backwards to help the patient to remember a past event quickly and efficiently.
To use the technique to back float, arm the protocol to the current problem, using the steps listed in the Training Manual Level I and Level II (Shapiro, 1994) including the image, negative cognition (NC) positive cognition (PC), validation of cognition (VoC), emotions, Subjective Unit of Disturbance (SUD) and bodily sensation. However, it still affects the processing (ie, eye movements or other stimulation). Instead, tell your patient: "Look at the picture ... and those words (repetition of the disturbing image of the patient and negative cognition), note that emotions come from and where you sit on the body. Now close eyes and let your mind float back to an earlier period in your life, look no further, just let your mind float to a time when you thought things like ... (repeat the emotions that said the patient) .. . (repeat parts of the body where the patient felt the sensation). When you are ready open your eyes and tell me the first thing that comes to mind. "
Use this early experience as a target, completing all protocol items: image, CN, CP, VoC, emotions, SUD and location of bodily sensations and begin processing with eye movements or other bilateral stimulation. Once this material has been processed, return to the original target of the current material. Very often we generalize the work done on the earlier material and no longer have to render the current material.
It is important to use general terms when the patient is given instructions Technique Float Backwards, ie a memory request early and not earlier. There are several reasons that support this. First, it is often the worst memory and not the first that works as the best target for reprocessing. In addition, using general terms is an aid for compulsive and perfectionistic patients who otherwise would be too concerned with avoiding failure and find exactly the first association. Finally, the flexibility that allows the use of general rather than specific terms increases the likelihood of success of the patient to connect with the past that is the goal of this technique.
The essential feature of the technique is to use Float Backwards questions of protocol to connect the problems of the present with past events. Skip the questions and were developed by Shapiro is a powerful method to help patients to tune into all aspects of their experience of the problem. The foreign material becomes more vivid and present to the patient and possible recall similar experiences. It is assumed, arguendo, that having developed the protocol with all the questions about the current problem, the neural network encourages and facilitates partnerships almost effortlessly "float back" early associations.
In addition, the patient-therapist relationship is enhanced because the therapist validates the patient's experience (current disruption) to start work from the point where the patient is. Partnerships are the patient, eliminating the issue of resistance to any idea or interpretation introduced by the therapist. The patient realizes experientially connecting the present with the past by using the technique Float Backwards, can avoid the avoidance and other defenses.
THE ART OF FLOATING FORWARD
While technology enables Float Backwards often patients to see and feel the connection between the current problem and past events, the forward float technique allows the patient to identify and reprocess anticipatory anxiety and develop positive patterns the future. It is a method that can be used at any time of the therapeutic process to troubleshoot crashes, reluctance and in some cases, resistance or topics of ancillary benefits or losses. It is especially useful for working with the patient's fear to do EMDR.
To put this into practice, first ask the patient to imagine the worst that can happen if you "X" (eg. Try a new behavior, test a new skill, start a new experience.) What's the worst that can happen if you EMDR? That's the worst that can happen if you solve this problem? What's the worst that can happen if you put your head limits on the amount of work expected to do? The patient may need help to identify the worst scene. Some suggestions include fear of losing control of his emotions, fear of losing control of their bodily functions such as bowel and bladder control, fear of having a panic attack and can not manage their emotional life between sessions.
Once the patient has identified the incident, ask for the worst part of that scene and use it as the target of EMDR, setting up the protocol with the standard questions, but with a slight modification: ask for the image that represents the worst of worst incident, eg. "When you see a picture of him / herself by ......, it's the worst that can happen?"
Then follow with the rest of the standard questions, ie, CN, CP, VoC, emotions, SUD, and location of bodily sensation. Stimulate the processing of patients with eye movements or other bilateral stimulation.
If the development of the patient's worst scene provokes a rational fear, you may have to take practical steps to address these concerns. For example, using the technique of floating forward with a boy of 13 who was in a temporary foster home, the worst scene evoked for him was: "I will return home if this adoption is not." During processing, the LDS was reduced from 8 to 3 fairly quickly but it does not down. The patient said he did not go down because the "worst scene" could really happen and had happened in the past. Eye movements stopped, we chatted a while and developed a plan for: a) a meeting with her adoptive parents to discuss the permanence of the adoption and b) a conference call to his legal adviser to clarify your rights and options. Returning to the target after that, it was possible to reduce the LDS-1 with a few sets of eye movements.
Using Floating Technique forward to reprocess the worst scenario, the patient has an opportunity to resolve the anticipatory anxiety. During the installation of the positive cognition, the patient is creating positive patterns for future action. A woman whose brother was verbally abusive to her children and now intimidated, put together a "worst stage" with: "It will be equally unfair when I see him next time." The patient had done much EMDR reprocessing childhood incidents related to verbal abuse of his brother. However, without a positive reference experiential, still anxious every time I interacted with him. Asking him to "float forward" and using EMDR on one of the worst scenes, relieved her anxiety about a family party that was pending. Installing a CP of "I'm stronger now allowed him to create an image of herself driving her brother with humor and feeling safe.
To apply the techniques to float back and forth and deal well past, present and future, the EMDR therapist can heal your patient better. Moreover, techniques to float back and forth are based on EMDR. Both incorporate the standard protocol questions and give the therapist and the patient the opportunity to be managed more smoothly with this protocol.
Keywords: Floatback Technique Float Foward Technique
Accuracy Verified: Yes
151. Morris-Smith, J. (2012, June). Footsteps into the future: EMDR for children and families using a neurodevelopmental perspective [Pasos hacia el futuro: EMDR para niños y familias desde una perspectiva del neurodesarrollo]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The
acquisition
of
clinical
skills
in
developing
successful
EMDR
therapeutic
practices
is
in
itself
a
journey
of
discovery.
Each
step
forward
brings
new
clinical
puzzles,
challenges
and
insights:
why
are
some
individuals
able
to
use
the
EMDR
therapy
more
smoothly
that
others;
what
is
the
role
of
attachment;
how
are
preverbal
memories
made
and
how
do
they
become
accessible
to
verbal
recall
with
EMDR
therapy;
what
is
the
developmental
role
of
dissociation
and
why
do
some
evolve
into
coherent,
integrated
individuals
whilst
others
develop
pathological
dissociation?
This
paper
presents
a
neurodevelopmental
approach
to
inform
our
clinical
practice
of
EMDR
therapy
with
children,
adolescents
and
adults.
Brain
development
is
affected
by
both
genetic
and
environmental
factors
and
included
in
the
latter
are:
the
family
milieu,
physical
illness,
toxins
and
developmental
opportunities.
During
development
the
brain
organizes
from
the
bottom
to
the
top
with
the
lower
parts
of
the
brain
developing
earliest.
The
majority
of
the
brain
organization
takes
place
during
the
first
4
years
of
life.
Development
of
the
brain
in
childhood
unfolds
in
a
series
of
stages
with
higher
cortical
areas
entering
final
developmental
processes
much
later
in
childhood
and
into
early
adulthood.
How
to
integrate
neurodevelopmental
aspects
with
our
EMDR
clinical
practice
to
develop
healthier
positive
future
trajectories
for
children,
adolescents
and
their
families
is
discussed.
This
paper
will
be
illustrated
by
the
use
of
video
clips
and
case
material.
La
propia
adquisición
de
las
habilidades
clínicas
para
desarrollar
prácticas
terapéuticas
de
EMDR
de
éxito
es
de
por
sí,
un
viaje
de
descubrimiento.
Cada
paso
hacia
delante
nos
plantea
nuevos
rompecabezas,
retos,
y
conocimientos
clínicos:
¿Por
qué
algunos
individuos
encuentran
menos
obstáculos
en
la
aplicación
de
terapia
con
EMDR
que
otros?;
¿Cuál
es
la
función
del
apego?;
¿Cómo
se
forman
los
recuerdos
preverbales
y
cómo
se
accede
a
ellos
mediante
el
recuerdo
verbal
con
la
terapia
con
EMDR?;
¿Qué
papel
desempeña
la
disociación
en
el
desarrollo
y
por
qué
algunas
personas
se
convierten
en
individuos
coherentes
e
integrados
mientras
que
otros
desarrollan
una
disociación
patológica?
Esta
ponencia
pretende
presentar
un
planteamiento
desde
el
neurodesarrollo
para
instruir
nuestra
práctica
clínica
de
terapia
con
EMDR
con
niños,
adolescentes
y
adultos.
El
desarrollo
cerebral
se
ve
afectado
por
factores
tanto
genéticos
como
ambientales;
entre
éstos
últimos
se
incluyen:
el
entorno
familiar,
las
enfermedades
físicas,
las
toxinas
y
las
oportunidades
de
desarrollo.
Durante
el
período
de
desarrollo,
el
cerebro
organiza
desde
abajo
hacia
arriba,
siendo
las
áreas
inferiores
del
cerebros
las
que
primero
se
desarrollan.
La
mayor
parte
del
desarrollo
cerebral
ocurre
durante
los
cuatro
primeros
años
de
vida.
El
desarrollo
del
cerebro
durante
la
infancia
sucede
en
una
serie
de
etapas,
entrando
las
áreas
corticales
superiores
en
los
últimos
procesos
de
desarrollo,
mucho
más
tarde
en
la
infancia
y
al
principio
de
la
vida
adulta.
Se
abordan
las
cuestiones
de
cómo
integrar
aspectos
de
neurodesarrollo
en
nuestro
trabajo
clínico
con
EMDR
para
poder
desarrollar
trayectorias
más
sanas
y
positivas
para
el
futuro
para
los
niños,
adolescentes
y
sus
familias.
Se
emplearán
grabaciones
en
vídeo
y
notas
clínicas
para
ilustrar
esta
ponencia.
Keywords: Children Families Neurodevelopment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
152. Imbroinise, F. (2008, June). The function of the EMDR approach as an anamnestic and therapeutic tool in paediatrics - psychosocial unit. Poster session presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
652 children were treated during 2007 in our Paediatrics - psychosocial unit. The EMDR approach was a means to
do the history taking and anamnesis and it was used as well as an intervention methodology for all pathologies
and disturbances. Our clients received EMDR as inpatients in our war or as outpatients referred by the
community paediatric services. Our therapeutical programme includes a detailed anamnesis done together with
both parents or with caregivers if the child is very small or with the child himself if he’s able to provide the
information. History taking with the EMDR approach is an unique opportunity for the family to focus on family
life and its dynamics, and to analyse their unbalanced relational and affective patterns, which they are not always
aware of. Subsequently a therapeutical programme is outlined where EMDR is presented as a treatment method
to face and resolve the presenting complaints. This therapeutical approach facilitates the symptomatology
resolution and is useful to develop a more aware vision of their own family dynamics. Another beneficial effect is
to promote a greater psychophysical wellbeing for the client, providing a new meaning to the somatic disorder
and helping the family to understand and manage their child’s problems in a more functional way. This poster
describes all phases of the intervention and the disorders treated in our unit with EMDR. [There are three PDF files.]
Keywords: Anamnesis Children Pediatrics
Accuracy Verified: Yes
153. York, C., & Leeds, A. (2001, June). Gate theory: An accelerated information processing model for developing functional state change. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Austin, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
A "Gate Theory: will be proposed to synthesize concepts of Attachment Theory, Affect Theory; Discrete Behavioral States, and Short-Term Anxiety-Regulating Psychotherapy, and to help clinicians using EMDR to identify blocks in emotional states and behavioral goals. A protocol be will presented to assist therapists and clients to identify blocks and to develop functional transitions in affect states with the aim of helping clients to achieve behavioral goals and greater emotional well-being. Case examples and videos will be used to demonstrate the protocol and to facilitate the understanding of "targeted material" and strategies to enhance processing information.
Keywords: Gate Theory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
154. Shapiro, F., & White, K. (2012). Getting past your past take control of your life with self-help techniques from EMDR therapy. Old Saybrook, CT: Tantor Media.
Language: English
Format: Audio
Abstract:
Francine Shapiro, the creator of EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) explains how our personalities develop and why we become trapped into feeling, believing, and acting in ways that don't serve us. Through detailed examples and exercises, listeners will learn to understand themselves and why the people in their lives act the way they do....
Keywords: Francine Shapiro Interview
Accuracy Verified: Yes
155. Shapiro, F. (2012). Getting past your past: Why we are who we are and what to do about it, with self-help techniques from EMDR therapy. Emmaus, PA: Rodale Books.
Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
Francine Shapiro, the creator of EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) explains how our personalities develop and why we become trapped into feeling, believing, and acting in ways that don't serve us. Through detailed examples and exercises, listeners will learn to understand themselves and why the people in their lives act the way they do....
Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Self-Help Techniques
Accuracy Verified: Yes
156. Connor, P. K. (2005). Guideline-based programs in the treatment of complex PTSD. Deakin University, Victoria, Australia.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
The term “post-traumatic stress disorder” (PTSD) is a relatively new diagnostic label, being formally recognized in 1980 in the Diagnostic Statistical Manual for Psychiatric Illness – Third Edition (DSM-III) of the American Psychiatric Association (APA, 1980). Complex Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder (CP) is a more recently discussed, and newly-classified, phenomenon, initially discussed in the early 1990s (Herman, 1992a). Thus, as research into effective treatments for CP is sparse, the treatment of CP is the topic of this study, in which a guideline-based treatment program developed by the researcher for the treatment of CP is implemented and evaluated. Ten individuals participated in this study, undertaking individualized, guideline-based treatment programs spanning a period of six months. In providing background information relevant to this study, an explanation is provided regarding the nature of CP, and the reasons for its consideration as a separate phenomenon to PTSD. The adequacy of the PTSD formulation in enabling effective assessment and treatment of CP is also explored, with endorsement of previous researchers’ conclusions that the CP construct is more useful than the PTSD construct for assessing and treating survivors of long-term and multiple forms of abuse. The PTSD classification is restrictive, and not necessarily appropriate for certain forms of trauma (such as prolonged trauma, or multiple forms of trauma), as such trauma experiences may lead to specific effects that lay outside those formerly associated with PTSD. Such effects include alterations in affect regulation, consciousness, self-perception, interpersonal relationships, and in systems of meaning. Following discussion regarding the PTSD/CP classification, an examination of treatment methods currently used in the treatment of PTSD, and a review of treatment outcome studies, takes place. The adequacy of primary treatment methods in treating CP symptoms is then examined, with the conclusion that a range of treatment methods could potentially be useful in the treatment of CP symptoms. Individuals with a diagnosis of CP may benefit from the adoption of an eclectic approach, drawing on different treatment options for different symptoms, and constantly evaluating client progress and re-evaluating interventions. This review of treatment approaches is followed by details of an initial study undertaken to obtain feedback from individuals who had suffered long-term/multiple trauma and who had received treatment. Participants in this initial study were asked open-ended questions regarding the treatment approach they had experienced, the most useful aspect of the treatment, the least useful aspect, and other strategies/treatment approaches that may have been useful – but which were not used. The feedback obtained from these individuals was used to inform the development of treatment guidelines for use in the main study, as were recommendations made by Chu (1998). The predominant focus of the treatment guidelines was “ego strengthening”, a term coined by Chu (1998) to describe the “initial (sometimes lengthy) period of developing fundamental skills in maintaining supportive relationships, developing self-care strategies, coping with symptomatology, improving functioning, and establishing a positive self identity” (p.75). Using a case study approach, data are then presented relating to each of the ten individuals involved in the treatment program: details of his/her trauma experience(s)and the impact of the trauma (as perceived by each individual); details of each individual’s treatment program (as planned, and as implemented); post-treatment evaluation of the positive and negative aspects of the treatment program (from the therapist’s perspective); and details of the symptoms reported by the individual post-treatment, via psychometric assessment and also during interview. Analysis and discussion of the data relating to the ten participants in the study are the focal point of this study. The evaluation of the effectiveness of each individual’s treatment has been based predominantly on qualitative data, obtained from an analysis of language (discourse analysis) used by participants to describe their symptoms pre- and post-treatment. Both blatant and subtle changes in the language used by participants to describe themselves, their behaviour, and their relationships pre- and post-treatment have provided an insight into the possible changes that occurred as a result of the treatment program. The language used by participants has been a rich source of data, one that has enabled the researcher to obtain information that could not be obtained using psychometric assessment methods. Most of the participants in this study portrayed notable changes in many of the CP symptoms, including being more stable and having improved capacity to explore their early abuse. Although no direct cause-effect relationship between the participants’ treatment program and the improvements described can be established from this study, the participants’ perception that the program assisted them with their symptoms, and reported many aspects of “ego strengthening”, is of major importance. Such self-perception of strength and empowerment is important if an individual is going to be able to deal with past trauma experiences. In fact, abreactive work may have a greater chance of succeeding if those who have experienced long-term or multiple trauma are feeling more empowered, and more stable, as were the participants in this study (post-intervention). In concluding this study, recommendations have been made in regard to the use of guideline-based treatment programs in the responsible treatment of CP. Strengths and limitations of this study have also been highlighted, and recommendations have been made regarding possibilities for future research related to CP treatment. On the whole, this study has supported strongly other research that highlights the importance of focusing on “ego strengthening” in assisting those who have suffered long-term/multiple trauma experiences. Thus, a guideline-based program focusing on assisting sufferers of long-term trauma with some, or all, of the symptoms of CP, is recommended as an important first stage of any treatment of individuals who have experienced long-term/multiple trauma, allowing them to develop the emotional and psychological strength required to deal with past traumatic events. Clinicians who are treating patients whose history depicts long-term or multiple trauma experiences (either from their childhood, or at some stage in their adult life) need, therefore, to be mindful of assessing individuals for symptoms of CP – so that they can treat these symptoms prior to engaging in any work associated directly with the past traumatic experiences. [Author abstract]
D.H.Sc.(Psych.) thesis, School of Psychology.
Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapy Treatment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
157. Courtois, C. (1997, January). Guidelines for the treatment of adults abused or possibly abused as children (with attention to issues of delayed/recovered memory). EMDRIA Newsletter, 2(3), 3-8.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
These guidelines provide practicing clinicians with information regarding psychotherapy with adults who: 1) disclose an abuse history (physical, sexual, emotional) at the beginning of therapy, 2) do not disclose abuse despite having knowledge and memory about such events in their past; 3) report new (delayed or recovered) memories of abuse during the course of therapy; and/or 4) suspect past abuse, but have no clear memories of having been abused. The most common clinical scenario involves an individual who has retained memory for past abuse, but recalls additional events or details during therapy. The less common scenario is for an individual to have totally absent any memory of abuse and to later develop highly detailed memory. Practitioners should expect a range of memory presentations and must work to neither suggest nor suppress abuse-related issues that arise in the course of therapy.
Keywords: Abuse Delayed Recovery Memory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
158. Forgash, C. A. (2005, June). Healing complex trauma through EMDR, ego state therapy and somasensory work: Healing the heart of complex trauma. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The integration of Ego state and Somatosensory work and EMDR will be
shown to help patients with Complex PTSD repair fragmentation.
disconnections and develop the safety to utilize EMDR successfully.
Although complex trauma victims are seeking help for PTSD. depression and
anxiety, additional trauma responses may lead them to encounter difficulty
in dealing with triggers, stress and relationships.
The sequential exercises presented will provide stability for dissociated
"parts" unable to cope with symptoms.
Learning Objectives include the importance of including information in the
history taking about inability to love. fragmentation, and alienation; defining
and selecting the appropriate ego state/somatosensory/affect
management strategies to help challenging clients.
Keywords: Complex Trauma Ego State Therapy Somasensory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
159. Vogelmann-Sine, S. (1998). Healing hidden pain: resolving the effects of childhood abuse and neglect. In P. Manfield (Ed.), Extending EMDR: A casebook of innovative applications (1st ed.) (pp. 167-190). New York: W. W. Norton.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract: W
hen EMDR is incorporated into a treatment plan, the treatment outcome is primarily determined by the clients' willingness and ability to trust their therapists and face the painful feelings that are limiting their functioning. Each treatment plan has to be carefully designed in order to assist individuals to overcome behavior adaptations based on trauma and assist them to function more adequately in the present. I have found it most effective to educate clients about their trauma history and the adaptations they have to make and enlist them as active participants in the healing process. A collaborative relationship is necessary in order to determine whether clients are willing and able to take the risks necessary to face painful emotions and experiences in order to overcome barriers in their lives. The therapeutic journey discussed in this chapter is inspiring because it illustrates the complexity of such a healing process. "Susan's" story demonstrates that EMDR is a tool that can help clients go back in time and develop those parts of their personalities that could not emerge because of an invalidating environment. [Text, p. 169]
Keywords: Adults Americans Case Report Child Abuse Females Life Experiences Neglect Psychotherapeutic Processes Self Concept Survivors Treatment Effectiveness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
160. Gomez, A. M. (2012). Healing the caregiving system: Working with parents within a comprehensive EMDR treatment. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 6(3), 136-144. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.6.3.136.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
This article is an excerpt from the book EMDR Therapy and Adjunct Approaches With Children: Complex Trauma, Attachment, and Dissociation. It presents an original model to work with caregivers of children with complex trauma. This model comprises 3 levels of parental involvement within a comprehensive eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) treatment: psychoeducation, self-regulation, and memory reprocessing and integration (Gomez, 2009, 2012a, 2012b). Mentalization and reflective function (Fonagy & Target, 1997), mindsight (Siegel, 1999, 2010), mind-mindedness (Meins, Fernyhough, Fradley, & Tuckey, 2002), insightfulness (Koren-Karie, Oppenheim, Dolev, Sher, & Etziom-Carasso, 2002), and metacognitive monitoring (Flavell, 1979; Main, 1991) are all constructs linked to the parent's capacity to develop infant's attachment security. However, unresolved trauma and loss appears to impair these capacities in parents. Many children wounded by caregivers lacking such competences had to endure repetitive emotional, physical, and sexual overt and covert abuse; enmeshment and intrusiveness; or on the contrary, detachment and lack of connection. When the caregivers have been the wounding agents, their inclusion and active participation in the overall treatment of their children is fundamental.
Keywords: Caregiving System Connection: Contingecy Differentiation Mentalization Regulation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
161. Carvalho, E. (2013, April). Healing the folks who live inside: How EMDR can heal our inner gallery of roles. EMDR Treinamento e Consultoria Ltda.
Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
Do you sometimes feel like you don’t understand your reactions, feelings or thoughts? As if someone had hijacked the driver’s seat of your life and you wound up doing something stupid? Or regret your response? You don’t make sense in some situations, even to yourself? Maybe a wounded inner role took over and you didn’t catch it...? This book will explain what you can do about it. Using EMDR therapy to treat our Inner Gallery of Roles has brought together the best of reprocessing and role therapy for trauma and painful memories. Written for the layperson and full of snippets from the author’s case studies, it will give readers information about emotional trauma and why we should treat it. In a fun, entertaining and yet informative manner, it illustrates how our inner roles run our lives – for better or for worse. The purpose of this book is to help identify and clarify the existence of our Inner Gallery of roles – those who live inside all of us and that drive many aspects of our lives, such as the Scaredy-Cat, the Adolescent in Crisis, the Liar (that even lies to myself!), and the Inner Doctor. We will see how these roles are born and develop within, their functions and interactions in our lives, and how to heal the wounded ones, so that we can lead more fulfilling lives. We can also learn how to celebrate those roles that build us up and move us forward in life, and serve as positive resources when we need them. Although Role Theory is an integral part of Psychodrama the special emphasis in this healing process is on EMDR, a new reprocessing therapy developed by Dr. Francine Shapiro. We tie together all of these aspects in order to help our Inner Gallery of roles develop “good neighborhood policies” and live in greater harmony and health. In this book we will explain how roles develop inside of us and how trauma and painful memories keep our roles from proper development as we grow up.
Keywords: Inner Gallery of Roles
Accuracy Verified: Yes
162. Forgash, C. (2004, June). Healing the heart of trauma: Restoring connections and stability. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Stockholm, Sweden .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
When trauma victims enter therapy, they generally seek help for symptoms of PTSD, depression and anxiety. However, additional trauma responses may lead the client to encounter difficulty in dealing with the trauma and also with the trauma and also with relationships in their life. These responses also include the inability to love, nurture and bond with other individuals (even those currently in relationship to victim). These clients often experience feeling internally fragmented, detached, alienated and fearfully isolated. Gathering this information is an important part of history taking and becomes crucial to treatment planning. The aim of this presentation is to help clinicians learn to implement strategies that help traumatized clients to experience reconnection, stability, and then, trauma processing. Integrating ego state strategies with the preparation phase of the EMDR protocol results in a safety/stability focused therapeutic approach necessary for these clients to resolve the sequelae of trauma.
Emphasis is placed on the sequential formulation of guided imaginal and somatosensory exercises (enhanced with DAW) that provide stability for the dissociated aspects of the self unable to cope with symptoms and current stresses. The central work includes the development of an internal Home Base, Workplace, and a positive body resource that compliments the standard safe place/stress reduction work. Stabilizing exercises include constructive avoidance, distancing, grounding, containment as well as affect and dissociative symptom management techniques. When stabilized, client’s access and work with their ego state system to resolve conflicts, develop resources, reconnect and then successfully desensitize and reprocess trauma.
Learning objective include: the importance of including information in the history taking about an inability to love, loss of connections, fragmentation, detachment and alienation; defining the ego state strategies that help such client s successfully process traumas with the EMDR protocol; learning the preparation exercises for managing affect and dissociative symptoms. Participants will select the appropriate interventions to help trauma clients reconnect with dissociated, disconnected parts and employ this sequential method in their practice with traumatized clients.
Keywords: Affect Theory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
163. Herbert, C. (2003, May). Healing the “inner child” – EMDR imagery rescripting techniques with complex trauma clients. In Attachment and complex trauma. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Rome, Italy.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR-based imagery re-scripting techniques with a modified concept of Cognitive Schema Modes (Young, 1999). Based on clinical case examples, the use of imagery techniques, which draw on all sensory modalities (involving cognitive, emotional and somatic systems) during the auditory application of EMDR will be described, to help complex trauma clients firstly approach and recognize and subsequently attach to and nurture the image of their own “inner child”. Rather than establishing a sense of unrealistic dependency on the therapist by integrating him or her as the sole nurturer, clients are encouraged to develop an image of their own ‘healthy adult’, who can learn to take on the role of internal re-nurturing, protection and healing of the ‘inner child’. Techniques for overcoming blockages between a client’s ‘healthy adult’ and their ‘inner child’ representations are described. It is proposed that differentiating between ‘child’ and ‘adult’ modes and tuning into these through deep-level EMDR processing, allows clients to re-connect to feelings associated with their earlier experiences of helplessness and dependency during childhood, which can now be re-experienced within a safe and nurturing context. It is suggested that this will allow higher order brain systems, such as the hippocampus, to remain active and therefore enable cognitive and structural re-organization of the stored material in the brain and body cells. Once a positive attachment bond between a client’s internalised ‘inner child’ and ‘healthy adult’ modes has been achieved this can then be utilized further during direct trauma processing work. It is argued that healing of the ‘inner child’ enables healing of the adult client so that a more positive and secure sense of self can be achieved.
Keywords: Attachment Theory Complex PTSD Imagery Inner Child Rescripting Symposium
Accuracy Verified: Yes
164. Morris-Smith, J. (2006, March). Helping children and families recover: The role of EMDR therapy in the aftermath of disaster and traumatic events. Presentation at the 4th annual Conference of the EMDR UK & Ireland Association, London, UK.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Children are often caught up in traumatic situations which are be)cond their
control and in which they experience overwhelming helplessness and a sense of
abandonment. Their lives become severely disrupted ard may even change
completely. Helping children understand their experiences whilst resolving their
traumatic memories is fundamental to their future health and adaptation. Parents
and carers take the primary role in re-establishing the children's sense of safety
in the world. Enabling parents or carers to be a part of the EMDR therapy
process and thus to develop insights into the child's understandings through the
development of a shared narrative and attunement may also be key to the
recovery of the children. This paper aims to look at how this can be achieved
during EMDR therapy and will be illustrated by case examples and video clips.
Keywords: Children Families Disaster Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
165. Shapiro, F. (2012, September 19). How EMDR therapy opens a window to the world. Brain World. Retrieved from http://brainworldmagazine.com/how-emdr-therapy-opens-a-window-to-the-brain/ 9/19/2012.
Language: English
Format: Other
Abstract:
Over the past two decades, the use of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) therapy has provided researchers and clinicians with the ability to observe how symptoms develop and can be rapidly treated. Over 20 randomized studies have demonstrated positive treatment effects, and EMDR has been declared an effective trauma treatment by organizations worldwide, including the American Psychiatric Association and the Department of Defense. Three randomized studies have demonstrated that 84 to 100 percent of those suffering from a single trauma no longer had posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) after an average of three 90-minute sessions. Changes that typically took months or years with other forms of therapy occurred within weeks. This rapidity allows both clients and clinicians to observe firsthand how the brain’s internal connections are made. [Excerpt]
Accuracy Verified: Yes
166. Shapiro, F. (2012, February 5). How memories keep us apart: The past is present. Huffington Post. Retrieved from http://www.huffingtonpost.com/francine-shapiro-phd/ptsd-military_b_1250202.html 2/5/2012.
Language: English
Format: Other
Abstract:
When I first began to develop EMDR therapy back in 1987, I experimented with everyone who was willing to volunteer. I'd ask: Do you have anything bothering you? Not surprisingly, everyone had something. Whether it was a problem at work or a fight at home, by having them concentrate on it and using the procedures, rapid change usually occurred. Fascinating connections were made, and it was like having a window into the brain. For instance, one of the things I found very interesting was that often the problem they were concentrating on would spontaneously connect in their minds to earlier memories that were related in some way. That's how I began to discover that the past was really present. [Excerpt]
Keywords: Blog Military Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Relationships Veterans War
Accuracy Verified: Yes
167. Rutten, J. (2008, Maart). Ik ken het wel, maar ik kan het niet”. EMDR bij de behandeling van kinderen met faalangst [I know it, but I can not. EMDR in the treatment of children with anxiety]. Presentatie op de derde conferentie van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Ede, Nederland.
Language: Dutch
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Over het gebruik van EMDR bij de behandeling van faalangst is nog weinig bekend en voor zover er over gepubliceerd is betreft het volwassenen. In de praktijk blijkt echter dat het gebruik van EMDR bij de behandeling van kinderen met faalangst zeer effectief kan zijn. Daarbij sluit het EMDR protocol, met de nadruk op de negatieve en de positieve cognities, direct aan bij de problematiek waar veel van deze kinderen mee worstelen. Immers, het ene moment kunnen zij nog "ik ken het wel" denken om, naarmate het moment waarop er moet worden gepresteerd nadert, steeds meer overtuigd te raken van "ik kan het niet!" Over disfunctionele cognities en de rol die deze spelen bij hun angsten hoeven deze kinderen dan ook vaak weinig uitgelegd te krijgen.
In deze presentatie zal nader ingegaan worden op het gebruik van EMDR bij de behandeling van kinderen met faalangst. De factoren die meespelen bij de ontwikkeling van faalangst kunnen echter heel verschillend zijn en niet bij iedere vorm lijkt EMDR even effectief. Hier zal tevens aandacht aan worden besteed.
On the use of EMDR in the treatment of anxiety is still little known and where there has been published on the adults. In practice, however, that the use of EMDR in the treatment of children with anxiety can be very effective. It closes the EMDR protocol, with emphasis on the negative and positive cognitions directly with the problems that many of these children are struggling with. Indeed, one moment they can still "I know it" to think, as when it needs to be performed is approaching, more and more convinced of "I can not!" On dysfunctional cognitions and the role they play in their fears that children are often having little meaning to get.
This presentation will be elaborated on the use of EMDR in the treatment of children with anxiety. The factors that influence the development of failure can, however, very different and not with any appears EMDR as effective. There will also be given attention.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
168. Jacome, S. (2012, Novembro). Imagens associativas e EMDR [Associative images and EMDR]. Apresentação no II Congresso Brasileiro de EMDR, Brasília, Brasil.
Language: Portuguese
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Uma diferença entre uma técnica e um modelo é que o último dá ao terapeuta um quadro, uma abordagem de processo e planejamento do tratamento. A conceituação de casos em terapia EMDR permite que o paciente e o terapeuta para visualizar claramente o tratamento do roteiro.
Irá abordar a conceituação dos casos e fazendo história em EMDR uso de imagens associativas ou metafórico para identificar os alvos a serem processados. Isso vai chamar a uma variedade de cartões com imagens conhecidas como cartas associativos OH, um novo resort na Europa, Canadá e Estados Unidos e fazem parte da psicoterapia. Estes grupos de letras foram criadas para promover a comunicação, o desenvolvimento, narrativa, criatividade e imaginação de adultos e crianças. Eles são ferramentas terapêuticas que podem ser utilizados na avaliação do tratamento e monitorização de pacientes com distúrbios emocionais.
Esta ferramenta é usada para ativar esquemas disfuncionais, e incentivar a reflexão, e desinibição. Estimular a capacidade associativa e narrativo, evocativo estimulante, rico em memórias e imaginação. Associações letras ajudam-nos a exteriorizar nossas idéias e emoções de forma espontânea, fazendo-a emergir em nossa consciência. Daí o seu valor na abordagem EMDR.
Também vai mostrar como desenvolver recursos de enfrentamento e imagens associativas usando EMDR e estado de ego como endereço usando imagens associativas. Este recurso pode ser aplicado a um indivíduo ou grupo de contexto.
One difference between a technical and a model is that the latter gives the therapist a framework, a process approach and treatment planning. The conceptualization of cases in EMDR therapy allows the patient and therapist to clearly visualize the treatment of the script.
Will address the conceptualization of cases and making history in EMDR use of images or metaphorical associations to identify targets to be processed. This will draw a variety of cards with letters images known as associative OH, a new resort in Europe, Canada and the United States are part of psychotherapy. These groups of letters were created to promote communication, development, storytelling, creativity and imagination of adults and children. They are therapeutic tools that can be used in the evaluation and monitoring of treatment of patients with emotional disturbances.
This tool is used to activate dysfunctional schemas, and encourage reflection, and disinhibition. Stimulating capacity and associative narrative, evocative stimulating, rich in memories and imagination. Associations letters help us to externalize our ideas and emotions spontaneously, causing it to emerge in our consciousness. Hence its value in the EMDR approach.
Also will show how to develop coping resources and associative images using EMDR and ego state as address using associative images. This feature can be applied to an individual or group of context.
Keywords: Associative Images Images Metaphoric Associations Target Identification
Accuracy Verified: Yes
169. Steele, A. (2003, September). Imaginal nurturing. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Imaginal Nurturing blends guided imagery with EMDR components to provide a means of weaving nurturing experiences into and through the therapeutic process. These experiences build upon each other to facilitate a new relationship with self, and the development of a secure base within. In this workshop, participants will learn the principles of IN, how to use it in relation to trauma work, how to develop an attachment-related body resource, and how to ground the imagery in the client's life. There will be a review of ways to deal with probems that arise. Handouts include sample scripts.
Keywords: Imaginal Nurturing
Accuracy Verified: Yes
170. Forgash, C. (2012, October). The impact of complex PTSD and attachment issues on personal health: An EMDR treatment approach. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Arlington, VA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR treatment will be presented as a successful model for dealing with the attachment deficits and health problems of trauma survivors. The development of an EMDR Treatment Plan to treat both health and attachment problems with a focus on a Health History and specific target selection is highlighted. Specialized techniques will be utilized in phases 1-3 to help the patient experience self soothing, develop emotional regulation, and to avoid re-traumatization in the health care setting. Phases 4-7 will emphasize specific work on past attachment ruptures as well as specific health issues. Skills development such as rehearsal will also be presented.
Keywords: Attachment Issues Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex-PTSD C-PSTD Personal Health
Accuracy Verified: Yes
171. DeGraffenried, D. F. (2007, September). Implementing EMDR practice in community mental health & agency settings: Working with clinical or administrative reluctance. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR has not achieved full acceptance as a practice model within community mental health and agency settings. Some agencies are reluctant to develop an EMDR practice due to administrative concerns, clinical apprehensions or implementation reluctance. This resistance has constrained the development of EMDR in communities with the greatest need and often in settings where post traumatic stress is the focus of treatment. This workshop will identify the three common areas of agency reluctance concerning EMDR and, via a PowerPoint presentation, will demonstrate the use of a simple assessment tool designed to identify where the intervention is needed to accomplish change and support EMDR integration into the agency.
Keywords: Client or Administrative Reluctance Community Mental Health Agencies
Accuracy Verified: Yes
172. Handberg, H. H. (2007, June). Implications of "unity of duality" Tibetan psychology and philosophy in regard to psychotherapy and personal development and its correlations to EMDR. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In the Tibetan psychology and philosophy, the understanding that what we identify as the object does not exist as such independently of the experiencing subject is – at all levels of mind – essential. The subject perceives the object at a conceptual, feeling and sense level. In other words, as individuals we create the object at these three levels, and it becomes an integral part of our reality experience.
Tibetan Psychology has as it basis an understanding of the nature and functioning of the mind in its many different states of experiences. However, it does not see the mind-experience as an isolated phenomenon. It sees the body and mind as mutually interdependent and interdetermining on all levels – from both an ordinary level of body and mind to the basic energy level. The former is characteristic by an experience of great separation, and the latter by the experience of the inseparability of the body/mind.
In accordance with Tibetan metaphysics matter emerges from four basic “energy origins,” such that energy is seen as both the basis of matter, and is continuously pervading matter. From the energy resource all forms of existence arise and return again in a continuous movement of birth, existence and death, taking places every instant of time. It is because of the relationship of subject and object that we can change our object-experience, as well as our experience of the world and of the situations which arise in it.
Tibetan psychology maintains in this respect that the notion of self or self-identity is the core around which psychological patterns and the reality of the individual develop. The transformation process of an adequate self-identity into a healthier an less artificial identity takes the adept or client through the following process of change: (1) from a solid form level of the problematic subject/object experience, (2) to an energy level, taking us beyond the artificial identity and connect experience of reality, and (23) back into a new creation o the form level, into a new an more genuine experience of oneself and reality. Thus, when applying the insight of this basic interrelatedness of body and mind, subject and object and energy and matter – Unity in Duality – the experience of self-identity and that of the object undergoes a change, and the former problematic subject/object is transcended. The Tibetan self-development methods and the Tibetan psychotherapeutic methods, which Tarab Tulku has developed, deal essentially with healing and strengthening of the self-feeling and refining the self-reference/self-identity. It gives the theoretical analysis for changing the experience of self and the surroundings – of changing the approximation of reality – and it offers adequate psychotherapeutic as wall as self-development methods for its attainment. All in the Tibetan psychology and psychotherapy gives a new and valuable perspective, foundation and method supplementing and enriching Western Psychology in general and EMDR in particular.
Keywords: Poster Tibet Unity of Duality
Accuracy Verified: Yes
173. Lichti, J. (2009, August). Improving EMDR consultation: Using practice research to develop best practices. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop is for EMDRIA Approved Consultants, Consultants-In-Training and those seriously considering becoming Approved Consultants. We will review the context of EMDR consultation and identify the differences between therapy, consultation and consultation-of-consultation. The implications of the supervision/consultation literature will be reviewed, and the tools, resources, and recordings from actual consultations will be presented. Original research on the practices of EMDRIA Approved Consultants will be reviewed and Best Practices emerging from the literature and EMDR consultation research will be identified. Participants will use all the above information to analyze their own consultation practices and discuss with peers how to improve their consultation services.
Keywords: Consultation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
174. Leeds, A. (2007, June). Improving self-regulation and social functioning for survivors of early emotional neglect and abuse with positive affect tolerance and integration protocol: A case series. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Survivors of early emotional neglect experience pervasive difficulties including vulnerability to adult psychiatric disorders and inability to regulate emotional states (Schore, 1996, 1997, 2000, 2001a, 2001b; Teicher, 2000, 2002; Teicher et al, 1993; Teicher et al., 1997). Their inability to regulate emotional states is not solely linked to effects of adverse events, but is significantly linked to insufficient exposure to normal, developmental attachment sequences that foster capacities for self-regulation.
A subset of adult survivors of early, pervasive, emotional neglect who meet full or partial criteria for posttraumatic stress disorder also present with comorbid Cluster C Axis II symptoms (Avoidant, Dependent, Obsessive-Compulsive) and meet criteria for dismissing (or fearful) insecure attachment (Cassidy & Shaver, 1999; Main, 1996).
Clinical assessment reveals these patients have low tolerance for positive interpersonal emotions and engage in defensive strategies to dismiss, minimize, deny or subtly avoid experiencing and assimilating this positive emotional states into their internal model of self. These strategies include overt and covert behavioral avoidance as well as dissociate defenses. Paradoxically, these patients may show superficial characteristics or competence, interpersonal skills, or emotional stability which on closer examination prove to be fragile or which collapse in the face of social stressors.
The general theoretical base for the Positive Affect Tolerance and Integration (PAT) protocol is related to McCullough’s (1996, 2003) model of affect phobia and recognizes McCullough’s emphasis on an anxiety regulating, titrated approach to developing tolerance for adaptive affect and associated coping behaviors. Putnam’s (1997) discrete behavioral states model provides an important conceptual framework for understanding these patients’ needs to gradually develop new discrete behavioral (psychophysiological and affective) states and new pathways (schemes and scripts) fostering access to these shared positive states often as a crucial early phase of treatment to help resolve their impairments in emotional self-regulation.
This presentation describes the use of standard EMDR procedural steps in a treatment plan that postpones the standard three pronged (past, present, future) PTSD protocol, but which is consistent with the consensus model for Complex PTSD (Brown, Scheflin & Hammond, 1998; Chu, 1998; Courtois, 1999; Hart, Nijenhuis, Steele, 2006) and other EMDR approaches focused initially on improving response to current stimuli (Hoffman, 2004; Leeds & Korn, 1998; Leeds & Shapiro, 2000) before attempting to target childhood traumatic memories. Targets for PAT are recent experiences in which the patient was exposed to positive, shared, interpersonal emotional states. The purposes for applying PAT to these targets are: to decrease defensive avoidance; dissociation and anxiety about shared positive emotional states; to increase capacity to tolerate and enjoy these shared positive emotional states; and to integrate these shared positive emotional states into positive schemas and self-concepts. Observed clinical gains following PAT included: improved mood and resilience, and decreased depersonalization during subsequent use of EMDR to reprocess traumatic memories.
The goal in presenting this “Positive Affect Tolerance and Integration Protocol” case series is to encourage research to evaluate the clinical effectiveness of this application of the standard EMDR procedures for a clinical subpopulation generally considered challenging to treat.
Keywords: Affect Tolerance Poster Self-Regulation Social Functioning
Accuracy Verified: Yes
175. O'Donohue, W., & Yeater, E. A. (2003, July). Individuating psychotherapies. Behavior Modification, 27(3), 313-321. doi:10.1177/0145445503027003004.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
One goal of an empirically oriented psychotherapist is to implement the same psychotherapy
across similar clients for a similar specified problem. Adherence to a specified treatment is
imperative when following a treatment manual. In other cases, such as when developing a new
treatment, psychotherapists desire that the intervention be different from those currently available.
To develop new treatments and to substantively increase the arsenal of psychological
“tools” available to alleviate human suffering, criteria by which treatments are judged to be novel
must be developed. The authors discuss criteria to make such delineations. They argue that
psychotherapies are defined by two key properties: (a) a mechanism or mechanisms that causally
produce the treatment’s effects (if any) and (b) a manner or manners of instantiating these mechanisms.
They also argue that if two psychotherapies share these two properties, then they are the
same treatment; if not, they should be considered different treatments.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
176. Reddemann, L. (2009). The inner safe place. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (pp.71-72). New York: Springer Publishing Co.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
The imagery of an "Inner Safe Place" is part of a body of work on stabilization techniques for trauma therapy called "Psychodynamic Imaginative Trauma Therapy (PITT)". It is used within PITT to prepare clients for EMDR. However, it works very well as a resource for EMDR. It is important to know that clients who live in unsafe circumstances are often not able to develop the images and so seeing what happens while working on installing the inner safe place can tell us something about clients' external safety. If clients are able to create an inner safe place, the therapist can proceed with the exercise. If clients are unable to create and install a safe place, other stabilization work is used. This chapter provides the Inner Safe Place Script. [PsycINFO Database]
Keywords: Inner Safe Place Protocol
Accuracy Verified: Yes
177. Colt, K. M., & Marvasti, J. A. (2004). Innovative therapies for trauma related disorders: TARGET, TREM, and EMDR. In J. A. Marvasti (Ed.), Psychiatric treatment of victims and survivors of sexual trauma: A neuro-bio-psychological approach (pp. 73-95). Springfield, IL: Charles C. Thomas Publisher.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
In this chapter, Marvasti and Colt explore the victims' response to trauma and examine nontraditional treatment models for psychological trauma. The TARGET model (Trauma Adaptive Recovery Group Education and Therapy) of treatment focuses on current symptoms. Treatment is aimed at helping the victim move from maladaptive patterns of thought and behavior toward healthy ways of managing life. TREM (Trauma Recovery and Empowerment Model) was created to assist disempowered female victims of trauma to develop self-esteem and coping skills. EMDR (eye movement desensitization and reprocessing) is a set of protocols designed to decrease the symptoms of traumatic stress by use of rhythmic movements and cognitive restructuring. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)
Keywords: Emotional Trauma Empowerment Female Victims Group Education and Therapy Group Psychotherapy Human Females Models Nontraditional Treatment Models Psychological Trauma Sexual Abuse Symptoms Treatment Victimization
Accuracy Verified: Yes
178. Brown, S., Gilman, S. G., & Kelso, T. (2008, September). Integrated trauma treatment program: A novel EMDR approach for PTSD and substance abuse. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
PTSD and substance abuse is a common co-occurring disorder for which current research recommends a phased, integrated treatment approach. This presentation covers the 4-year pilot program using EMDR and Seeking Safety© as an Integrated Trauma Treatment Program (ITTP) in a Drug Court. The process, rationale and clinically significant outcomes of this study will be presented. Participants will learn how to implement EMDR in other similar settings and will learn how to develop a simple research model to collect data. Time will be provided for discussion of clinical issues addressed in this ITTP and video of study participants post-treatment.
Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Substance Abuse
Accuracy Verified: Yes
179. Nichols, L. M. (2012). Integrating complementary therapies with counseling: A qualitative study of practicing counselors' approaches to wellness. Pennsylvania State University, University Park, PA.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
There is a growing interest in the United States in complementary therapies (CT) to
address the health needs and hopes of individuals. Research in the medical and allied
health communities has reflected the expanding interest, however, the counseling
profession has limited literature focusing on CT integration practices. The current study
expands on existing research using a constructivist lens and grounded theory approach; a
sample of 16 practicing counselors were interviewed to develop a theoretical model of
CT integration in the counseling context. Scholarly literature has described CT and
reasons for its use, which can be linked to counseling through professional identity, the
wellness model, and ethical practice. The results of this study indicate that experience,
beliefs, competence, and practice are primary factors in the integration of CT in
counseling. Implications of the results on the counseling profession will be detailed in
terms of practice, training, and future research.
Keywords: Complementary Therapies Counselor Approaches Qualitative Study
Accuracy Verified: Yes
180. Forgash, C., & Knipe, J. (2008). Integrating EMDR and ego state treatment for clients with trauma disorders. In C. Forgash & M. Copeley (Eds), Healing the heart of trauma and dissociation with EMDR and ego state therapy (pp. 1-59) New York, NY: Springer Publishing Co.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
In this chapter, we will introduce what we have termed the "cross-training model," an approach that integrates several lines of psychotherapy theory, practice, and research in order to assist clients with complex presentations. This model consists of EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing), ego state therapy, and dissociative disorder treatment methods. We believe that this model will enable therapists to extend the scope of treatment beyond trauma resolution to include the extensive life issues often faced by clients with complex disorders (Wachtel, 2002) and to have the opportunity to develop mastery and competence in treating these challenging clients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)
Keywords: Egp State Therapy Dissociative Disorders Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
181. Forgash, C., & Knipe J. (2012). Integrating EMDR and ego state treatment for clients with trauma disorders. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 6(3), 120-128. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.6.3.120.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
This article is an excerpt from Healing the Heart of Trauma and Dissociation with EMDR and Ego State Therapy (edited by Carol Forgash and Margaret Copeley, 2007, pp. 1-59). The preparation phase of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) is very important in the therapy of multiply traumatized clients with complex posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and dissociative symptoms. EMDR clinicians who treat clients with complex trauma will benefit from learning specific readiness and stabilization interventions that are inherent to Phase 1 of a well-accepted phased trauma-treatment model. Extending the preparation phase of EMDR by including these interventions provides sequential steps for the development of symptom-management skills and increased stability. Additional focus is placed on helping clients work with their ego state system to develop boundaries, cooperative goals, and healthier attachment styles. Following an individually tailored preparation phase, the processing of long-held traumatic memory material becomes possible.
Keywords: C-PTSD Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD Dissociative Disorders Ego State Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
182. Foster, S. (2012). Integrating positive psychology applications into the EMDR peak performance protocol. Revue Européenne De Psychologie Appliquée/European Review of Applied Psychology, 62(4), 213-217. doi:10.1016/j.erap.2012.04.005.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Introduction:
This article describes an innovative Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) protocol which applies the standard EMDR protocol, with modifications, to the reduction of performance anxiety and enhancement of skillful performance in higher functioning clients.
Objective:
The intention was to compare a modified version of the standard EMDR protocol for the reduction of performance anxiety and the enhancement of performance.
Method:
The method was applying the special EMDR protocol for peak performance with higher functioning clients. A further enhancement applied three empirically valid techniques drawn from the subfield of positive psychology.
Results:
Published case studies suggest that this special EMDR protocol aided an experienced commercial pilot in overcoming his avoidance and returning to the flight simulator following a failed proficiency check, and assisted an executive in managing his sense of failure following a significant business setback. Athletes preparing for competition have also found the protocol assists them in managing precompetition anxiety. A further enhancement is the application of three techniques drawn from positive psychology which the empirical research in this subfield of psychology suggests can further enhance the benefits of this protocol.
Conclusion:
Limitations are discussed and recommendations for future research are outlined.
Keywords: Performance Enhancement Positive Psychology
Accuracy Verified: Yes
183. Foster, S. (2004, June). Integrating positive psychology concepts into the EMDR peak performance protocol. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Europe, Stockholm, Sweden .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop is the first effort to integrate EMDR Peak Performance with techniques from positive psychology, the new science of happiness and excellence and strengths such as courage. The presenter will explain how the EMDR Peak Performance protocol (which she co-created) is based on the standard EMDR protocol with three modifications: the Future is emphasized; resource development is oriented toward empowerment and possibility; and skills are taught to help clients reach optimal functioning. While the ‘Peak’ protocol already had self-actualization as its goal, its efficacy is enhancing by integrating the positive psychology techniques of using: positive emotions in the performance venue of importance to the client; the Appreciative Inquiry method for envisioning the future and for performance improvement; and optimistic explanatory style. Given time constraints; it is not possible to fully prepare participants to use the Peak Performance protocol. However, in an interactive format that include mini practica, participants will be able to: 1) describe the key difference between the Peak and basic protocols 2) help client develop “Peak’ resources 3) begin to establish an empowerment stance with clients 4) summarize the benefits of teaching clients basic positive psychology concepts 5) pursue further learning from the extensive positive psychology bibliography.
Keywords: Positive Psychology Protocol
Accuracy Verified: Yes
184. Korn, D. (1995, June). Integrative and strategic utilization of EMDR in treating survivors of sexual abuse. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This presentation will focus on integrating EMDR into an overall treatment plan and utilizing EMDR in conjunction with other
cognitive behavioral approaches. Strategic utilization of EMDR to move clients through the various stages of recovery will be
discussed.
1) In the first stage of treatment, safety, stabilization, coping, and development of a strong therapeutic relationship are emphasized.
Treatment focuses on decreasing (1) suicidal and parasuicidal behavior, (2) treatment - interfering behavior, and (3) quality-of-life-interfering behavior (Linehan, 1993). Efforts are made to assist the client in developing a repertoire of cognitive-behavioral coping
skills; relevant skills address grounding, trigger awareness, basic self - care, mindfullness, distress tolerance, affect regulation,
assertiveness, relaxation, self - monitoring, stress inoculation, and cognitive restructuring. At this stage, EMDR can be used to shift
negative cognitions which interfere with commitment to treatment, skill development, and the restoration of hope. The following are
examples of negative cognitions whlch interfere with first stage stabilization goals:
- I will only get acknowledgment of my pain if I act out. - I don't deserve to feel better.
- If I take care of myself, no one will know I hurt. - I'm pathetic, a failure.
- I will die/go crazy fiom these feelings. - I can never do anything right.
- I can't stand this feeling. I must cut myself. - Don't trust anyone or anything.
Newly learned information about coping can be reinforced and further integrated in the course of an EMDR session. Clients can be
encouraged to notice their ability to tolerate affect and to practice their assertiveness skills, grounding skills, mindfulness skills, etc.
2) In the second stage of treatment, the focus is on processing traumatic memories and decreasing behaviors related to post-traumatic
stress. EMDR interventions can be designed to assist clients with specific recovery tasks or issues:
- fear/terror and associated avoidance
- sense of powerlessnesshelplessness
- responsibility/accountability
- safety - self, others, environment
- self-esteem/self as bad, defective, unlovable
- lack of individuation
- dependency
- anger
- grief/mouming
- trust/mistrust
- fear of abandonment
- guilt/self-blame
- shame/self-loathing
With regard to each of these issues, maladaptive schemas can be addressed via effective cognitive interweave strategies. Ideas for
supplementing EMDR work with written assignments, imagery exercises, recovery rituals, and planned in vivo exposure will be
discussed. Strategies for handling possible problems, obstacles, or resistance at this stage will also be noted. Finally, the role of ongoing
assessment and data collection in making decisions about EMDR targets will be addressed.
3) In the third stage of treatment, the emphasis is on personal development and increased connection with others. Recovery tasks and
issues addressed via EMDR include:
- Increasing intimacy and healthy connections - Increasing self-esteem
- Increasing self-efficacy and sense of mastery - Reclaiming sexuality
- Increasing self-efficacy and sense of mastery - Identity exploration and development
- Establishing goals, initiating new projects, and taking reasonable risks
At this stage, EMDR can be useful in detecting remnants of shame, fear, etc. In addition, EMDR can be used to reduce anxiety and
increase confidence as a client sets his/her sights on the future and prepares to face new and challenging situations. EMDR can aid
in the generalization of skills and adaptive schemas across time and place. It can facilitate the integration of a new, more positive
and vital self-image.
The presentation will conclude with a videotape case presentation highlighting relevant recovery tasks and issues in applying
EMDR at a specific stage of treatment.
Keywords: Sexual Abuse Survivors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
185. Regourd-Laizeau, M., Martin-Krumm, C., & Tarquinio, C. (2012, March). Interventions dans le domaine du sport: Le protocole d’optimisme [Interventions in the field of sports: Protocol of optimism]. Pratiques psychologiques, 18(2), 189-204. doi:10.1016/j.prps.2012.02.001.
Language: French
Format: Journal
Abstract:
L’optimisme peut être envisagé selon plusieurs approches. Il est possible d’envisager une approche directe comme, par exemple, la proposition de Carver et Scheier, 1982 et le concept d’optimisme dispositionnel. Il est également possible d’envisager une approche indirecte comme celle d’Abramson et al., 1978 et le concept de style explicatif optimiste. Quelle que soit l’option retenue, l’optimisme est associé principalement à des effets bénéfiques, et ce quels que soient les contextes : la santé, le monde du travail et de l’école, ou la performance sportive par exemple. En conséquence, mettre au point des techniques destinées à augmenter le niveau d’optimisme est devenu crucial dans différents domaines. Cet article a pour objectif de présenter brièvement certaines de ces techniques et de développer plus précisément l’apport de l’eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) au développement d’un style explicatif optimiste dans le domaine du sport. Les limites, mais aussi les pistes prometteuses seront précisées.
Summary: Optimism can be seen in several approaches. It is possible to consider a direct approach, for example, the proposal of Carver and Scheier, 1982 and the concept of dispositional optimism. It is also possible to consider an indirect approach like that of Abramson et al., 1978 and the concept of optimistic explanatory style. Whatever option is chosen, the optimism is mainly associated with beneficial effects, and whatever contexts: health, the world of work and school, or athletic performance for example. As a result, developing techniques to increase the level of optimism has become crucial in various fields. This article aims to briefly present some of these techniques and develop more precisely the contribution of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) to develop an optimistic explanatory style in the field of sport. Limits, but also promising directions will be specified.
Keywords: Intervention Sports
Accuracy Verified: Yes
186. Lendl, J., & Foster, S. (2011, August). Intro to EMDR performance enhancement psychology: A twenty year update. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
While EMDR Performance Enhancement Psychology can address clinical issues such as performance anxiety, self-defeating beliefs, behavioral inhibitions, PTSD, and psychological recovery from injury for creative and performing artists, workplace employees, and athletes; it can also be very useful with everyday non-pathological complaints such as procrastination, fear of failure, setbacks and life transitions. Lendl and Foster initiated EMDR-PEP in 1991. This workshop will be a twenty year update to the introduction of EMDR-PEP. There will be a brief history of EMDR-PEP, research, AIP theory, and useful performance skills that therapists can integrate into their work with clients. The workshop will include lecture, role playing demo with group practice and, hopefully, time for questions.
Keywords: Performance Enhancement Update
Accuracy Verified: Yes
187. Holmshaw, E. M. (2012, October). Is EMDR a safe place plus desensitisation? Considerations for when, how and why to ‘embed’ EMDR in other therapies. Presentation at the at the 4th Autumn EMDR Workshop Conference, Sheffield, UK.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The aim of the presentation is to offer a background from the findings of the 700 cases to understand how clinicians employed the use of EMDR against the background of other therapies:
1. To consider the efficacy of this approach
2. To question whether embedding should be a random/ spontaneous intervention or part of treatment planning and goal setting
3. To judge whether there could be guidelines as to how and when to ‘embed’ and how to develop these
4. To think which of the eight phases are most likely to be used in this way
5. To discuss whether this approach is likely to aid the development of EMDR or have the opposite effect.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
188. Wildwind, L. (1998, July). It’s never too late to have a happy childhood: Using EMDR to create and install essential experiences. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Baltimore, MD.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will be able to: 1) anticipate and prepare for resistance to EMDR based on the history and symptoms presented; 2) minimize resistance and failure by proper framing and staging of the tasks involved in healing; 3) prepare the client to meet developmental gaps and losses through imaged interventions; 4) create and install appropriate experiential interweaves; and 5) utilize resistance and setbacks to identify successive areas appropriate for experiential interweaves.
Keywords: Experiential Interweave Imaged Interventions Resistance
Accuracy Verified: Yes
189. Lovett, J. M. (2000). Kleine wunder [Small wonders]. Paderborn: Junfermann.
Language: German
Format: Book
Abstract:
Traumatische Erlebnisse, wie sie bei Kindern häufig vorkommen, können die normale gesunde Entwicklung der Betreffenden, ihre Selbstachtung und das Zusammenleben ihrer Familien stark belasten.
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) ist ein umfassender therapeutischer Ansatz, der Patienten in kurzer Zeit hilft, belastende Gedanken und Emotionen, die durch traumatische Erlebnisse entstanden sind, aufzulösen. Traumatisch wirken im allgemein akzeptierten Sinne Mißbrauchs- oder Mißhandlungserlebnisse, Naturkatastrophen und Gewalttätigkeit, doch können Kinder auch viel harmlosere Vorgänge als sehr bedrohlich erfahren. Ein Unfall auf dem Spielplatz, der Verlust eines sehr nahestehenden Menschen oder Probleme in der Schule schockieren ein Kind oft viel stärker als einen Erwachsenen. Außerdem können solche Vorfälle bewirken, daß sich ein Kind hilflos und machtlos fühlt, ängstlich wird und belastende Verhaltensprobleme entwickelt.
Das Buch Kleine Wunder befaßt sich auf sehr ansprechende und eingehende Weise mit den Möglichkeiten therapeutischer EMDR-Arbeit mit Kindern. Das Buch wendet sich an Eltern, die sich Sorgen darum machen, wie ihre Kinder ein gewisses grundlegendes Vertrauen entwickeln können, außerdem an Erwachsene, die sich damit beschäftigen wollen, wie die Geschehnisse in ihrer Kindheit ihr Selbstbild geprägt haben, und an Therapeuten, die mehr über EMDR sowie auch darüber erfahren wollen, wie diese Methode auf die besonderen Bedürfnisse traumatisierter Kinder abgestimmt werden kann.
Traumatic experiences, such as occur frequently in children, can pollute the normal healthy development of the individuals themselves, their self-esteem and the coexistence of their families strong. Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) is a comprehensive therapeutic approach that patients in a short time helps to resolve stressful thoughts and emotions that are caused by traumatic experiences. Traumatic effect in the generally accepted meaning abuse or maltreatment experiences, natural disasters and violence, but children can also learn much more harmless activities as very threatening. An accident on the playground, the loss of a very loved one or problems at school to shock a child often much stronger than an adult. Furthermore, such incidents have the effect that a child feels helpless and powerless, anxious and is developed incriminating behavior problems. Small wonder the book deals in a very appealing and detailed way with the possibilities of therapeutic EMDR work with children. This book is for parents who are worried about how their children can develop some basic trust, also for adults who want to deal with how the events have shaped her childhood her self-image, and therapists, the more about EMDR, and also about to learn how this method can be adapted to the special needs of traumatized children.
Keywords: Children Stressors Survivors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
190. Leeds, A. (2006, September). Learning to feel good about positive emotions with the positive affect tolerance and integration protocol. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Survivors of profound early childhood emotional neglect and abuse often experience shared positive emotional states as aversive. For such survivors, these states are unfamiliar and may be associated with formative experiences of being ignored, shamed or hurt. Concepts from attachment theory, Putnam’s discrete behavioral states model and McCullough’s affect phobia, provide the foundation for the Positive Affect Tolerance and Integration Protocol. Standard EMDR procedural steps increase tolerance for an integration of positive emotional states and develop a more resilient and positive self-concept. Case examples illustrate criteria and potential benefits of this approach with the aim of encouraging further research.
Keywords: Affect Tolerance and Integration Protocol
Accuracy Verified: Yes
191. Leeds, A. (2007, September). Learning to feel good about positive emotions with the positive affect tolerance and integration protocol. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Survivors of profound early childhood emotional neglect and abuse often experience shared positive emotional states as aversive. For such survivors, these states are unfamiliar and may be associated with formative experiences of being ignored, shamed or hurt. Concepts from attachment theory, Putnam’s discrete behavioral states model and McCullough’s affect phobia, provide the foundation for the Positive Affect Tolerance and Integration Protocol. Standard EMDR procedural steps increase tolerance for an integration of positive emotional states and develop a more resilient and positive self-concept. Case examples illustrate criteria and potential benefits of this approach with the aim of encouraging further research.
Keywords: Positive Affect Tolerance and Integration Protocol
Accuracy Verified: Yes
192. Robinson, N. S. (2012, June). Legacy informed EMDR: Promote positive and desensitize negative core beliefs stemming from transgenerational and cultural sources [Legado informado EMDR: Promover positivo y desensibilizar a las creencias negativas que se derivan de las fuentes principales transgeneracionales y cultural]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Ancestral, familial and cultural factors often become embedded and can
lay the foundation of core negative beliefs and symptomatology. Legacy informed
EMDR introduces the idea that EMDR can be utilized to reconsolidate
transgenerational roots of symptomatology. The workshop outlines how to use
EMDR to: 1) promote a positive core belief by accessing legacy-based resources 2)
desensitize legacy-based maladaptive beliefs, traumatic events and emotional
baggage 3)help clients develop an affirming coherent life narrative. This
integrative approach is informed by a wide range of recent, notable researchers in
the fields of neurobiology, attachment, and family systems (Siegel,1999, 2010;
Main,1990; Boszormenyi-Nagy,1984; White, M. & Epston, D,1990).
The workshop addresses how to incorporate legacy informed work into the
standard 8-phase, 3-pronged protocol. Phase 1 includes an extended genogram. A
core positive cognition is elicited and a VOC is taken as part of goal setting. Legacy
based resources are developed for preparation and RDI. The standard protocol is
used to desensitize traumatic targets. Access to ancestral, familial and cultural
beliefs and information is gained with an EMDR time-line similar to that used in
Maureen Kitchur’s Strategic Developmental Model (Kitchur, 2005).
Clinicians can complete a course of EMDR therapy by reconsolidating threads from
the distant past, remembered past, current being and future vision. Material often
emerges and is reprocessed relating to race, gender, disabilities, sexual orientation
and socio-economic dynamics as well as trauma and oppression. This legacy
workshop is practice oriented and is anecdotally based on the presenter’s clinical
work.
Factores
ancestrales,
familiares
y
culturales
en
muchas
ocasiones
se
ensamblan
y
pueden
llevar
a
la
formación
de
creencias
irracionales
y
sintomatología.
El
Legado
informado
EMDR
introduce
la
idea
de
que
el
EMDR
puede
ser
utilizado
para
reconsolidar
las
raíces
transgeneracionales
de
la
sintomatología.
El
taller
revisa
como
usar
el
EDMR
para:
(1)
Promover
las
creencias
positivas
accediendo
a
los
recursos
basados
en
el
legado
(2)
Desensibiliza
mediante
el
legado
las
creencias
desadaptativas,
eventos
traumáticos
y
bagaje
emocional.
(3)
Mantener
el
desarrollo
de
los
clientes
y
afirmar
la
coherencia
narrativa
de
la
vida.
Este
enfoque
integrativo
esta
creado
a
partir
de
un
amplio
espectro
de
recientes
e
importantes
investigaciones
en
los
campos
de
la
neurobiología,
apego
y
sistemas
familiares(Siegel,1999,
2010;
Main,1990;
Boszormenyi-‐Nagy,1984;
White,
M.
&
Epston,
D,1990).
Este
taller
muestra
como
incorporar
el
legado
informado
al
trabajo
de
las
8
fases,
con
el
protocolo
de
3
flancos.
La
fase
uno
incluye
un
árbol
genealógico.
Una
cognición
positiva
es
elicitada
y
el
VOC
es
cogido
como
parte
de
una
meta.
Los
recursos
basados
en
el
legado
son
desarrollados
para
la
preparación
y
el
RDI.
El
protocolo
estándar
es
usado
para
desensibilizar
los
recuerdos
diana.
Acceder
a
los
recuerdos
ancestrales,
familiares
y
culturales
y
la
información
proporcionada
por
el
EMDR
a
tiempo
real
es
similar
en
la
usada
por
el
modelo
de
desarrollo
estratégico
de
Maureen
Kitchur(Kitchur,
2005).
Los
clínicos
pueden
completar
el
curso
de
EMDR
reconsolidando
estos
enunciados
del
pasado
distante,
pasado
recordado,
presente
y
visión
futura.
A
menudo
el
material
surge
y
es
reprocesado
en
función
a
la
raza,
genero,
discapacidad,
orientación
sexual
y
dinámicas
socioeconómicas
como
el
trauma
y
la
opresión.
Este
taller
de
legado
es
una
práctica
orientada
y
esta
basada
de
manera
anecdótica
en
el
trabajo
clínico
del
ponente.
Keywords: Core Beliefs Cultural Transgenerational
Accuracy Verified: Yes
193. Solvey, R. (2003, Febrero). Lineamientos generales para el tratamiento de los trastornos disociativos [General guidelines for the treatment of dissociative disorders]. Presentación en: 4º Congreso Virtual de Psiquiatría.
Language: Spanish
Format: Conference
Abstract:
En este trabajo se desarrollan los lineamientos y criterios generales para el tratamiento de los trastornos disociativos. Dichos tratamientos, entre los que se destaca el EMDR, presetan una serie de características particulares, que serán reseñados.
In this paper we develop guidelines and criteria for the treatment of dissociative disorders. Such treatments, among which stands out the EMDR present a number of features which will be outlined.
Keywords: Dissociative Disorders Psychotherapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
194. Meignant, I. (2012, April). L’approche systémique et l’EMDR: Soigner le couple [The systems approach and EMDR: Treating the couple]. Présentation à la réunion annuelle de l'EMDR Canada, Montréal, Québec, Canada.
Language: French
Format: Conference
Abstract:
L’utilisation conjointe du modèle systémique du double lien réciproque de Mony ElKaïm et du modèle du Traitement Adaptatif de l'Information (TAI) d’EMDR est une nouvelle perspective pour la thérapie de couple. L'utilisation des deux approches permet de développer un plan de traitement en EMDR qui tient compte et respecte les systèmes relationnels ex : couple, homme /femme, parent/enfant, employé/employeur. Lors de cette présentation les participants apprendront quand et comment travailler avec un membre du couple comme co-thérapeute ; comment un lieu sûr sur le plan individuel peut aussi s’appliquer au niveau du couple et être utilisé durant la session et à la maison ; comment déterminer les cibles dans un plan de traitement EMDR et systémique qui soit guidées par la compréhension systémique du double lien réciproque et finalement comment adapter les 8 phases du protocole EMDR auprès du couple en se basant sur le modèle systémique.
Objectifs d'apprentissage:
1. Déterminer lorsqu’il est approprié d’utiliser l’EMDR en thérapie de couple
2. Pouvoir faire l’installation d’un lieu sûr afin que cela soit une ressource pour le couple
3. Comprendre comment utiliser le modèle systémique du double lien réciproque afin d’identifier les cibles individuelles qui contribuent aux difficultés actuelles du couple
4. Comprendre les particularités de chacune des 8 phases du protocole EMDR lorsque utilisés auprès du couple.
Using both the systemic model of the double reciprocal link Mony Elkaim and model of the Adaptive Information Processing (ADP) EMDR is a new perspective for couple therapy. The use of both approaches can develop a treatment plan that considers EMDR and respects relational systems eg couple, man / wife, parent / child, employee / employer. During this presentation participants will learn when and how to work with a member of the couple as co-therapist; how a safe place at the individual level can also be applied to the couple and used during the session and at home, how identify targets in a treatment plan that is systemic and EMDR guided by the systemic understanding of the double reciprocal link and finally how to adapt the eight phases of EMDR protocol with the torque based on the systemic model.
Learning Objectives:
1. Determine when it is appropriate to use EMDR in couples therapy
2. Able to install a safe place so that this is a resource for the couple
3. Understand how to use the systemic model of the double reciprocal link in order to identify individual targets that contribute to the current difficulties of the couple
4. Understand the particularities of each of eight phases of EMDR protocol when used with the couple.
Keywords: Couples
Accuracy Verified: Yes
195. Imbroinise, F. (2008, Novembre). L’EMDR come mezzo di anamnesi e mezzo terapeutico nel servizio socio-psicologico nel reparto di pediatria di un ospedale [EMDR as a means of medical history and therapeutic tool in the service of socio-psychological in the pediatric ward of a hospital]. Poster presentato alApplicazioni Cliniche dell'EMDR Congresso Nazionale, Milano, Italia.
Language: Italian
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Nel corso dell'anno 2007 sono affluiti al servizio socio-psicologico 652 bambini.
Il metodo EMDR è stato utilizzato come mezzo per tracciare il vissuto del paziente, nonché come metodologia di intervento per tutte le patologie ed i disturbi che i pazienti portavano. Sono stati trattati con l’EMDR sia i pazienti interni al reparto e sia quelli esterni inviati dai medici pediatri presenti sul territorio.
Il nostro protocollo prevede un’anamnesi dettagliata fatta insieme ad entrambi i genitori o tutori se il bambino è molto piccolo o con il bambino/ragazzo stesso se egli è capace di fornire le informazioni desiderate. Ciò si effettua poiché si i è convinti che il tracciato del vissuto con il metodo EMDR è una opportunità unica per la famiglia in quanto dà la possibilità di analizzare la vita familiare e le sue dinamiche nei minimi particolari e di prendere in considerazione i suoi modelli relazionali e affettivi dei quali non si è sempre coscienti. Successivamente se si considera utile o necessario , si stila un programma terapeutico in cui l’EMDR viene presentato come metodo di trattamento per affrontare e risolvere le condizioni patologiche o di disagio che si presentano.
Questo approccio terapeutico si ritiene utile in quanto facilita la risoluzione sintomatologica e sviluppa una più consapevole visione delle dinamiche della propria famiglia. Un ulteriore effetto è quello di promuovere un maggiore benessere psicosociale per il paziente, fornendo un nuovo significato ai disordini somatici, ed aiutare la famiglia a comprendere e gestire in una maniera più funzionale i problemi del proprio figlio.
Questo poster descrive tutte le fasi dell’intervento ed le patologie trattate nella nostro servizio con l’ utilizzo del metodo EMDR.
During the year 2007 has been injected into the socio-psychological service 652 children.
The EMDR method has been used as a means to track the experiences of the patient, as well as methods of intervention for all diseases and disorders that patients wore. Were treated with EMDR both inpatients and those outside the department and sent by pediatricians in the area.
Our protocol provides a detailed history taken together with both parents or guardians if the child is very small or the baby / child himself if he is able to provide the desired information. This is done because it is convinced that the path of living with the EMDR method is a unique opportunity for the family because it gives the possibility to analyze the family and its dynamics in detail and consider its relationship models affective and which has not always conscious. Then if we consider useful or necessary, draw up a treatment program in which EMDR is presented as a method of treatment to address and resolve the pathological condition or discomfort that occur.
This therapeutic approach is considered useful because it facilitates the resolution of symptoms and develop a more informed view of the dynamics of their family. Another effect is to promote greater psychosocial well-being for the patient, giving new meaning to somatic disorders, and help the family understand and manage in a more functional problems of their child.
This poster describes all phases of the disease and treated in our service 's use of the EMDR method.
Keywords: Children Pediatric Ward Poster
Accuracy Verified: Yes
196. Gauvreau, P. (2013, Mai). L’utilisation de la table dissociative dans la Phase 2 préparation [The use of the dissociative table in preparation for Phase 2]. Presentation at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN.
Language: French
Format: Conference
Abstract: n
Lorsque nous travaillons avec des clients souffrant de TSPT Complexe, il est souvent fort utile des les aider à
accéder et identifier les différents états du moi, ces parties émotionnelles qui portent les réseaux de mémoires
contenant les souvenirs traumatiques/matériel dysfonctionnel. Cet atelier vise à présenter la Table dissociative
de Fraser comme outil de travail. Ce “lieu de rencontre interne” devient un endroit sécuritaire où les états du moi/
parties émotionnelles peuvent communiquer entre elles, facilitant la stabilisation, le renforcement de l’égo et la
préparation au travail de retraitement EMDR. Cette présentation se fera par le biais de matériel didactique et de
démonstrations video.
Objectifs d’apprentissage:
• Introduction aux principes généraux de la dissociation structurelle dans les cas de traumas complexes
• Apprendre un scripte afin de mettre en pratique la table dissociative
• Apprendre à mettre en place des stratégies de préparation et stabilisation via la table dissociative
When we work with clients with complex PTSD, it is often useful to help
access and identify the different ego states, those parts that carry the emotional memory arrays
containing traumatic memories / equipment dysfunctional. This workshop aims to present the dissociative Table
Fraser as a working tool. This "internal meeting place" becomes a safe place for ego states /
emotional parts can communicate with each other, facilitating stabilization, strengthening the ego and the
job readiness EMDR reprocessing. This presentation will be through educational materials and
video demonstrations.
Learning Objectives:
• Introduction to general principles of structural dissociation in the case of complex trauma
• Learn a script to put into practice the dissociative table
• Learn to develop preparedness strategies and stabilization via the dissociative table
Keywords: Dissociation Table Structural Dissociatio
Accuracy Verified: Yes
197. Kiessling, R. (2009). Managing the "fear of fear". In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (pp. 81-83). New York: Springer Publishing Co.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
For some clients finding a Safe/Calm Place is very difficult, either because of their life experiences or their difficulty in using their imagination. In cases such as these, construction of a container to hold traumatic material, both during desensitization and between sessions, may be an alternative strategy to help the client develop a sense of safety. Constructing a container follows the same basic setup protocol as establishing the Safe/Calm Place. In this chapter, the Managing "The Fear of the Fear" Script is provided. [PsycINFO Database]
Accuracy Verified: Yes
198. Hensley, B. J. (2010). Manual básico de EMDR [EMDR basic manual]. Bilbao ESPAÑA: Desclée De Brouwer.
Language: Spanish
Format: Book
Abstract:
Manual básico de EMDR. "Hensley ha escrito un libro sencillo y básico, que constituye el complemento perfecto a los textos de Shapiro". Dra. Jennifer Lendl "Los ejemplos, casos, tablas y diagramas... ayudan al terapeuta EMDR a comprender y desarrollar la pericia adicional relativa a este maravi- lloso método". Dra. Irene B. Giessl Este libro de texto ha sido diseñado para ser usado como material adicional al texto original de Francine Shapiro. Incluye una revisión completa del modelo de Procesamiento Adaptativo de la Información (PAI) y de los principios, protocolos y procedimientos de la EMDR tanto para los terapeutas recién formados como para los profesionales experimentados que deseen revisar dichos principios. Sus claves son: • Una revisión global de la EMDR incluyendo el Procesamiento Adaptativo de la Información y el enfoque de tres vértices con un lenguaje accesible y comprensible. • Una síntesis de los elementos básicos de las ocho fases de la EMDR con ejemplos de cada fase, de modo que el contenido fundamental pueda ser fácilmente comprendido. • Estrategias y técnicas para tratar a clientes difíciles, con altos niveles de emociones perturbadoras y con un procesamiento bloqueado. • Historiales, diálogos y transcripciones de sesiones satisfactorias de EMDR con explicaciones relativas a la justificación del tratamiento.
EMDR Basic Manual. "Hensley has written a simple and basic, which is the perfect complement to the text of Shapiro. " Dr. Jennifer Lendl. "The examples, cases, tables and diagrams ... EMDR helps the therapist understand and develop additional expertise on this marvelous method and counsel. " Dr. Irene B. Giessl. This textbook is designed to be used as additional material to the original text by Francine Shapiro. Includes a comprehensive review of the model of Adaptive Information Processing (PAI) and the principles, protocols and procedures for both EMDR trained therapists just as for experienced professionals wishing to review these principles. Your keys are: • A comprehensive review of the EMDR including the Adaptive Information Processing and the three-pronged approach with an accessible and understandable. • A summary of the basic elements of the eight phases of EMDR with examples of each phase, so that the substance can be easily understood. • Strategies and techniques for dealing with difficult clients, with high levels of disturbing emotions and blocked processing. • Records, dialogues and transcripts of sessions with EMDR satisfactory explanations regarding the rationale for treatment.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
199. Arnstein, M. (1996, December). Marital therapy, EMDR, Herman's model of recovery from trauma: The journey of one woman and her family. Australian & New Zealand Journal of Family Therapy, 17(4), 212-224.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Judith Herman delineates a 3-stage model of recovery from trauma: (1) Safety; (2) Remembrance and Mourning; (3) Reconnection. She criticises current treatment methods for their failure to make a difference in the "constrictive symptoms of numbing and social withdrawal...and marital, social and work problems do not necessarily improve." Family therapy has been criticised often for insufficient focus on emotion and general sensations. This case analysis will illustrate how these shortcomings can be successfully addressed with the use of marital counseling and EMDR. The use of multiple treatment approaches contributed to one client's resolution of recent trauma due to a car accident, of past crises due to marital infidelity and early childhood abuse, with significant changes for her in her current family as well as in her family of origin. Theoretical implications for "family therapy" are raised. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Adults Australians Case Report Child Abuse Family Therapy Females Marital Problems Motor Traffic Accidents Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Survivors Treatment Effectiveness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
200. EMDR Sweden. (2006, December). Medlemsbladet. EMDR Tidningen: Föreningen EMDR Sverige, 8(2), 1-12.
Language: Swedish
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
Table of Content:
1. EMDR-Europa, möte i Rom november 2006;
3. Rapport studiedag i Malmö 1 sept 2006;
3. Inbjudan att delta i EMDR-föreningens arbete; 4. Certifierade EMDR-terapeuter oktober 2006;
5. Rapport från studiedag i Umeå september 2006; 5. Diskussionslista;
5. Kort rapport från EMDRIA-konf i Philadelphia; 6. Kalendarium;
7. Protokoll ”Att utveckla en trygg/lugn-plats; 8. Kärnhändelser (”Touchstone Events”);
10. Ny handledarutbildning;
10. Apropå medlemsavgift…….
1. EMDR-Europe meeting in Rome in November 2006;
3. Report on the workshop in Malmo September 2006;
3. Invitation to participate in the EMDR Association work;
4. Certified EMDR Therapists October 2006;
5. Report from the workshop in Umea in September 2006;
5. Discussion List;
5. Short report from EMDRIA Conference in Philadelphia;
6. Calendar;
7. Minutes “To develop a safe/quite location
8. Nuclear events (“Touchstone Events”);
10. New supervisor training has begun;
10. Speaking of membership fees;
Keywords: Touchstone Event
Accuracy Verified: Yes
201. Bradley, R., Greene, J., Russ, E., Dutra, L., & Westen, D. (2005, February). A multidimensional meta-analysis of psychotherapy for PTSD. American Journal of Psychiatry, 162(2), 214-227. doi:10.1176/appi.ajp.162.2.214.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Objective: The authors present a multidimensional meta-analysis of studies published between 1980 and 2003 on psychotherapy for PTSD. Method: Data on variables not previously meta-analyzed such as inclusion and exclusion criteria and rates, recovery and improvement rates, and follow-up data were examined. Results: Results suggest that psychotherapy for PTSD leads to a large initial improvement from baseline. More than half of patients who complete treatment with various forms of cognitive behavior therapy or eye movement desensitization and reprocessing improve. Reporting of metrics other than effect size provides a somewhat more nuanced account of outcome and generalizability. Conclusions: The majority of patients treated with psychotherapy for PTSD in randomized trials recover or improve, rendering these approaches some of the most effective psychosocial treatments devised to date. Several caveats, however, are important in applying these findings to patients treated in the community. Exclusion criteria and failure to address polysymptomatic presentations render generalizability to the population of PTSD patients indeterminate. The majority of patients posttreatment continue to have substantial residual symptoms, and follow-up data beyond very brief intervals have been largely absent. Future research intended to generalize to patients in practice should avoid exclusion criteria other than those a sensible clinician would impose in practice (e.g., schizophrenia), should avoid wait-list and other relatively inert control conditions, and should follow patients through at least 2 years. [Author Abstract]
Erratum in American Journal of Psychiatry 2005, Apr, 162(4), 832 and 2006, Feb, 163(2), 330
Keywords: Cognitive Therapy Meta Analysis Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapy PTSD Treatment Treatment Effectiveness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
202. Manfield, P. (1995, June). Narcissistic disorders: Using EMDR with these difficult clients. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference Santa Monica, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Definition of client population:
Disorder of the self. The narcissistic character is often identified by his or her grandiose facade concealing an underlying sense of
emptiness and worthlessness. To experience the underlying emptiness is so painful for them that these people cut off their inner
experience and rely instead on external admiration and praise to support their grandiose or superior view of themselves; their
condition is often referred to as a "disorder of the self." Because of their dependence on others for their sense of themselves, they are
exquisitely sensitive to criticism or disapproval, often warding off deflation by becoming increasingly grandiose, superior, disdainful
or demeaning. Many conceal their grandiosity, maintaining a secret sense of superiority which may be based upon their
perfectionism or their quiet devaluing of others.
View of others: there is a range of severity of the narcissistic character from personality disorders to a narcissistic character style.
People with personality disorders, are unable to form a trusting bond with another person; they view people primarily as
interchangeable, performing a function which could equally be performed by many others. Less impaired narcissistic characters,
however, are able to form varying degrees of attachments to other people, although their ability to trust and care about other people
is limited. Most commonly they relate to people they can idealize or be admired by. People tend to be seen in extremes as either
superior and powerful or inferior and worthless; supportive and admiring or critical and attacking.
Difficulties in using EMDR:
Clinically these clients represent a difficult and often frustrating population to treat; they are brittle and easily injured if they to not
feel perfectly understood by their therapists, and they will distance at the slightest hint that they are being judged or used. They
resist focusing inward and defining their problems as arising within themselves, and find it difficult to sustain any genuine affect,
other than perhaps rage. If they feel understood and accepted, however, they will eventually talk about their sense of emptiness and
worthlessness and their confusion about who they are and what is truly meaningful and valuable to them.
Beck, Young and others have described factors that make it difficult to treat any personality disorder using a cognitive behavioral
approach. There have in fact been very few reported "successes" in the literature. Most of the difficulties are related to the self and
object splitting characteristic of these clients. These clients have limited access to feelings, limited access to spontaneous thoughts,
body sensations, memories, etc., and vague unfocussed presenting problems making targeting difficult. They usually have difficulty
with emotional and often intellectual continuity from session to session; they will rarely keep a log or follow through with
homework; transference issues often come into central focus and must be addressed before other targets; and their selfdefeating
beliefs and behavior patterns are extremely deeply held, pervasive and resistant to change.
In addition to varying degrees of these difficulties, narcissistic clients present all of the problems in EMDR that they do in more
traditional therapies; including their tendencies to act out, deny, and avoid. These and other defenses interfere with completion of
segments of therapeutic work and make it difficult for the clinician to keep work focused within one neural network. Self and object
splitting leads to continuity problems within or between sessions and a difficulty maintaining clarity about the reason for being in
treatment. The client may feel suicidal one week and declare himself or herself to be fully recovered the next. Perhaps the most
confirming aspect of the treatment of these clients, however, is their emotionally impoverished pasts; they have very limited
experience of nurturing, loving and caring to draw !?om in order to interweave new meanings and perspectives into traumatic or
painful past experiences.
Length of treatment:
I have found that I have been able to achieve good results with higher level narcissistic clients with whom I have had an established
relationship at the time I introduced EMDR into the treatment. My results with clients who have come to therapy asking specifically
for EMDR and with whom I have begun using EMDR soon after the beginning of treatment have been generally poorer, varying
with the severity of the client's disorder, the less severe doing best. The client needs to be able to establish a meaningful trusting
relationship with the therapist; the more severe the client's difficulties with attachment, the more time this process requires.
Narcissistic clients do not tend to see their difficulty with vulnerability, trust and intimacy as a problem within themselves. If they
are able to recognize personal problems, they are usually in the area of self esteem and obstacles to achievement. When they are
able to resolve some of these latter problems fairly rapidly through treatment they tend to terminate, no longer seeing a sufficient
purpose for treatment. In a sense, they can become better narcissists; their grandiose view of themselves is enhanced and they are
reinforced in their use of self-sufficiency as a defense against interpersonal vulnerability. I view the relative efficiency of EMDR as
a problem for deeper treatment of narcissistic clients because there is less time for the therapeutic relationship to develop and
consequently a limited opportunity to impact the client's object splitting. I believe that this is why I have found EMDR with
narcissistic clients to be most effective when it is introduced after a therapeutic relationship has had time to develop. Negative cognitions:
The early maladaptive schemas of narcissistic clients are pervasive in their lives and point to a plethora of negative cognitions.
Typical early schemas are: I must control myself (or my feelings, my behavior, my body) at all times; no one cares; my needs will
never be met; I can't trust anyone; I am deeply flawed and unlovable; I am dikeable, unattractive to others; I will always fail; my
flaws are totally unacceptable to others; I must be perfect or I am worthless; I deserve to be treated more specially than others; I must
please others to avoid attack; I'm alone; nobody understands me; I am OK if I am better than others; I am OK only if others admire
me. It is often helpful to narrow these cognitions down to make them manageable with EMDR
Treatment:
In addition to the recommended protocol of establishing a safe space to which the client can retreat if necessary, before doing an
EMDR session with one of these clients, the therapist should identify as many of the client's emotional resources possible, in
particular expriences if any of having felt loved and accepted ad examples of loving people or relationships the client has observed
Among other things, these facilitate more effective copitive interweaves.
The initial task in doing an EMDR session with this client population is to establish an appropriate and richly defined target. Since
it is more difficult for these clients to access meanm&l memories in an emotionally alive way, the therapist must be more active in
helping the client stimulate the associated neural netork as I l l y as possible. In addition to the client's reaction to the plight of
children he may be related to or observe (Level I1 training), a rich source of emotional responsiveness and resources is the client's
own response to situations he has witnessed in news media, TV, movies or theater.
A major challenge in addressing a narcissistic character type using EMDR is tracking the course of the session with these clients
and identifying when they drip out of the targeted neural network. This process can be subtle because it requires an ability to
differentiate true avoidance hm spontaneous associations which may appear at hat to be irrelevant; it requires a familiarity with
and sensitivity to the protective or defensive mechanisms they use to insulate themselves fiom painful memories and affect. As the
patterns ofmovement in and out of the targeted network are identified it is important to use interventions that are experienced by the
client as supportive but nevertheless make hun or her aware of having wandered.
Although the narcissistic client may initiate treatment with the stated goal of improving his performance in specified areas, he will
agree upon reflection that the real problem is that he feels an overriding need to perform in order to feel worthwhile. Since he has
never known any other way of dealing with his self-worth, he will be skeptical about whether it is possible to feel a sense of worth
that is not based upon performance, and it is easy for the therapist to lose perspective and join him in that beliet especially while
doing EMDR with its potential for reprocessing with extraordinary precision specific obstacles to performance. The therapist must,
however, retain her healthy perspective if the client is to learn to accept himself.
For more clinical information about treating disorders of the self:
1.)Beck, Aaron T., et al, Cognitive Therapy Of Personality Disorder Guilford Press, New York,
N. Y., 1990
2.)Manfield, Philip, Split Self/Split Object: Understanding And Treating Borderline, Narcissistic And Schizoid Disorders, Jason Aronson Publishers, Northvale, N.J., 1992.
3.)Young, Jeffrey, E, Cognitive Therapy For Personality Disorders: A Schema-Focused Approach,
Professional Resource Exchange, Inc., Sarasota, Florida, 1990.
Keywords: Narcissistic Personality Disorder
Accuracy Verified: Yes
203. Chowdhury, E. H. (2007, August). Negotiating state and NGO politics in Bangladesh: Women mobilize against acid violence. Violence Against Women, 13(8), 857-873. doi:10.1177/1077801207302046.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
This note showcases the story of Nurun Nahar, a survivor of acid violence in
Bangladesh, to demonstrate that, despite protective measures, state, medical, and legal
institutions continually fail to adequately respond to violence against women systematically
and deny women rights to state protection, which are affirmatively embodied
in law. The failure of state institutions to ensure appropriate care has been somewhat
mitigated by nongovernmental organizations (NGOs), particularly women’s groups,
which are albeit heavily constrained because of the volume of demand yet scarcity of
expertise, infrastructure, and funds. In addition, this note offers some thoughts on how
nonstate actors, namely, women’s NGOs, have created alternative strategies and visions
for victimized women’s recovery and empowerment.
Keywords: Acid Violence Bangladesh Naripokkho Women’s Activism
Accuracy Verified: Yes
204. Paulsen, S., & Lanius, U. (2011, November). Neurobiology and dissocation: Information processing and the embodied self. Presentation at the 28th annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, Montreal, Quebec.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Neuroscience research can guide trauma treatment including EMDR, ego state, somatic, and attachment therapies (Lanius, Paulsen & Corrigan, in press). Traumatic memories tend to be encoded somatically and affectively in implicit memory. Lower brain structures, particularly basic affective circuits and the periaqueductal gray (PAG) (Panksepp, 1998), are essential to understanding of both traumatic memory and and dissociation. The polyvagal nervous system (Porges, 2001) is key to understanding the activation of different affective circuits, including the interplay between social engagement and connection, fight/flight and dissociation. A model is proposed that links alterations in consciousness to failure of integration and ultimately to structural dissociation (van der Hart et al., 2006). It is suggested that attachment trauma contributes to the failure of horizontal integration of the columnar organization of affective states, which, over time, become the foundation of discontinuous self-states: Discontinuity of self-states, amnesia barriers and dissociative state switching develop in lieu of smooth state transitions. Somatic interventions can enable sensory integration and personification (Janet, 1929), prior to trauma processing with EMDR that engages brain processing inter-hemispherically and across cortical and subcortical levels. The workshop will highlight implications of recent neurobiological findings for clinical practice.
Learning Objectives:
Articulate the role of the periaqueductal gray (PAG) in the expression and experience of emotion.
Identify two brain structures implicated in integrating affective and sensory information.
Name three branches of the polyvagal nervous systems described by Porges.
Keywords: Dissociation Embodies Self Information Processing Neurobiology
Accuracy Verified: Yes
205. Hull, A. M. (2002). Neuroimaging findings in post-traumatic stress disorder: Systematic review. doi:10.1192/bjp.181.2.102. British Journal of Psychiatry, 181(2), 102-110.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Background Findings from neuroimaging studies complement our understanding of the wide-ranging neurobiological changes in trauma survivors who develop post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD).
Aims To determine whether neuroimaging studies had identified structural and functional changes specific to PTSD.
Method A review of all functional and structural neuroimaging studies of subjects with PTSD was carried out. Studies were identified using general medical and specific traumatic stress databases and paper searches of current contents and other secondary sources.
Results The most replicated structural finding is hippocampal volume reduction, which may limit the proper evaluation and categorisation of experience. Replicated localised functional changes include increased activation of the amygdala after symptom provocation (which may reflect its role in emotional memory) and decreased activity of Broca's area at the same time (which may explain the difficulty patients have in labelling their experiences).
Conclusions Evidence from neuroimaging studies has suggested areas of the brain that may be damaged by psychological trauma. The clinical implications of these neuroimaging findings need to be investigated further because they challenge traditional therapeutic approaches.
Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
206. Maxfield, L. (2012, April). New advances with EMDR: A summary of interesting new research. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Canada, Montreal, Quebec, Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This presentation reviews new advances in EMDR, reporting on recent research studies which have investigated EMDR's application with new problems, new populations, and/or with new protocols. It looks at EMDR treatment of somatic and physical health problems, such as migraine headaches and chronic pain, as well as the role of EMDR in reducing the stressful impact of life-threatening health problems such as cardiac events and neuromuscular disorders. Preliminary research on new EMDR applications is summarized, including treatment of clients with psychosis and individuals with developmental disorders. An effective new protocol for recent critical events is explained and examined, as well as a new protocol for obsessive-compulsive disorder. The presentation also reviews studies investigating the role of eye movements on memory and physiology, and what these findings reveal about possible mechanisms of action in EMDR.
Learning Objectives:
1. Participants will be able to describe applications for EMDR with non-PTSD populations and related supportive research
2. Participants will be able to summarize clinical practice strategies for EMDR treatment of several somatic and physical health problems
3. Participants will be able to explain the new EMDR Protocol for Recent Critical Events and to recount the differences between this and the standard EMDR protocol, and to summarize the research evidence for this intervention
4. Participants will be able to explain the new EMDR Adapted Phobia Protocol for OCD, and to discuss the theoretical implications of this protocol
5. Participants will develop a basic knowledge of research findings regarding the effects of eye movements, and will be able to apply these to an understanding of EMDR’s mechanisms of action.
Keywords: Research
Accuracy Verified: Yes
207. Armstrong, M., & Vaughan, K. (1996, March). An orienting response model of eye movement desensitization. Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry, 27(1), 21-32. doi:10.1016/0005-791(95)00056-9.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Dyck's conditioning model of EMD provides a useful description of failure of habituation in PTSD, but may not account for some common EMD phenomena. An alternative model proposes that the therapist's waving hand -- in the presence of a trauma-related cortical set -- triggers an intense orienting response (OR). Intrinsic effects of the OR facilitate continuing attention to the memory without avoidance, and provide for effective input of new trauma-related information. The person's neuronal model of the trauma alters to reflect his survival and current safety -- as true outcome of the trauma -- and associated conditioned responses extinguish. Proposals for experimental evaluation of the model are described. [Author Summary]
Keywords: Conditioned Emotional Responses PTSD Treatment Effectiveness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
208. Vaughan, K., & Armstrong, M. (1995, June). An orienting response model to EMDR. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The authors reviewed the literature of EMDR and consulted their own clinical experiences to establish the characteristic
phenomenology of EMDR. Dyck's (1993) conditioning model of eye movement desensitization provides a useful account of failure
and habituation in post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD), but does not account for some of these common EMDR phenomena. The
authors propose an alternative model in which the therapist's waving hand-- in the presence of a trauma-related cortical set-triggers
an intense orienting response (OR). Intrinsic effects of the OR facilitate continuing attention to the memory without avoidance, and
provide for effective input of new trauma-related information. The person's neuronal model of the trauma alters to reflect their
survival and current safety -- as true outcome of the trauma - and associated conditioned responses extinguish. Some proposals for
experimental evaluation of the model are described.
Keywords: Orienting Response
Accuracy Verified: Yes
209. Brewin, C. R., Fuchkan, N., Huntley, Z., Robertson, M., Thompson, M., Scragg, P., d'Ardenne, P., & Ehlers, A. (2010, February). Outreach and screening following the 2005 London bombings: Usage and outcomes. Psychological Medicine, 40(12), 2049–2057. doi:10.1017/S0033291710000206.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Background: Little is known about how to remedy the unmet mental health needs associated with major terrorist attacks, or what outcomes are achievable with evidence-based treatment. This article reports the usage, diagnoses and outcomes associated with the 2-year Trauma Response Programme (TRP) for those affected by the 2005 London bombings. Method: Following a systematic and coordinated programme of outreach, the contact details of 910 people were obtained by the TRP. Of these, 596 completed a screening instrument that included the Trauma Screening Questionnaire (TSQ) and items assessing other negative responses. Those scoring 6 on the TSQ, or endorsing other negative responses, received a detailed clinical assessment. Individuals judged to need treatment (n=217) received trauma-focused cognitive-behaviour therapy (TF-CBT) or eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR). Symptom levels were assessed pre- and post-treatment with validated self-report measures of post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and depression, and 66 were followed up at 1 year. Results: Case finding relied primarily on outreach rather than standard referral pathways such as primary care. The effect sizes achieved for treatment of DSM-IV PTSD exceeded those usually found in randomized controlled trials (RCTs) and gains were well maintained an average of 1 year later. Conclusions: Outreach with screening, linked to the provision of evidence-based treatment, seems to be a viable method of identifying and meeting mental health needs following a terrorist attack. Given the failure of normal care pathways, it is a potentially important approach that merits further evaluation.
Keywords: Cognitive-Behaviour Therapy London Bombings Outreach Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Trauma-Focused Cognitive Behavioral Therapy Trauma Response Programme TRP
Accuracy Verified: Yes
210. Myers, H., & McTaggart, J. (2011, March). An overview of using EMDR positive resource development with children and adolescents. Symposium conducted at the 9th annual Conference of the EMDR UK & Ireland, Bristol.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR is an effective and principled intervention to help people with the impact of
trauma. It also offers powerful resource development approaches. These are useful as preparation
work in processing trauma, but also valuable interventions in themselves. This can be very helpful when circumstances preclude doing trauma work, or when only brief interventions are possible.
Positive installations and resource development are also apt for use with children and young
people, addressing real world functioning in what is often an enjoyable and rewarding way.
Many resource development approaches are well known, and have been used in both standard
and novel ways by practitioners. Others have been developed by individual practitioners, and
also their clients. Often, therefore, there are good methods that could be more widely known.
This workshop presents an account of both standard and non-standard resource development
techniques, with an opportunity for participants to present their own good practice and share
knowledge. There will also be a discussion of resource development within the EMDR protocol,
as part of a principled model for this kind of work., but with a practical view as to how resource
development can make trauma processing both easier and more effective. This paper gives an
overview of using RID with children. We will look at a whole range of RID’s- common ones and
some non-standard, innovative ones. With the participants we will look at purposes, pitfalls, the
extent to which any can be safely ‘given away’, and any experiences of using these in groups. To
our knowledge, the field has not been drawn together in this way, and we hope through a mixture
of presentation and discussion to begin to share our experiences, and develop peoples’ confidence
in extending their repertoire.
Keywords: Resource Development RID Symposium
Accuracy Verified: Yes
211. Agius, M., Middleton, E., & Zaman, R. (2011, January). P02-466 - Audit and re-audit of patients with PTSD in a community team in Bedfordshire, UK. European Psychiatry, 26(1), 1062. doi:10.1016/S0924-9338(11)72767-5.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) is a disorder which can develop following exposure to one or more severely traumatic events. Symptoms experienced by PTSD suffers include re-experiencing the trauma through intrusive ‘flashbacks’ and recurrent dreams or nightmares, distress when exposed to reminders of the trauma, hyperarousal and emotional blunting. These symptoms can cause significant impairment of function and reduction in quality of life for suffers. Both psychotherapies, including cognitive behavioural therapies (CBTs) and eye movement desensitisation and reprocessing (EMDR), and pharmacotherapy are used in the treatment of PTSD.
Method
We audited patients with PTSD in Bedford East performed in November 2008. A re-audit was performed using data from August 2010 patient database. Demographic information, risk factors, co-morbidities, psychological therapy and pharmacotherapy were compared between these audit and re-audit.
Results
There is increased use of antidepressant augmentation between 2008 and 2010. While no patients in 2008 were on antidepressant augmentations, by 2010, 9 patients were. All 25 patients on anti-psychotics have important identified risk factors. There is no evidence of Psychosis in our PTSD patients except in two cases. There is an increase in Anti-psychotic use in our PTSD Patients. There is an increased use of Mood Stabilisers in our patients with PTSD.
Discussion
PTSD is being identified more frequently in our patients, probably because of greater awareness and more accurate identification.
Conclusion
New patients being identified represent a group of more difficult to treat patients who represent severe risks. Present psychotherapies offered are not all recommended in present guidelines.
Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
212. Pagani, M., Nardo, D., Flumeri, F., Salmaso, D., Looi, J., Sanchez-Crespo, A., Larsson, S.A., Sundin, Ö., Hogberg, G., & Bejerot, S. (2009, January). P03-58 Volumetric changes in PTSD and in a subgroup of PTSD patients not responding to EMDR psychotherapy. European Psychiatry, 24(Supplement 1), S1057-S1057. doi:10.1016/S0924-9338(09)71290-8.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Background: Several studies have reported limbic structures volume decrease in Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD). However, in PTSD the effect of therapy on brain structures has seldom been investigated. The aim of the study was to evaluate the grey matter (GM) loss in occupational related PTSD and to assess the volumetric differences between patients responding (R) and non-responding (NR) to psychotherapy.
Methods: Pre-EMDR MRI data of 21 train drives who did develop PTSD (S) and 22 who did not develop PTSD (NS) after person-under-the-train accidents were compared. Within S further comparisons were made between 10 R to Eye Movement Desensitisation Reprocessing (EMDR) therapy and 5 NR. Data were analysed by optimised voxel-based morphometry as implemented in Statistical Parametric Mapping.
Results: As compared to NS, S showed a significant GM volume reduction in precuneus, lingual gyrus, posterior cingulate and parahippocampal cortex. The R>NR comparison highlighted a significant GM reduction in NR in bilateral posterior cingulate, left middle frontal cortex and right parahippocampal, insular and temporal cortices.
Conclusions: Comparing two large groups of subjects significant GM volumetric reductions were found in PTSD in posterior limbic structures. NR showed, as compared to R, volume reduction in cortical structures including posterior cingulate and parahippocampal cortex. These latter two structures seem to be the hallmark for both PTSD diagnosis and therapy outcome prediction.
Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
213. Farrell, D., & Keenan, P. (2007, June). Participant's experiences of EMDR training within the UK and Ireland. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This study investigated the experiences of several hundreds of participants who had undertaken EMDR training in the United Kingdom and Ireland over the last ten years. The research group was drawn from both the membership of the EMDR UK and I Approved Commercial Training. The research ascertained participant’s core profession, main psychological treatment orientation, present utilization of EMDR within current clinical practice, number of clients treated, types of referral issues, average number of sessions, and provision for clinical supervision. Participants were then asked to provide feedback as to their views on their EMDR training experience. Results demonstrated a significant proportion of practitioners integrated EMDR with Cognitive Behavioural Therapy more than any other paradigm. EMDR trainings were criticised in areas which included participant involvement, post training, professional development, and systems of assessment of knowledge and application of EMDR. The findings suggest a need to develop competency based curriculum training in EMDR. Arguments will be presented to support the need to teach EMDR within a wider clinical context.
Keywords: Ireland Training Treatment UK United Kingdom
Accuracy Verified: Yes
214. Farrell, D. (2007, September). Participants Experiences of undertaking EMDR Training in the United Kingdom and Ireland. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The study investigated the experiences of several hundred participants who had undertaken EMDR training in the United Kingdom and Ireland. The research group was drawn from the membership of the EMDR UK & I Association and those who had undertaken approved commercial EMDR training. Research participants provided information surrounding their use and context of using EMDR and provided qualitative feedback of their EMDR training experience. However, EMDR trainings were criticized in several areas. The findings suggest an argument to develop competency based curriculum training in EMDR within a wider clinical context.
Keywords: Ireland United Kingdom
Accuracy Verified: Yes
215. Farrell, D. (2010, June). Participant‘s experiences of EMDR training within the UK and Ireland. In Training Issues. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This study investigated the experiences of participant's
experiences of EMDR training (N=484) undertaken in
the United Kingdom and Ireland over the last ten years from
various approved training providers. The research participants
were drawn from both the membership of the EMDR UK & Ireland
Association as well those who had undertaken EMDR Europe
or EMDRIA approved trainings. The research ascertained information, though the use of structured questionnaire, about
the nature of participant’s EMDR clinical in relation to client
populations, clinical practice of EMDR, and experiences of clinical
supervision. Participants also provided qualitative data regarding
their experiences of EMDR training.
The results raised many issues around the teaching and learning
of EMDR including areas such as paradigm integration, evidence
based versus practice based practice, clinical competency, confocal
supervision, post training development, accreditation, and the role
of the EMDR national association. The findings suggest a need to
develop a more comprehensive EMDR training curriculum.
Keywords: Ireland, Symposium Training Issues United Kingdom
Accuracy Verified: Yes
216. Foster, S., & Lendl, L. (2002, March). Peak performance EMDR: Adapting trauma treatment to positive psychology outcomes and self-actualization. EMDRIA Newsletter, 7(1), 4-7.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
An expansion of the basic EMDR protocol (Lendl & Foster, 1997) has been developed for enhancing performance in the workplace, to aid in the reduction of performance anxiety experienced by creative and performing artists, and for competition preparation and psychological recovery from injury in athletes. The authors, in their Silicon Valley practices, often witnessed the upsetting, even traumatic effect that layoffs and competitive pressures could have on employees in corporate workplaces. They likewise observed the adverse impact that ‘stage fright’ and audition anxiety could have on actors, dancers, and musicians, as well as the emotionally bruising experience for an athlete who loses a crucial competition. Reasoning that a trauma method such as EMDR could be applied to procrastination, fear of failure, and the reprocessing of actual setbacks, the EMDR Peak Performance protocol was created (Lendl & Foster, 1997).
Keywords: Peak Performance
Accuracy Verified: Yes
217. Foster, S., & Lendl, J. (2001). Peak performance EMDR: Adapting trauma treatment to positive psychology outcomes and self-actualization. Portale Italiano de Psicotraumatologia e Psciopteri.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
An expansion of the basic EMDR protocol (Lendl & Foster, 1997) has been developed for enhancing performance in the workplace, to aid in the reduction of performance anxiety experienced by creative and performing artists, and for competition preparation and psychological recovery from injury in athletes. The authors, in their Silicon Valley practices, often witnessed the upsetting, even traumatic effect that layoffs and competitive pressures could have on employees in corporate workplaces. They likewise observed the adverse impact that ‘stage fright’ and audition anxiety could have on actors, dancers, and musicians, as well as the emotionally bruising experience for an athlete who loses a crucial competition. Reasoning that a trauma method such as EMDR could be applied to procrastination, fear of failure, and the reprocessing of actual setbacks, the EMDR Peak Performance protocol was created (Lendl & Foster, 1997).
Keywords: Peak Performance Performance Enhancement
Accuracy Verified: Yes
218. Mosquera, D., & Gonzalez, A. (2011, June). Personality disorders and EMDR [Persönlichkeitsstörungen und EMDR]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Vienna, Austria.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Patients with personality disorders have many difficulties in their daily functioning; many have histories of traumatic events and insecure attachment. In this workshop we will focus on cluster B personality disorders, and especially on borderlines. We will try to explain the interrelation of the DSM criteria (how they “feed” on each other) and how they are fed on these early events. To understand these aspects is basic for an adequate case-conceptualization in Phase 1. Early relational trauma impacts the developmental trajectory of the future adult and this will have a deep effect on how this adult relates to others. People with personality disorders and complex trauma have many difficulties when it comes to relating to others. One of the aspects that makes personality disorders difficult to manage is the intense emotional reactions that arise in the therapist during EMDR sessions. The management of relational difficulties is a core aspect in the treatment of personality disorders, and the solid basis where EMDR should develop.
The stabilization phase has been remarked as essential prior to trauma work with EMDR. But being true this assumption, two aspects need further development. The first is to establish when a patient is ready for trauma processing since frequently the stabilization phase is unnecessarily prolonged by therapists who don´t feel secure enough working with EMDR in this clinic group. The second is the development of specific interventions from EMDR, and not just the “importation” of foreign techniques, without an adequate theoretical framework. In this workshop we will go deeper into this topic.
Trauma processing in personality disorders implies many specificities that we should have in mind. Knowing these specific aspects, trauma processing with EMDR can be safely implemented in these patients. Borderline patients can get better with different therapies but only EMDR is able to get to symptoms such as “emptiness”. The effect of EMDR therapy is evident in clinic experience, even when specific research is still under development.
Learning objectives:
One interesting aspect of this workshop is the integration of theoretical exposition and the presentation of videos cases, in order to understand how to manage relational problems with this clinical group (a group with important patient-therapist relationship problems) and specific aspects of EMDR therapy in these patients. The general structure of EMDR therapy in personality disorders, interventions for the preparation phase and considerations for trauma EMDR work will be showed and explained.
Keywords: Personality Disorders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
219. Laliotis, D. (2011, August). Plateaus of responsibility, safety, and choices: Case conceptualization and treatment. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop is for EMDR clinicians seeking to deepen their understanding of EMDR case conceptualization and treatment planning incorporating the informational plateaus of Responsibility, Safety and Choices. These informational plateaus are being presented as developmental plateaus, where deficits in the memory network exist due to a lack of earlier positive experiences to master developmental tasks. Participants will be able to: develop a working definition of each of the plateaus that informs target memory selection and negative beliefs; develop a treatment plan distinguishing between primary and secondary issues; identify and implement present triggers and future template scenarios that address developmental deficits and skills.
Keywords: Choice Responsibility Safety
Accuracy Verified: Yes
220. Winkel, F. W. (2007, October 17). Post traumatic anger: Missing link in the wheel of misfortune. Lecture delivered on the official acceptance of the INTERVICT office of professor of Psychological Victimology at Tilburg University, Netherlands.
Language: English
Format: Other
Abstract:
Psychological victimology concerns crime victims in need of emotional
support. Sources of support include significant others1, victim
assistance volunteers, and mental health professionals. In the
wider victimological context, victim needs spark controversy and
are subject of a seemingly endless and recurring debate (Ten
Boom & Kuijpers, 2007). The issue who is in need has a rather
straightforward answer: victims with chronic post traumatic stress
disorder (PTSD) are in need of emotional treatment, and victims
at risk of this condition are in need of preventive counseling. The
more controversial issue here is why these needs develop, and
what constitutes a helpful and effectual response.
Keywords: Anger Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PSTD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
221. Creamer, M., & O'Donnell, M. (2002). Post-traumatic stress disorder. Current Opinion in Psychiatry, 15(2), 163-168.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
This paper provides an overview of recent developments in the literature on post-traumatic stress disorder. Epidemiological studies indicate that approximately 15-25% of individuals experiencing a significant trauma will go on to develop post-traumatic stress disorder, although approximately half will recover without formal intervention. Potential vulnerability factors for post-traumatic stress disorder have been identified, but the mechanisms and complexities require further exploration, with recent research suggesting that prevalence rates and risk factors may differ across populations. Studies of psychological treatment have demonstrated prolonged exposure and cognitive therapies to be equally beneficial, whereas eye movement desensitization and reprocessing may be useful but perhaps less effective in the long term. Pharmacological treatment studies indicate that selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors may be the first choice of drug treatments for post-traumatic stress disorder. Non-selective primary prevention strategies remain contentious, although secondary prevention, in the form of cognitive behavioural interventions for acutely symptomatic survivors, appears to reduce the subsequent development of post-traumatic stress disorder.
Keywords: Cognitive Therapies Drug Therapy Exposure Therapies Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Prevention Primary Prevention PTSD Risk Factors Secondary Prevention Susceptibility (Disorders) Treatment Vulnerability Factors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
222. Cahill, P. C., Pontoski, K., & D’Olio, C. M. (2005, September). Posttraumatic stress disorder and acute stress disorder II: Considerations for treatment and prevention. Psychiatry, 2(9), 34-46.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Posttraumatic stress disorder is a common and often chronic and disabling anxiety disorder that can develop after exposure to highly stressful events characterized by actual or threatened harm to the self or others. This is the second of two invited articles summarizing the nature and treatment of PTSD and the associated condition of acute stress disorder (ASD). The present article reviews evidence for the efficacy of psychological and pharmacological treatments for PTSD and ASD. In summary, cognitive behavior therapy (CBT) has been found efficacious in the treatment of chronic PTSD as well as the treatment of ASD/prevention of PTSD. The selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors, sertraline, paroxetine, and fluoxetine, have been found efficacious in the treatment of chronic PTSD, with sertraline and paroxetine receiving the FDA indication for this condition. There is less evidence for efficacious medications in the treatment of ASD/prevention of PTSD. At present, hydrocortisone and propranolol show the greatest promise. Limitations of these treatments, including dropout and a significant number of patients showing no or only partial response, are discussed as well as issues related to selecting among efficacious treatments.
Keywords: ASD Acute Stress Disorder Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
223. Yu, B. H., & Dimsdale, J. (1999, September). Posttraumatic stress disorder in patients with burn injuries. Journal of Burn Care and Rehabilitation, 20(5), 426-433 [Discussion 422-425].
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
This article reviews the literature about the extent of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) in patients with burns. PTSD is a relatively new diagnostic label, although the emotional effects of severe trauma have long been recognized. A burn injury-one of the most traumatic of all injuries--can be accompanied by serious psychological sequelae, including PTSD. Psychiatric symptoms may not be immediately apparent in patients with burns because the patients often develop PTSD many months after the injury. The reported prevalence rate of PTSD in patients with burns varies from 8% to 45%. The factors increasing these patients' risks include preburn affective disorder, delirium or severe pain during acute treatment, and less perceived social support. Psychosocial issues must be considered in the recovery or rehabilitation phase. Pharmacotherapy, psychodynamic psychotherapy, cognitive-behavioral therapy, and eye-movement desensitization and reprocessing may be helpful to the PTSD patient. Early detection and treatment of PTSD cannot only diminish the effects of this disabling disorder but can also help the rehabilitation of patients with this condition.
Keywords: Burn Injuries Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
224. Lamprecht, F., & Sack, M. (2002). Posttraumatic stress disorder revisited. Psychosomatic Medicine, 64, 222-237.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
In this review we trace the history of and professional discussion on psychological traumatization due to "railroad spine syndrome," "shell-shock syndrome," and "war neuroses," as well as the more or less endemic "posttraumatic stress disorder" of today. Psychological trauma engenders longlasting consequences in the biological, intrapsychic, and social organization of individuals. Medical experts have reported a shift in attention from exogenous to endogenous and back to exogenous causes, as indicated by new diagnostic systems (DSM-IV and ICD-10). As far as the relevant literature is concerned, the medical profession demonstrates the same partial amnesia as their patient counterparts. The purpose of this review is to overcome this fragmented memory and thus reach a more integrated view of what constitutes psychological trauma by reviewing trauma-related articles published in Psychosomatic Medicine. Moreover, we point out the direction in which research is desperately needed and ought to develop.
Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
225. Davidson, J. R. T., Stein, D. J., Shalev, A.Y., & Yehuda, R. (2004, Spring). Posttraumatic stress disorder: Acquisition, recognition, course, and treatment. Journal of Neuropsychiatry and Clinical Neuroscience, 16(2), 135-147. doi:10.1176/appi.neuropsych.16.2.135.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Following exposure to trauma, a large number of survivors will develop acute symptoms of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD), which mostly dissipate within a short time. In a minority, however, these symptoms will evolve into chronic and persistent PTSD. A number of factors increase the likelihood of this occurring, including characteristic autonomic and hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis responses. PTSD often presents with comorbid depression, or in the form of somatization, both of which significantly reduce the possibilities of a correct diagnosis and appropriate treatment. Mainstay treatments include exposure-based psychosocial therapy and selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors, such as paroxetine and sertraline, both of which have been found to be effective in PTSD. This paper looks at the course of PTSD, its disabling effect, its recognition and treatment, and considers possible new research directions.
Keywords: Comorbidity Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Recognition and Treatment SSRIs
Accuracy Verified: Yes
226. Spierings, J. (2010, June). Power-interweaves: (Non-)cognitive interweaves for persistent guilt and other tenacious problems. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Working with severely damaged clients, the clinician
many times is faced with complex and challenging problems.
and staying out of the way during the desensitization phase
definitely not enough to get the SUD's down.
In this workshop a number of new types of interweaves will be
presented, developed to deal with clients who get severely stuck
during the desensitization phase, mostly in complex guilt-issues.
Many times standard cognitive interweaves are not enough to
unblock the EMDR processing, and the clinician has to be creative in order to help clients with these difficult issues. The more damaged the client, the more powerful interweaves are needed.
In this presentation new types of high-impact interweaves are introduced, involving non-cognitive aspects, e.g. visual, sensorimotor, symbolic, spiritual. Learning objectives:
1. Participants develop sensitivity to the dynamics underlying complex guilt-related problems.
2. Participants learn about the characteristics of high-impact interventions.
3. Participants learn to use their own creativity in developing new interweaves.
4. Participants add several powerful new interweaves to their of existing repertoire.
New in this presentation: These interweaves have not been described or presented before. They are applied within the standard EMDR-protocol, so they are an extension of existing principles and techniques.
Keywords: Cognitive Interweave Persistent Guilt Power Interweave
Accuracy Verified: Yes
227. Rothbaum, B. (2008, November). Predictors of treatment response for EMDR and prolonged exposure. Symposium/panel conducted at the 24th annual meeting of the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies, Chicago, IL.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Recent developments in PTSD treatment
outcome research: Although cognitive behavior therapy is the treatment of choice for
PTSD, there is a need to develop more effective treatments and to
determine factors that influence treatment response. This
symposium presents four studies that address treatment outcome
research. The initial paper provides an overview of treatment
predictors from two trials of cognitive processing therapy. The
second paper reviews the differential responses to treatment of
survivors of terrorist attacks and motor vehicle accidents. The third
paper reviews predictors of outcome following EMDR and
Prolonged Exposure. The fourth paper overviews a series of
studies that have used structural and functional fMRI to identify the
neural factors that predict response to CBT and also the impact of
CBT on neural functioning.
Predictors of treatment response for EMDR and prolonged exposure: Predictors for response to treatment in a controlled study aimed to
evaluate the relative efficacy of Prolonged Exposure (PE) and Eye
Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) compared to
a no-treatment wait-list control (WAIT) in the treatment of PTSD in
adult female rape victims were examined. In this study, 74
participants with PTSD were randomly assigned to one of the three
experimental conditions to achieve 20 completers per group.
Independent Assessors blind to the treatment condition
administered standard measures of PTSD and related symptoms.
Improvement in PTSD, depression, dissociation, and state anxiety
was significantly greater in both PE and EMDR group than the
WAIT group. PE and EMDR did not differ significantly for change
from baseline to either post-treatment or 6-month follow up
measurement for any quantitative scale. EMDR subjects with 2 or
more comorbid diagnoses, however, improved significantly less
than all other active treatment subjects. At post-treatment and 6-
months, 95% and 94% of PE subjects and 75% and 74% EMDR
subjects no longer met DSM-IV PTSD criteria, respectively. At the
6-month follow-up assessment, 78% of those who received PE and
35% of those who received EMDR met criteria for good end state
functioning (p=.017).
Keywords: Panel Prolonged Exposure Symposium Treatment Response Predictors
Accuracy Verified: Yes
228. Greenwald, R. (2007, September). Presentation skills. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Many aspiring presenters hold back because of anxiety and/or lack of knowledge/skill about how to go about presenting. And some who do present fail to convey their message as effectively as they could. This workshop will teach the key proven-effective methods used by professional presenters. Participants will learn a set of strategies for how to manage anxiety, prepare for a presentation, and present effectively. Using this information, participants will be guided to complete an assessment of their own strengths and weaknesses as a presenter and develop a step-by-step plan for preparing their next presentation.
Keywords: Presentation Skills
Accuracy Verified: Yes
229. Greenwald, R. (2009, August). Presentation skills. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Many aspiring presenters hold back because of anxiety and/or lack of knowledge/skill about how to go about presenting. And some who do present fail to convey their message as effectively as they could. This workshop will teach key presentation methods, proven-effective by professional presenters. Participants will learn a set of strategies for how to manage anxiety, prepare for a presentation, and present effectively. Using this information, participants will be guided to complete an assessment of their own strengths and weaknesses as a presenter and develop a step-by-step plan for preparing their next presentation.
Keywords: Presentation Skills
Accuracy Verified: Yes
230. Greenwald, R. (2010, September/October). Presentation skills. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract: M
any aspiring presenters hold back because of anxiety and/or lack of knowledge/skill about how to go about presenting. And some who do present fail to convey their message as effectively as they could. This workshop will teach key presentation methods, proven-effective by professional presenters. Participants will learn a set of strategies for how to manage anxiety, prepare for a presentation, and present effectively. Using this information, participants will be guided to complete an assessment of their own strengths and weaknesses as a presenter and develop a step-by-step plan for preparing their next presentation.
Keywords: Presentation Skills
Accuracy Verified: Yes
231. Greenwald, R. (2011, August). Presentation skills. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Many aspiring presenters hold back because of anxiety and/or lack of knowledge/skill about how to go about presenting. And some who do present fail to convey their message as effectively as they could. This workshop will teach key presentation methods, proven-effective by professional presenters. Participants will learn a set of strategies for how to manage anxiety, prepare for a presentation, and present effectively. Using this information, participants will be guided to complete an assessment of their own strengths and weaknesses as a presenter and develop a step-by-step plan for preparing their next presentation.
Keywords: Presentation Skills
Accuracy Verified: Yes
232. Chasse, B. L., & Miller, J. (2013, May). Preventing PTSD through early EMDR intervention. Presentation at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop was developed to provide training in Early EMDR Intervention (EEI) for EMDR clinicians to learn
preemptive forms of EMDR to be used to prevent PTSD. The science behind early psychological intervention after
a trauma/disaster and justification for modifying treatment procedures to address the recent traumatic events
will be discussed. Also, included will be a review of the existing EEI Protocols, appropriate timelines in which to
utilize these protocols, quick assessments of appropriateness for EMDR trauma processing, rapid resourcing, and
development of a target sequencing plan/case conceptualization that is appropriate for Early EMDR intervention.
Learning Objectives:
• Define and use key concepts regarding the neurobiology of trauma and how early intervention can reduce the
chances of developing debilitating symptoms and disorders
• Enumerate and describe at least six Early EMDR intervention/protocols and learn the history, appropriate
usage and research on these Early EMDR Interventions (EEI)
• Apply strategies to expedite the history-gathering process, assess client readiness, conceptualize a case and
develop a clinical treatment plan as well as strategies for adequate preparation for processing
• Learn and practice several rapid resourcing, grounding and stabilizing techniques for use before, during and
after Brief Trauma Processing
• Learn/review and practice the Recent Event Protocol (Shapiro 2001)
Keywords: Brief Trauma Processing Early EMDR Interventions Recent Event Protocol Posttraumatic Stress DIsorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
233. Woodward, C. L. (2001). Processing trauma: studies into posttraumatic stress disorder, eye movement desensitisation and reprocessing and posttraumatic growth. University of Warwick.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
While PTSD results in various symptomatology, key characteristics concern a sense of being "stuck" on the trauma which keeps the person reliving it through thoughts, feelings and images and a need to avoid anything which reminds them of the trauma. Such avoidance is suggested to prevent the opportunity for processing and integrating the distressing material. One key clinical question is how to help the person work through their trauma without them becoming overwhelmed by trauma symptoms? Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing (EMDR) is a relatively new technique that has been reported to help PTSD sufferers reduce the intensity and intrusiveness of traumatic thoughts and images. Despite the growing clinical evidence of the effectiveness of EMDR, a strong debate exists within the research literature regarding its empirical and theoretical validity. One aspect of this dissertation is an experimental study looking at the role of eye movements in Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing and testing a working memory model of "distress reduction". Of course not everyone who experiences a traumatic event will go on to develop PTSD. An often neglected area of trauma investigation is how some individuals experience positive change and personal growth as a result of their traumatic experiences. This is an area that is now beginning to receive some attention and has been termed Posttraumatic Growth (PTG). The move away from looking exclusively at the impact of trauma to consider how people who have experienced trauma might construct a more positive understanding of themselves in the light of the trauma forms the main section of this dissertation. This exploratory study uses personal experience narratives of posttraumatic growth.
Keywords: Posttraumatic Growth Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
234. Rothbaum, B., & Astin, M. C. (2001, December). Prolonged exposure vs. EMDR for PTSD rape victims. Symposium conducted (B. O. Rothbaum, Chair and T. Keane, Discussant) at the 17th annual meeting of the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies, New Orleans, LA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Three randomized controlled trials treating PTSD in adult female rape victims will be
presented: Patti Resick on long-term follow-up of Cognitive Processing Therapy (CPT)
vs Prolonged Exposure (PE); Edna Foa on PE alone or with Cognitive Restructuring
(CR); and Barbara Rothbaum on PE vs Eye Movement Desensitization and
Reprocessing (EMDR) vs waitlist control.
Prolonged exposure vs. EMDR for PTSD rape victims:
This controlled study aimed to evaluate the relative efficacy of Prolonged Exposure (PE)
and Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) compared to a notreatment
wait-list control (WAIT) in the treatment of PTSD in adult female rape victims.
In this study, 75 Ss with PTSD were randomly assigned to one of the three
experimental conditions to achieve 20 completers per treatment group. All assessments
were conducted by an Independent Assessor blind to the treatment condition, and
standard measures of PTSD and related symptoms were incorporated. The primary
goals of this study were to compare the relative efficacy of EMDR and PE, and compare
them to the WAIT control group in treating PTSD in rape victims; to gather information
on the differential rate of response to treatment; to develop predictors for response to
treatment; and to gather information on the long-term response to treatment for six and
twelve months following treatment. The mean age of participants was 34.3 (SD = 11.9)
and ranges from 18-63 years. Most participants were Caucasian (69%); 24% are
African American, 3% are Latino, and 3% are Other. The majority were single (53%),
while 28% were married or living with a partner, and19% were divorced or separated.
Treated patients were significantly more improved on all of the PTSD symptom
categories as well as by PTSD diagnostic status than the WAIT participants
immediately post-treatment. Means and standard deviations of PTSD symptom
measures and other symptom measures will be presented and compared for
participants who received PE, EMDR, and WAIT at Pre-Treatment and Post-Treatment
and 6-month follow-up.
Saturday, Dec. 8
Concurrent Sessions - Saturday, December 8
Keywords: Prolonged Exposure Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Rape Symposium
Accuracy Verified: Yes
235. Easterling, M. (2002, June). A protocol for building emotional resilience within a troubled world. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The participant will be able to 1) develop the imaginational context of and employ this stabilizing protocol, useful in clients with insecure attachments, strategically ordered to elicit and allow desensitization of the inhibitory and adaptive affects within the basic EMDR protocol to allow completion typically within a fifty minute session; 2) teach to clients necessary integrated aspects of short term anxiety regulating psychotherapy and Heartmath methods, including how innate affects can act to guide adaptive behavior within a functional and dysfunctional system and how commonly used defenses and inhibitory affects impede adaptive behavior. Case examples and videos demonstrate the protocol.
Keywords: Emotional Resilience Protocol Heartmath
Accuracy Verified: Yes
236. O'Shea, K., & Paulsen, S. (2007, September). A protocol for increasing affect regulation and clearing early trauma. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Assocation, Dallas, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will address two of the most challenging issues in EMDR treatment of individuals with affect dysregulation from early traumatic experience, including emotional neglect and attachment failure. It will offer protocols to: 1) increase client affect tolerance by resetting emotions; and 2) maintain client sense of safety, while enabling access to neuron networks containing implicit memories from early life.
Keywords: Affect Tolerance Clearing
Accuracy Verified: Yes
237. van der Kolk, B. A., Burbridge, J. A., & Suzuki, J. (1997, June). The psychobiology of traumatic memory: Clinical implications of neuro imaging studies. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 821, 99-113. doi:10.1111/j.1749-6632.1997.tb48272.x .
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Whereas most patients with PTSD construct a narrative of their trauma over time, it is a characteristic of PTSD that sensory elements of the trauma itself continue to intrude as flashbacks and nightmares, altered states of consciousness in which the trauma is relived, unintegrated with an overall sense of self. Because traumatic memories are so fragmented, it seems reasonable to postulate that extreme emotional arousal leads to failure of the central nervous system (CNS) to synthesize the sensations related to the trauma into an integrated whole. Earlier models for a biological substrate of these phenomena have become rapidly outdated with the availability of new information derived from neuroimaging studies of patients with PTSD. The emerging body of knowledge from these studies has stimulated a gradual shift in emphasis away from the neurochemicals involved in the organisms' response to overwhelming threat to a focus on the neuronal filters concerned in the interpretation of sensory information: the interactions between the various parts of the CNS that process and interpret the meaning of incoming information, such as the amygdala, hippocampus, corpus callosum, anterior cingulte, and prefrontal cortex. [Text, p. 99]
Review Article: 58 references. This volume of the Annals was published as "Psychobiology of posttraumatic stress disorder," edited by Rachel Yehuda and Alexander C. McFarlane (New York: New York Academy of Sciences, 1997; ISBN 1-57331-078-6). These papers are the result of a conference entitled "Psychobiology of Posttraumatic Stress Disorder" sponsored by the New York Academy of Sciences, New York, 1996 September 7-10.
Keywords: Brain Imaging Dissociative Amnesia Etiology Literature Review Neuroanatomy Neuroendocrinology Psychobiology PTSD Stressors Survivors Treatment Effectiveness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
238. Lennmarken, C., & Sydsjo, G. (2007, September). Psychological consequences of awareness and their treatment. Best Practice & Research: Clinical Anaesthesiology, 21(3), 357-367. doi:10.1016/j.bpa.2007.04.005.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Intraoperative awareness with subsequent recall is a rare but serious complication with an incidence of 0.1–0.2%. In approximately one third of the patients who have experienced awareness, late severe psychiatric sequelae may develop. The psychiatric symptoms in these patients fulfil the diagnostic criteria for post traumatic stress disorder. To prevent awareness as a negative outcome after anaesthesia, a thorough perioperative management of anaesthesia is necessary. The definite risk for post traumatic stress disorder following awareness indicates the necessity of postoperative clinical routines to identify awareness patients. The problem must be acknowledged. Professional psychiatric assessment and follow up should constitute standard practice. The treatments of choice are Eye Movement Desensitisation Reprocessing and Cognitive Behaviour Therapy.
Keywords: Anesthesia Awareness CBT Cognitive Behaviorial Therapy Consciousness Memory Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
239. Adshead, G. (2000). Psychological therapies for post-traumatic stress disorder. British Journal of Psychiatry, 177(2), 144-148. doi:10.1192/bjp.177.2.144.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Background After exposure to traumatic stressors, a subgroup of survivors (20-30%) will develop post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Aims: Since the incidence and prevalence rates for PTSD in the community are significant, it is important that general practitioners and psychiatrists be familiar with possible therapeutic options. In this review we shall look at the published evidence about the effectiveness of psychological treatments for PTSD. Method: The psychopathological mechanisms involved in PTSD are discussed. Studies of the effectiveness of different psychological therapies are reviewed. Results: The review suggests that persistent fear or shame reactions are key aspects of PTSD. Evidence from systematic reviews suggests that psychotherapeutic treatments are effective in the therapy of reactions based on fear, and may increase the effectiveness of pharmacological therapy. There is less systematic evidence for the efficacy of interventions for symptoms based on shame. Conclusions: Although a proportion of patients with complex or chronic PTSD may require specialist interventions, most patients can be treated effectively by a general psychiatric service which can offer both pharmacological and psychological interventions (BJPsych).
Keywords: Fear Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Shame
Accuracy Verified: Yes
240. Smith, G. (2005, September). The psychology of high-performing leaders. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will introduce the latest research on the psychology of high performing leaders, and a system for applying it to your EMDR Performance
Enhancement work. Participants will lean how to: explain to their client
the skills, psychological characteristics, and critical success factors of High-
Performing Leaders; explain to their clients the "derailment" factors and
non-rational thinking patterns that are the primary barriers lo high performance;
use this information to do optimum EMDR Performance
Enhancement case conceptualization; utilize the standard EMDR protocol
to reduce/eliminate any performance barriers; utilize an integrated RDI
protocol to strengthen and develop high-performance skills and traits.
Keywords: High Performance Leaders Performance Enhancement Performance Barriers
Accuracy Verified: Yes
241. Foa, E. (2000). Psychosocial treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 61(Supplement 5), 43-51.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
This article reviews empirically validated psychosocial treatments for PTSD and considers factors associated with successful therapy outcome. Most of the treatments whose efficacy was studied empirically fall within the broad category of cognitive-behavioral therapy. These include exposure therapy, anxiety management programs, and cognitive therapy. These therapy modalities have been developed to modify conditioned fear and erroneous cognitions that are thought to underlie PTSD. Exposure therapy has the most empirical support because it was found to be effective across different populations of trauma victims with PTSD. Combinations of therapies have also been used, and the value of these is discussed. In addition, this article presents recent evidence about the efficacy of eye movement and desensitization reprocessing. A growing body of evidence supports the use of psychosocial treatments for PTSD, but not all patients benefit. Future research should develop programs that increase the motivation of patients to take advantage of these efficacious treatments. [Author Abstract]
Keywords: Cognitive Therapy Exposure Therapy Literature Review Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Treatment Effectiveness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
242. Plassmann, R. (2004, Februar). Psychotherapie traumatisierter patienten. Die Arbeit mit bipolarem EMDR [Psychotherapy of traumatized patients. Work with bipolar EMDR]. Vortrag auf der Tagung der Landesärztekammer Stuttgart.
Language: German
Format: Other
Abstract:
Die Psychoanalyse als Urmutter der Psychotherapie stand schon früh vor der Frage:
Konflikt oder Trauma? Sind die Neurosen, die Freud um die Jahrhundertwende in
Wien sah, die Folge von krankmachenden Erlebnissen oder von krankmachenden
Phantasien? Freud entschied sich nach einigem Hin und Her für Letzteres und ist
dafür viel kritisiert worden (Bergmann 1996). Zugleich hat er mit dem
psychoanalytischen Persönlichkeits- und Krankheitsmodell die Grundlage gelegt für
die gegenwärtige Erforschung der Folgen traumatischer Erfahrung auf das
Individuum. Dies findet mit enormer Entwicklungsdynamik derzeit in Klinik und
Wissenschaft statt. Wir erleben derzeit einen Paradigmenwechsel in der
Psychotherapie. Das traumatherapeutische Modell erweist sich als ein Metamodell
für Psychotherapie schlechthin, und beginnt die bekannten Verfahren zu integrieren.
So war auch mein persönlicher Weg. Ich bin erst Psychoanalytiker geworden, ich
liebe diese Arbeitsweise. Sie ist, wie wir heute sagen würden, ein
Expositionsverfahren, welches darauf beruht, krankmachendes Erlebnismaterial in
der Übertragung auf den Therapeuten wiederzubeleben und durchzuarbeiten. Wir
sehen nun aber, dass die Zahl derjenigen Patienten und Patientinnen immer größer
wird, denen der innerpsychische Verarbeitungsapparat für die krankmachenden
Erlebniskomplexe weitgehend fehlt. Sie sind zur Exposition noch nicht imstande.
Traumatherapeutisch gesprochen benötigen sie eine Stabilisierungsphase, in der
sich die Verarbeitungsfähigkeit überhaupt erst entwickeln kann.
Psychoanalysis as a mother of psychotherapy was early faced with the question:
Conflict or trauma? Are the neuroses that Freud at the turn in
Vienna saw the result of disease-causing or disease-causing experiences
Fantasies? Freud decided, after some back and forth for the latter and is
been much criticized (Bergmann 1996). He also has the
psychoanalytic personality-disease model and the foundation laid for
the current research on the effects of traumatic experience on the
Individual. This is done with tremendous dynamic of development currently in hospital and
Science instead. We are currently experiencing a paradigm shift in the
Psychotherapy. The traumatherapeutische model proves to be a meta model
for Psychotherapy absolutely, and begins to integrate the known methods.
That was my personal way. I first became a psychoanalyst, I
love this work. It is, as we would say today, a
Exposure method, which is based on experience pathogenic material in
revive the transfer to the therapist and work through. We
but now see that the number of patients and patients growing
is where the inner psychological processing apparatus for the disease-causing
Experience complexes are largely missing. You are not able to exposure.
spoken Traumatherapeutisch they need a stabilization phase in which
the processing ability may develop in the first place.
Keywords: Bipolar Disorders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
243. Lindauer, R. J. L. (2011, April). Psychotraumagerelateerde stoornissen binnen de kinder-en jeugdpsychiatrie: Stand van zaken en implementatieperikelen [Psychotrauma-related disorders in child and adolescent psychiatry: Current situation and implementation troubles]. Symposia op het 39ste Voorjaarscongres Nederlandse Vereniging voor Psychiatrie, Amsterdam.
Language: Dutch
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Achtergrond: Meer dan 50% van de
kinderen maakt een of meerdere ingrijpende
gebeurtenissen mee voor het 18e jaar, ongeveer
20% ontwikkelt traumagerelateerde psychopathologie
en in 45% van de gevallen is er een verband
tussen het meemaken van een ingrijpende gebeurtenis en de start van een kinder- en jeugdpsychiatrische diagnose. Kennis over traumadiagnostiek
en behandeling is dan ook niet alleen voorbehouden
aan gespecialiseerde centra. Implementatie
van deze kennis is belangrijk en gaat zeker niet
zonder slag of stoot. Doel: Het geven van een update rond traumadiagnostiek en behandeling. Tevens het bespreken van implementatieperikelen binnen de
eigen instelling en hoe hiermee om te gaan.
Methoden: Onderzoek van wetenschappelijke
literatuur en raadpleging van verschillende
richtlijnen, en casuïstiek betreffende implementatie.
Resultaten: De laatste jaren is er toenemend
onderzoek gedaan naar diagnostiek en
behandeling van psychotrauma bij kinderen en
adolescenten. Het gaat daarbij om het ontwikkelen
van screenings- en diagnostische instrumenten
en onderzoek naar effecten van behandeling.
Traumagericht cognitieve gedragtherapie en eye
movement desensitisation and reprocessing (EMDR)
zijn effectieve behandelvormen. Implementatie
van deze kennis in de klinische praktijk verloopt
moeizaam en vraagt naast een andere manier van werken van de behandelaren ook een organisatiestructuur die hierin faciliterend werkt. Conclusie: Evidence-based traumadiagnostiek
en behandeling is voorhanden. Implementatie
van deze kennis in de klinische praktijk
is belangrijk en vraagt een andere expertise. Weten is nog niet kunnen toepassen.
Background: More than 50% of the
children makes one or more major
events count for the 18th year, approximately
20% develop trauma related psychopathology
and 45% of cases there is a connection
between experiencing a traumatic event and the start of a child and adolescent psychiatric diagnosis. Knowledge about trauma assessment
and treatment is not only reserved
to specialized centers. Implementation
this knowledge is important and is certainly not
without a struggle. Purpose: To give an update on trauma assessment and treatment. Also discuss implementation turmoil within
own institution and how to deal with.
Methods: Analysis of scientific
literature and consultation with various
guidelines, and case studies on implementation.
Results: In recent years there is increasing
research into diagnostics and
psychotrauma treatment in children and
adolescents. This involves developing
of screening and diagnostic tools
and research into effects of treatment.
Trauma-focused cognitive behavioral therapy and eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing (EMDR) are effective forms of treatment. Implementation this knowledge in clinical practice runs difficult and requires a different way of working alongside the clinicians also an organizational structure facilitating this work. Conclusion: Evidence-based trauma assessment
and treatment is available. Implementation
this knowledge in clinical practice
is important and requires a different expertise. Knowing is not to apply.
Keywords: Adolescents Children Psychiatry Symposium Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
244. Calero, M. (2011, November). Psychotraumatologic unit for the treatment of severe psychiatric patients in a public hospital in Uruguay. Presentation at the 28th annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, Montreal, Quebec.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In Uruguay, South America, in a public psychiatric hospital unit, a clinic has been developed for the treatment of patients with simple and complex PTSD with promising results. As an example, we can mention a patient with a diagnosis of brain injury with a poor outcome who turned out to have a severe dissociative disorder, and who had a favorable evolution with the right treatment. The population treated is very poor and heterogeneous. Some patients are hospitalized for crimes commited during psychiatric decompensation (theft, murder, rape). This paper will present the basics for creating such unit in a psychiatric treatment setting and describe the work with such difficult hospital inpatients and outpatients. In South American countries it is very hard to develop specific psychiatric care units in public hospitals because patients psychological problems also have serious social and economic problems. The theorical approach in the clinic is cognitive behavioral and EMDR, based on the fact that psychotraumatology is a discipline that has had a rapid development in recent years and its knowledge has become indispensable for the treatment of severe psychiatric illness.
Keywords: Psychotraumatologic Unit Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Public Hospitals Uruguay
Accuracy Verified: Yes
245. Pagani, M., Nardo, D., Flumeri, F., Salmaso. D., Looi, J., Sanchez-Crespo, A., Larsson, S. A., Sundin, Ö., Hogberg, G., Bejerot, S. (2009, January). PW04-01 Volumetric changes in PTSD and in a subgroup of PTSD patients not responding to EMDR psychotherapy. European Psychiatry, 24(Supplement 1), S355. doi:10.1016/S0924-9338(09)70588-7.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
(1)Background:
Several studies have reported limbic structures volume decrease in Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD). However, in PTSD the effect of therapy on brain structures has seldom been investigated. The aim of the study was to evaluate the grey matter (GM) loss in occupational related PTSD and to assess the volumetric differences between patients responding (R) and non-responding (NR) to psychotherapy.
(2)Methods:
Pre-EMDR MRI data of 21 train drives who did develop PTSD (S) and 22 who did not develop PTSD (NS) after person-under-the-train accidents were compared. Within S further comparisons were made between 10 R to Eye Movement Desensitisation Reprocessing (EMDR) therapy and 5 NR. Data were analysed by optimised voxel-based morphometry as implemented in Statistical Parametric Mapping.
(3)Results:
As compared to NS, S showed a significant GM volume reduction in precuneus, lingual gyrus, posterior cingulate and parahippocampal cortex. The R>NR comparison highlighted a significant GM reduction in NR in bilateral posterior cingulate, left middle frontal cortex and right parahippocampal, insular and temporal cortices.
(4)Conclusions:
Comparing two large groups of subjects significant GM volumetric reductions were found in PTSD in posterior limbic structures. NR showed, as compared to R, volume reduction in cortical structures including posterior cingulate and parahippocampal cortex. These latter two structures seem to be the hallmark for both PTSD diagnosis and therapy outcome prediction.
Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PSTD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
246. Giovannozzi, G. (2012, June). Regulated eye contact activation and installation protocol [Regulación de la activación del contacto ocular y protocolo de instalación]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Porges’
polyvagal
theory
provides
a
plausible
explanation
for
the
covariation
between
psychiatric
and
behavioral
disorders
and
the
atypical
regulation
of
the
Autonomic
Nervous
System
(ANS).
Porges
himself
associated
this
phenomenon
with
the
failed
maturation
of
the
ventrovagal
circuit,
as
well
as
with
the
child’s
failure
to
learn
the
ability
to
modulate
the
so-‐called
“vagal
break”
which
keeps
the
heart-‐rate
low
and
inhibits
the
influence
of
the
SNS,
allowing
the
modulation
of
the
facial
and
head
muscles
and,
therefore,
the
social
engagement
function,
often
impaired
in
psychiatric
pathologies.
From
a
psychotherapy
standpoint,
Porges’
finding
that
the
maturation
of
the
ventrovagal
circuit
and
of
its
associated
braking
function
occurs
ontogenetically
later
than
that
of
other
ANS
branches
(last
months
of
pregnancy
and
first
year
of
life)
and
that
a
good
relation
with
the
caregiver
is
essential
for
its
development
is
of
significant
importance.
In
this
dyad
–
with
the
cortical-‐bulbar
pathway,
sufficiently
myelinated
at
birth,
regulating
face
and
head
muscles
and
allowing
signals
exchange
with
the
caregiver
–
children
learn
to
confront
their
internal
states
and
the
environment
as
well
as
regulate
their
emotions,
regulating
an
adaptive
neuroception
with
the
consequent
possibility
of
a
good
social
involvement.
This
focus
on
the
first
year
of
life
and
the
caregiver
–
child
dyad,
in
terms
of
time
and
place
for
the
construction
of
biologically
based
behaviors
common
to
all
human
beings,
paves
the
way,
as
anticipated
by
Porges
himself,
for
new
possible
intervention
models
in
psychotherapy
directly
acting
on
the
missed
or
impaired
steps
in
this
first
phase
of
the
psycho-‐physiological
development
process,
without
disregarding
its
psychobiological
quality.
Clinical
Application
Since
I
believe
that
the
inter-‐brain
perspective
is
the
most
efficient
not
only
for
the
etiological
explanation
but
especially
for
the
restoration
of
relational
impairments
occurred
during
brain-‐brain
interactions,
I
chose
eye
contact
(EC),
because,
according
to
several
scholars,
it
is
a
privileged
communication
channel,
in
particular
between
mother
and
child.
Several
scholars
agree
that
all
forms
of
psychopathology
share
a
failure
in
emotional
regulation,
which
can
be
mostly
traced
back
to
the
failure
in
the
child-‐
caregiver
adaptive
tuning
and
therefore
to
the
impairment
of
their
inter-‐brain
communication.
An
intervention
on
the
EC
shifts
the
therapy
focus
on
this
dysregulation
to
restore
its
functions.
The
EMDR
AIP
approach
relies
on
the
brain
adaptive
processing
ability.
EMDR
has
proved,
in
appropriate
conditions
(good
therapeutic
alliance,
client
stabilization,
compliance
with
the
EMDR
protocol),
our
brain
can
repair
traumatic
injuries,
i.e.,
reacquire
and
use
information
dysfunctionally
stored
after
a
trauma.
Successful
use
of
EMDR
on
target
not
directly
traceable
to
a
traumatic
event
(e.g.,
defenses,
chronic
pain,
etc.)
allows
for
the
possibility
to
use
this
processing
tool
in
increasingly
broad
fields
and
refines
its
resources.
Thanks
to
its
three-‐pronged
approach
to
dysfunctionally
stored
information
in
the
brain
(EMDR
works
on
the
cognitive,
emotional
and
somatic
level),
the
inter-‐brain
quality
of
its
scope
(the
therapeutic
alliance
is
part
of
the
healing
process)
and
for
its
focus
on
the
present
(EMDR
works
on
the
present,
i.e.,
on
the
current
and
active
components
of
the
pathogenetic
memory,
bypassing
all
mediations
and
interpretation),
EMDR
seemed
the
most
appropriate
therapeutic
tool
to
intervene
on
the
EC
dysregulation
found
in
several
psychiatric
pathologies.
Conclusion
An
EMDR
protocol
for
the
exploration
and
modulation
of
the
EC
is
proposed.
This
protocol
proved
particularly
useful
with
depressed
or
severely
dissociative
clients.
After
making
clients
aware
of
their
difficulty
in
maintaining
the
EC,
they
are
retrained
to
use
this
contact
first
on
objects,
then
on
animals
(excellent
mediators
of
a
primitive
form
of
social
contact)
until
they
are
able
to
achieve
eye
contact
with
the
therapist.
During
this
training,
clients
are
encouraged
to
become
aware
of
their
body
sensations,
emotions
and
beliefs,
and
the
positive
ones
are
installed
with
BLS.
Memories
of
relational
situations
where
clients
identify
an
impaired
EC
are
identified
and
these
are
targeted
with
the
standard
protocol.
The
focus
then
shifts
to
present
and
future
situations.
The
regulation
purpose
of
this
protocol
affects
the
application
mode:
interventions
must
never
be
dysregulating,
therapists
must
proceed
slowly.
Clients
must
be
rigorously
kept
within
their
window
of
tolerance,
must
be
trained
to
recognize
it
and
able
of
staying
within
its
boundaries
with
respect
to
the
microregulation
of
the
EC.
La
teoría
polivagal
de
Porges
proporciona
una
explicación
plausible
para
la
covariación
entre
los
trastornos
psiquiátricos
comportamentales
y
la
regulación
atípica
del
sistema
nervioso
autónomo
(ANS).
El
propio
Porgues
asoció
este
fenómeno
con
el
fallo
de
maduración
del
circuito
ventrovagal,
por
tanto
el
niño
falla
al
aprender
una
habilidad
también
llamada
“bloqueo
vagal”,
que
mantiene
la
tasa
cardiaca
baja
e
inhibe
la
influencia
del
SNS,
permitiendo
la
modulación
de
los
músculos
faciales
y
la
cabeza,
y
por
tanto,
la
función
optima
del
compromiso
social,
a
menudo
emparejada
con
patologías
psiquíatricas.
Partiendo
desde
un
punto
de
vista
psicoterapéutico,
Porges
encontró
que
la
maduración
del
circuito
ventrovagal
y
su
asociación
con
la
función
de
frenado
ocurre
ontogenéticamente
después
que
otras
ramas
del
sistema
nervioso
autónomo
(Los
últimos
meses
del
embarazo
y
los
primeros
años
de
vida)
y
que
una
buena
relación
con
el
cuidador
es
esencial
para
su
desarrollo
es
significativamente
importante.
En
esta
línea
–
con
vía
córtico-‐bulbar,
lo
suficientemente
mielinizada
en
el
nacimiento,
regulando
los
músculos
de
la
cara
y
la
cabeza
y
permitiendo
señales
de
intercambio
con
el
cuidador-‐
Los
niños
aprenden
a
estar
cómodos
con
sus
estados
internos
y
con
un
ambiente
que
también
regula
sus
emociones,
regular
una
neurorecepción
con
la
consecuente
posibilidad
de
una
buena
integración
social.
Centrándonos
en
el
primer
año
de
vida
del
niño
y
el
cuidador
–
La
pareja
de
niños,
en
términos
de
tiempo
y
lugar
para
la
construcción
biológica
fundamentada
y
basada
en
todos
los
seres
humanos,
allana
el
camino,
como
anticipó
Porges,
para
nuevos
modelos
de
intervención
en
psicoterapia,
actuando
directamente
con
el
paso
perdido
o
afectado
de
esta
primera
fase
del
proceso
de
desarrollo
psicofisiológico,
sin
tener
en
cuenta
su
calidad
psicobiológica.
Aplicación
Clínica.
Desde
que
creó
que
la
perspectiva
del
cerebro
interior,
continúa
siendo
la
más
eficiente
no
solo
para
desarrollar
explicaciones
etiológicas,
también
para
la
restauración
de
los
desajustes
relacionados
ocurridos
durante
las
interacciones
cerebro-‐cerebro.
Escogí
contacto
visual
(ECE),
porque,
de
acuerdo
con
numerosos
investigadores,
es
un
privilegiado
canal
de
comunicación,
particularmente
eficaz
entre
una
madre
y
su
hijo.
Numerosos
profesionales
afirman
que
todas
las
formas
de
psicopatología
comparten
una
fallo
en
la
regulación
emocional,
que
solo
puede
crear
un
error
en
el
la
comunicación
interna
del
cerebro.
Esta
intervención
en
el
EC
modifica
la
terapia
y
la
centra
en
la
desregulación
y
la
restauración
de
funciones.
El
enfoque
EMDR
SPIA
está
basado
en
la
habilidad
de
procesamiento
de
la
información
relevante,
EMDR
ha
sido
probado
en
condiciones
idóneas
(buena
alianza
terapéutica,
estabilización
de
la
queja
del
cliente
disgustado
con
el
EMDR.).
Keywords: Installation Protocol Regulated Eye Contact Activation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
247. Goldberg, A. (2010, October). Relational affect regulation: An integrative protocol for complex trauma surviviors. Presentation at the 27th Annual Meeting of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, Atlanta, GA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Attachment theory and interpersonal neurobiology
demonstrate the importance of the therapeutic relationship as a primary change mechanism. With survivors of childhood relational trauma, betrayal of trust and attachment
issues create obstacles to developing a secure therapeutic alliance. Even when the therapeutic relationship feels more secure, these clients often experience separation between
sessions as attachment loss. This can feel burdensome to the therapist, who may receive multiple crisis phone calls throughout the week. In this presentation, the relational affect regulation protocol will be explained and case
examples will illustrate how it is put into practice. Drawing upon concepts from Stress Inoculation Training (SIT), Accelerated Experiential Dynamic Psychotherapy (AEDP)
and Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing
(EMDR), the protocol helps facilitate dyadic affect regulation and object constancy during the stabilization phase of treatment with complex trauma survivors. The elements of an SIT script will be described and creative
adaptations will be proposed. AEDP microprocessing of the client’s experience of the therapist reading the script to the client will be explained and illustrated. The EMDR
procedure for installation of the therapist as a resource will be taught and strategies for utilizing this as a selfsoothing method between sessions will be delineated.
Participants will be able to:
discuss two problems clients ♦♦ with Complex PTSD
have with attachment and fear of attachment
loss in therapy, and will be able to identify
three strategies to address this issue.
♦♦ explain AEDP microprocessing of interactions
between client and therapist, and how this
technique can help survivors of childhood relational trauma to develop trust in the therapist.
♦♦ list the four essential elements of an SIT script and utilize the steps involved in the relational affect regulation protocol with their clients.
Keywords: Complex Trauma Relational Affect Regulation
Accuracy Verified: Yes
248. Madrid, A., Skolek, S., & Shapiro, F. (2007). Repairing maternal-infant bonding failures. In F. Shaprio, F. W. Kaslow, & L. Maxfield (Eds.), Handbook of EMDR and family therapy processes (pp. 131-145). Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons Inc.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
This chapter presents an inside view of Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) narrated by a client who was requested to tell her story to educate clinicians and clients so that others might be healed. The client's vivid account of her emotional history, along with the description of various memories targeted in treatment and the results of her processing sessions, provide an illustration of the therapy. Her emotional upheaval and adult relationships are a reflection of the cauldron of abuse, deceit, and chaos intrinsic to her family of origin. As indicated by the Adaptive Information Processing model, her symptoms were largely the result of the earlier negative experiences from childhood that were dysfunctionally stored in her brain. These memories had inherent within them the emotions and perspectives that generated her negative sense of self and inability to function happily in the world. The processing of the memories of these early events resulted in accelerated learning and a concomitant transmutation of her personal identity and self-efficacy. An addendum to the case by Kaslow elucidates the family systems perspective. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)
Keywords: Asthma Attachment Attachment Behavior Attachment Disorders Bonding Problems Bonding Failure Maternal-Infant Bonding Mother-Infant Bonding Mother Child Relations Mothers
Accuracy Verified: Yes
249. Nathanson, D., & Leeds, A. (1998, July). Reprocessing affect: A conversation on convergence in EMDR and affect theory. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Baltimore, MD.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will: 1) gain an understanding of specific ways affect and script theory can help guide the clinical application of EMDR; 2) gain an understanding of how treatment responses to EMDR can deepen our understanding of the human affect system; 3) be challenged to consider ways in which EMDR can be used to help develop research validation for central elements of affect theory; and 4) gain an understanding of how affect theory provides a powerful way of understanding healthy and disturbed patterns in human attachment and how this perspective can guide EMDR treatment strategies in more complex case presentations.
Keywords: Affect Theory Script Theory
Accuracy Verified: Yes
250. Kiessling, R. (2001, June). A resource focused model of EMDR (Going beyond pathology). Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Austin, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Effective EMDR treatment is more than pathology and symptom reduction! Many clients are either too fragile or refuse to address past trumatic targets for desensitization. The Resource Focused Model of EMDR address the client's current strengths and resources rather than their pathology. By solidfying the client's strengths and resources, EMDR clinicians can help the client make measurable and observable changes in their lives. Through lecture, case presentation, and live demonstration, participants of this workshop will learn: 1) the basic theories underlying the development of the Resource Focused Model; 2) how and when to use the model and evlauate its effectiveness; and 3) how to develop and use strength focused cognitive interweaves in helping the client access existing strengths and resources for make positive, present-time change.
Keywords: Resource-Focused Model
Accuracy Verified: Yes
251. Oren, U. (2008, Novembre). Ruolo dell'EMDR nel campo della psicoterapia in ambito europeo [Role EMDR in psychotherapy in Europe]. Plenaria presentato le applicazioni cliniche di EMDR Congresso Nazionale, Milano, Italia.
Language: Italian
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Lo status attuale dell’EMDR nel mondo della psicoterapia è sempre in evoluzione, nonostante gli sviluppi positivi degli ultimi 10 anni. Le sfide arrivano dal campo del trattamento del trauma sia nell’ambito dell’EMDR che dal mondo accademico della Psicologia e della Psicoterapia. Queste sfide potrebbero aiutare a cambiare il corso del-l’EMDR e a portarlo a svilupparsi con modalità nuove ed entusiasmanti.
La presentazione si focalizzerà sulle grandi possibilità che la comunità EMDR possiede per far diventare l’EMDR il metodo multidisciplinario di cambiamento del 21° secolo, sia nell’ambito della psicoterapia tradizionale (Salute Mentale) che in altri campi come la Medicina, l’Educazione, lo Sport e il Lavoro.
Altri aspetti che verranno affrontati sono quelli della formazione e accreditamento dei professionisti che applicano l’EMDR in Europa e a livello internazionale.
Durante la presentazione si analizzeranno le modalità con cui il terapeuta EMDR così come il ricercatore possono lavorare per far realizzare la visione non solo del ruolo, ma anche del contributo che può dare in futuro l’EMDR alla psicoterapia.
The present status in the world of psychotherapy, EMDR is always evolving, despite the positive developments of the last 10 years. The challenges come from the field of treatment of trauma is
EMDR in which the academic world of psychology and psychotherapy. These challenges could help change the course of l'EMDR-and help them develop ways new and exciting.
The presentation will focus on the great opportunities that the community has to EMDR become the EMDR method multidisciplinary change in the 21st century, both within the
traditional psychotherapy (mental health) than in other fields such as medicine, education, the Sport and Work. Other issues to be addressed are those of training and accreditation of professionals
applying EMDR in Europe and internationally. During the presentation will analyze the ways in which the therapist as well as EMDR Researchers can work to achieve the vision not only of the role, but also the contribution that can give in the future EMDR psychotherapy.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
252. Carvalho, E. (2012, May). Sanando la pandilla que vive adentro: Cómo las nuevas terapias de reprocesamiento pueden sanar nuestros roles internos [Healing the folks who live inside: How EMDR can heal our inner gallery of roles]. CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform .
Language: Spanish
Format: Book
Abstract:
¿Te ha pasado que a veces no entiendes tus reacciones, emociones o pensamientos? ¿Como que se alguien hubiera secuestrado el asiento de motorista de tu vida y y acabas por hacer algo tonto? ¿Te arrepientes de tu respuesta? Hay momentos que no haces sentido aún para ti?
Quizás un rol interno, herido, asumió el control de tu vida y no te diste cuenta?
Este libro te puede ayudar a hacer algo a respecto de ello.
Utilizar la nueva terapia de EMDR para trata nuestra Pandilla Interna ha permitido juntar lo mejor de la terapia de reprocesamiento con terapia de roles para sanar los traumas y recuerdos dolorosos. Escrito en lenguaje popular, lleno de viñetas de los casos de la autora (psicóloga renomada), dará a sus lectores mucha información sobre trauma emocional y porqué debemos tratar los recuerdos difíciles. De una manera entretenida, pero informativa, ilustra como nuestros roles internos pueden mandar en nuestras vidas - para mejor o peor.
Este libro tiene como propuesta identificar la existencia de la Pandilla Interna - aquellos personajes que viven adentro de todos y que dirigen nuestras vidas, tales como la Miedosita, el Adolescente en Crisis, el Niño Asustado, el Mentiroso (que miente ¡hasta para mí! Veremos cómo nacen estos roles y se desarrollan dentro de nosotros, cuál la función que cumplen en nuestras vidas, sus interacciones y algunas maneras de sanar los personajes heridos de nuestra Pandilla Interna que nos impiden de vivir plenamente. La énfasis especial en este proceso de sanación es en la nueva terapia de reprocesamiento, EMDR. También se aprende a celebrar los roles que nos edifican y nos sirven de recursos positivos. Tenemos como propuesta desarrollar la "política de la buena convivencia" pero ahora con los personajes que viven adentro, nuestra Pandilla Interna.
Do you sometimes feel like you don’t understand your reactions, feelings or thoughts? As if someone had hijacked the driver’s seat of your life and you wound up doing something stupid? Or regret your response? You don’t make sense in some situations, even to yourself? Maybe a wounded inner role took over and you didn’t catch it...? This book will explain what you can do about it. Using EMDR therapy to treat our Inner Gallery of Roles has brought together the best of reprocessing and role therapy for trauma and painful memories. Written for the layperson and full of snippets from the author’s case studies, it will give readers information about emotional trauma and why we should treat it. In a fun, entertaining and yet informative manner, it illustrates how our inner roles run our lives – for better or for worse. The purpose of this book is to help identify and clarify the existence of our Inner Gallery of roles – those who live inside all of us and that drive many aspects of our lives, such as the Scaredy-Cat, the Adolescent in Crisis, the Liar (that even lies to myself!), and the Inner Doctor. We will see how these roles are born and develop within, their functions and interactions in our lives, and how to heal the wounded ones, so that we can lead more fulfilling lives. We can also learn how to celebrate those roles that build us up and move us forward in life, and serve as positive resources when we need them. Although Role Theory is an integral part of Psychodrama the special emphasis in this healing process is on EMDR, a new reprocessing therapy developed by Dr. Francine Shapiro. We tie together all of these aspects in order to help our Inner Gallery of roles develop “good neighborhood policies” and live in greater harmony and health. In this book we will explain how roles develop inside of us and how trauma and painful memories keep our roles from proper development as we grow up.
Keywords: Inner Gallery of Roles
Accuracy Verified: Yes
253. Daniels, N. (2009). Self-care for EMDR practioners. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (pp. 399-400). New York: Springer Publishing Co.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
This protocol was derived from the notes of Neal Daniels, a clinical psychologist who was the director of the PTSD Clinical Team at the Veterans Affairs Medical Center in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. Always concerned about the welfare of clients and practitioners, he put together a short, simple, and effective protocol for the practitioner, on the completion of any session where there was negative affect remaining. In Neal's words, "The procedure is short, simple, effective. Right after the session or later on in the day when it is possible, bring up the image of the patient; do 10-15 eye movements; generate a positive cognition and install it with the patient's image and another 10-15 movements. Once the negative affects have been reduced, realistic formulations about the patient's future therapy are much easier to develop. Residual feelings of anger, frustration, regret, or hopelessness have been replaced by clearer thoughts about what can or cannot be done. Positive, creative mulling can proceed without the background feelings of unease, weariness, and ineffectiveness. Daily, weekly, or even career-long "burn-out" can be viewed as the accumulated residual of negative feelings that were not dealt with effectively when they occurred." The idea was to work on the material right after the session or later in the day when time allowed. The Clinician Self-Care Script is provided [PsycINFO Database]
Accuracy Verified: Yes
254. Smyth, N.,(Chair), Bath, K., de Jongh, A., Greenwald, R., Lee, C., & Maxfield, L. (2002, June). Setting guidelines for EMDR research: A roundtable discussion EMDRIA research committee. Roundtable discussion at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Research on EMDR has reached the stage where it is now important to have recommended directions and strategies for research on specific
applications of EMDR. This session will be a working discussion of research committee members, and any other interested participants on this topic. The goal of this session is to develop guidelines for EMDR research on PTSD, phobias, complex trauma, and components analyses/dismantling studies.
Keywords: Guidelines Research
Accuracy Verified: Yes
255. Gerge, A. (2012, June). Seven ways to extend the EMDR-protocol based in clinical hypnosis for clients with complex dissociative disorders [Siete maneras de extender el protocolo EMDR basadas en hipnosis clínica para pacientes con trastornos disociativos complejos]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Clients
with
complex
dissociative
disorders
usually
are
in
trauma-‐
induced
wake
trance-‐states.
Due
to
this,
they
might
thrive
from
treatment-‐
strategies,
where
skills
in
clinical
hypnosis,
from
the
side
of
the
therapists,
are
added
to
the
treatment
model.
Clinical
hypnosis
also
offers
excellent
tools
for
working
with
attachment
traumas
and
reinstalls
the
neuroception
of
safety.
This
workshop
highlights
seven
strategies
for
extending
the
EMDR
standard
protocol,
mainly
built
on
clinical
hypnosis.
They
consist
of:
(1)
Formal
hypnotic
induction
of
safe
place/safe
state
BEFORE
introducing
EMDR
under
phase
I
treatment
(2)
Informal
hypnotic
induction
for
ongoing
activation
of
the
social
engagement
system
when
clients
are
in
trance
(3)
Using
hyper-‐empirical
trance
inductions
under
exposure
phase
(ie
helping
the
clients
to
stay
present
with
dual
awareness
by
continuously
inducing
trance,
thus
helping
them
to
titrate
the
trauma-‐material
(4)
Addressing
ego-‐states
that
react
as
if
they
still
are
bound
in
trauma-‐time
(5)
Addressing
resource-‐rich
ego-‐states
and
parts
of
the
self,
f
ex
ISH
(internal
self-‐
helper),
thus
helping
the
client
to
begin
to
metabolize
the
trauma
material
(6)
Installation
of
hope
and
the
“memory
of
the
future”
(7)
Using
post-‐hypnotic
suggestions
for
enhancing
the
neuroception
of
safety
between
sessions.
Learning
objectives:
Demonstrate
how
to
use
EMDR
and
hypnosis
for
stabilization
and
work
with
parts
within
phase
II
work,
addressing
the
special
needs
of
continuous
stabilization
for
this
population.
Develop
an
understanding
of
how
to
enhance
the
integrative
capacity
during
trauma-‐work
with
DD-‐clients.
Apply
structured
techniques
and
rationales
for
calming
and
soothing
patients
related
to
their
integrative
capacity
during
extended
EMDR-‐work.
Los
clientes
con
trastornos
disociativos
complejos
normalmente
se
encuentran
en
estados
de
trance
despierto
inducido
por
el
trauma.
Debido
a
esto,
pueden
crecer
rápidamente
de
estrategias
de
tratamiento,
donde
estrategias
de
hipnosis
clínica
se
añaden
al
modelo
de
tratamiento
por
parte
del
terapeuta.
La
hipnosis
clínica
ofrece
también
excelentes
herramientas
para
trabajar
con
traumas
de
apego
y
reinstalar
la
neurocepción
de
seguridad.
Este
taller
subraya
siete
estrategias
para
extender
el
protocolo
estándar
de
EMDR,
principalmente
basadas
en
la
hipnosis
clínica.
Consisten
en:
(1) Inducción
hipnótica
formal
del
lugar
seguro/
estado
de
seguridad
ANTES
de
introducir
la
fase
I
de
tratamiento
de
EMDR
(2) Inducción
hipnótica
informal
para
la
activación
continuada
de
los
sistemas
de
compromiso
social
cuando
los
clientes
están
en
trance
(3) Uso
de
inducciones
al
trance
hiper-‐empíricas
en
la
fase
de
exposición
(ej,
ayudar
a
los
clientes
a
estar
presentes
con
conciencia
dual
mediante
la
inducción
continua
al
trance,
por
tanto
ayudándoles
a
valorar
el
material
traumático.
(4) Dirigirse
a
los
estados
del
ego
que
reaccionan
como
si
aún
estuviesen
atados
al
tiempo
traumático
(5) Dirigirse
a
estados
del
ego
ricos
en
recursos
y
a
partes
del
yo,
por
ejemplo,
al
ISH
(en
inglés
yo-‐interno
ayudante),
por
tanto
ayudando
al
cliente
a
empezar
a
metabolizar
el
material
traumático
(6) Instalación
de
esperanza
y
la
“memoria
de
futuro”
(7) Usando
sugestión
post-‐hipnótica
para
fomentar
la
neurocepción
de
seguridad
entre
sesiones.
Objetivos
de
aprendizaje:
Demostrar
cómo
usar
EMDR
e
hipnosis
para
estabilizar
y
trabajar
con
las
partes
en
el
trabajo
de
la
fase
II,
dirigiéndonos
a
las
necesidades
especiales
de
estabilización
continua
para
esta
población.
Desarrollar
un
entendimiento
de
cómo
fomentar
la
capacidad
integrativa
cuando
se
trabaja
el
trauma
con
clientes-‐DD.
Aplicación
de
técnicas
estructuradas
y
racionales
para
calmar
y
tranquilizar
a
los
pacientes
en
relación
con
su
capacidad
integrativa
durante
trabajo
extendido
con
EMDR.
Keywords: Dissociative Disorders Hypnosis
Accuracy Verified: Yes
256. Gerge, A. (2012, June). Seven ways to extend the EMDR-protocol based in clinical hypnosis for clients with complex dissociative disorders [Siete maneras de extender el protocolo EMDR basadas en hipnosis clínica para pacientes con trastornos disociativos complejos]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Clients with complex dissociative disorders usually are in trauma-induced wake trance-states. Due to this, they might thrive from
treatment-strategies, where skills in clinical hypnosis, from the side of the therapists, are added to the treatment model. Clinical hypnosis also
offers excellent tools for working with attachment traumas and reinstalls the neuroception of safety.
This workshop highlights seven strategies for extending the EMDR standard-protocol, mainly built on clinical hypnosis. They consist of:
1. Formal hypnotic induction of safe place/safe state BEFORE introducing EMDR under phase I treatment.
2. Informal hypnotic induction for ongoing activation of the social engagement system when clients are in trance.
3. Using hyper-empirical trance inductions under exposure phase (ie helping the clients to stay present with dual awareness by
continuously inducing trance, thus helping them to titrate the trauma-material.
4. Addressing ego-states that react as if they still are bound in trauma-time.
5. Addressing resource-rich ego-states and parts of the self, f ex ISH (internal self-helper), thus helping the client to begin to metabolize
the trauma material.
6. Installation of hope and the “memory of the future”.
7. Using post-hypnotic suggestions for enhancing the neuroception of safety between sessions.
Learning objectives:
Demonstrate how to use EMDR and hypnosis for stabilization and work with parts within phase II work, addressing the special needs of
continuous stabilization for this population.
Develop an understanding of how to enhance the integrative capacity during trauma-work with DD-clients. Apply structured techniques and
rationales for calming and soothing patients related to their integrative capacity during extended EMDR-work.
Los clientes con trastornos disociativos complejos normalmente se encuentran en estados de trance despierto inducido por el
trauma. Debido a esto, pueden crecer rápidamente de estrategias de tratamiento, donde estrategias de hipnosis clínica se añaden al modelo
de tratamiento por parte del terapeuta. La hipnosis clínica ofrece también excelentes herramientas para trabajar con traumas de apego y
reinstalar la neurocepción de seguridad.
Este taller subraya siete estrategias para ampliar el protocolo estándar de EMDR, principalmente basadas en la hipnosis clínica. Consisten en:
1. Inducción hipnótica formal del lugar seguro / estado de seguridad ANTES de introducir la fase I de tratamiento de EMDR.
2. Inducción hipnótica informal para la activación continuada de los sistemas de compromiso social cuando los clientes están en trance.
3. Uso de inducciones al trance hiper-empíricas en la fase de exposición (ej, ayudar a los clientes a estar presentes con conciencia dual
mediante la inducción continua al trance, por tanto ayudándoles a valorar el material traumático.
4. Dirigirse a los estados del ego que reaccionan como si aún estuviesen atados al tiempo traumático.
5. Dirigirse a estados del ego ricos en recursos y a partes del yo, por ejemplo, al ISH (en inglés yo-interno ayudante), por tanto
ayudando al cliente a empezar a metabolizar el material traumático.
6. Instalación de esperanza y la “memoria de futuro”.
7. Usando sugestión post-hipnótica para fomentar la neurocepción de seguridad entre sesiones.
Objetivos de aprendizaje:
Demostrar cómo usar EMDR e hipnosis para estabilizar y trabajar con las partes en el trabajo de la fase II, dirigiéndonos a las necesidades
especiales de estabilización continua para esta población.
Desarrollar un entendimiento de cómo fomentar la capacidad integrativa cuando se trabaja el trauma con clientes-DD. Aplicación de técnicas
estructuradas y racionales para calmar y tranquilizar a los pacientes en relación con su capacidad integrativa durante trabajo extendido con
EMDR.
Keywords: Dissociative Disorders Hypnosis
Accuracy Verified: Yes
257. Chivers-Wilson, K. A. (2006). Sexual assault and posttraumatic stress disorder: A review of the biological, psychological and sociological factors and treatments. McGill Journal of Medicine, 9(2), 111-118.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Sexual assault occurs with alarming frequency in Canada. The prevalence of
Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) in assault survivors is drastically higher than the national
prevalence of the disorder, which is a strong indication that the current therapies for sexualassault-
related PTSD are in need of improvement. Increasing knowledge and understanding of the
pathologies associated with rape trauma in biological, psychological and sociological domains will
help to develop more effective treatments for survivors. A dysregulation of the Hypothalamic-
Pituitary-Adrenal (HPA) axis is observed in survivors of sexual assault and this may be a
fundamental cause of the structural and functional abnormalities contributing to PTSD symptoms.
Pharmacotherapies are available to treat PTSD; however, they are often inadequate or unwanted
by the survivor. Psychological health is compromised following interpersonal trauma and many
psychological therapies are available, but with varying efficacy. A person's cognitions have a
dramatic effect on the onset, severity, and progress of PTSD following sexual assault. Sociological
impacts of assault influence the development of PTSD through victim-blaming attitudes and the
perpetuation of rape myths. Perceived positive regard and early social support is shown to be
important to successful recovery. Education is vital in rape prevention and to foster a supportive
environment for survivors. The biological, psychological and sociological impacts and treatments
should not remain mutually exclusive. A better appreciation of the biopsychosocial repercussions
of sexual assault will aid in developing a more holistic and individualized therapy to help alleviate
the physical and emotional pain following the trauma of rape.
Keywords: Pharmacotherapy Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Rape Sexual Assault Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
258. Norcross, J. (2003, August). Sociopolitical and psychohistorical factors in acknowledging the effectiveness of EMDR. Presentation at the 111th annual meeting of the American Psycholgical Association, Toronto, Ontario, Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) has been mired in intense controversy since its inception. Initial claims of its efficacy were probably exaggerated, but many researchers continue to outright dismiss its positive outcome data. Indeed, the ongoing debate over the effectiveness of EMDR recapitulates the developmental history of validating many psychotherapy systems. This presentation reviews sociopolitical considerations in interpreting and acknowledging the outcome research on EMDR. These considerations include paradigm strain, early restrictions on EMDR training, the timing of controlled research vis a vis clinical applications, initial failure to place EMDR into existing theories, its application to disorders beyond trauma, and the use of ?eye movements? in its title. Dispassionate reviews generally find the clinical results of EMDR with PTSD to be equivalent to exposure methods in fewer sessions, but the research community has failed to embrace these conclusions. Needed are critical openness to new psychotherapies, familiarity with the published data, and a responsibility to evaluate the effectiveness of any therapeutic innovation.
Keywords: Effectiveness
Accuracy Verified: No
259. Dworkin, M. (2010, March). Solving transference and counter-transference with dissociative disorders in EMDR. Presentation at the 8th EMDR Association UK & Ireland Annual Conference & AGM, Dublin, Ireland.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Chair, Michael Paterson
This workshop will focus on the types of transference and counter-transference that arise in
EMDR with dissociative clients and teach solutions. Procedural modifications have been the
focus in dealing with pathological dissociation in EMDR treatment. Separately, transference
and counter-transference with dissociative patients have been written about extensively by
experts in the dissociation field. Research findings about the effects of mirror neurons and
embedded simulation on the inter-subjective field of patient and therapist have also been
published. Strategies for dealing with these transference and counter-transference in EMDR
treatment have received little attention even though this population has intense transference,
and can activate intense counter-transference. These issues may begin during an evaluation
of the presenting problems. Strategies for identifying and using transference to enhance
dual awareness during history taking will be demonstrated. An elongated preparation phase
to develop enough trust and stabilization before exploring traumatic memories can limit
induced transference. Different parts of a dissociative patient may have different kinds of
transferences. These transferences may cause the patient to withdraw, cling or attack;
affecting the therapist’s abilities to stay attuned and focused on the work in different phases
of EMDR. Strategies of attunement to the activated part of the client will be demonstrated
in order to repair or prevent ruptures of attunement. Interactions are bi-directional, and
different (transferential) parts may activate dissociative parts of the therapist. Strategies to
somatically identify and use these counter-transferential activations in the therapist will be
taught through body based awarenesses. R/D/I strategies can be used to limit countertransference
to remain grounded and attuned. Transference and counter-transference during
the assessment phase will be identified and solutions presented. During the Desensitization
phase under-accessing or over-accessing target memories; abreaction vs. vehement emotions
will be discussed as unacknowledged dissociative moments with indications for inducing
transference, counter-transference, or both. Decisions need be made collaboratively whether
to process or contain these events. Understanding and dealing with dilemmas of dissociative
enactments are crucial to keeping the healing process going. These inter-subjective issues
may be most intense during the first four phases, but some problems may continue into
Installation and the Body Scan. Problems and solutions during Incomplete Closure and the
Re-evaluation phases will be given. Activated parts in the patient may cling or be angry with
the therapist at the end of an EMDR session. Failure or defectiveness parts of the therapist
may become activated as well. Solutions to these issues that occur during different phases
will be taught so that participants will leave the workshop with additional strategies to use
with their dissociative patients. Attunement to dissociative parts, identifying transference
and counter-transference binds; The Clinician Self Awareness Questionnaire ;
Compartmentalization; use of self soothing skills; using Relational, Empathic, and
Transferential Interweaves; identifying moments of projective identification and enactments,
and then to use them to deepen EMDR will be taught, as well as innovative inter-subjective
strategies . Case examples and awareness exercises will used throughout the workshop to
facilitate intellectual and experiential learning.
Keywords: Counter-transference Dissociative Disorders Transference
Accuracy Verified: Yes
260. Dworkin, M. (2009, August). Solving transference and countertransference with dissociative disorders in EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will focus on transference and countertransference problems and solutions in EMDR with dissociative clients. There will be a short literature review on procedural modifications in dealing with dissociation in EMDR, and transference and countertransference with dissociative patients. Research findings on mirror neurons and embodied simulation will be taught to enhance the participant’s understanding of the neurobiological substrates for attunement and resonance, and for solving transference and countertransference with dissociatives in EMDR when ruptures to relatedness occurs. Identifying and using transference reactions to enhance dual awareness will be demonstrated in history taking. Enhancements in preparation phase will be shown through case example to limit induced transference. Transference and countertransference during the assessment phase will be identified and solutions offered. In the Desensitization phase EMDR processing may induce transference, countertransference, or both (even with procedural modifications). Intersubjective challenges seem to be more intense during phases 1 -4 and 7-8. Activated parts in the patient may cling or be angry with the therapist at the end of an EMDR session, or during Re-evaluation. Failure or defectiveness parts of the therapist may become activated then as well. Different parts of a dissociative patient may appear with different kinds of transferences during different EMDR phases. These transferences challenge therapist’s abilities to stay attuned. Strategies of attunement to the activated part of the patient will be demonstrated in order to repair or prevent ruptures to the alliance and to understand the nature of the dissociated communication. Bi-directional interactions may activate parts of the patient and therapist without conscious awareness. Strategies to somatically identify and use these countertransferential activations will be taught through experiential exercises so that the therapist may have a more in depth understanding of the dissociative patient’s communications. R/D/I strategies will be reviewed and applied to the therapist to limit countertransference activations. Dealing with dissociative enactments are crucial to identify ruptures to the therapeutic alliance, restore attunement and resonance, uncover dissociative messages that can be used during EMDR processing.. Solutions to the problems that occur during different EMDR phases will be taught using lecture, discussion, case examples, written and experiential exercises so that participants will leave the workshop with additional strategies. Solutions include how to maintain attunement to dissociative parts during transferential activations while enhancing dual awareness; how to identify transference and countertransference problems during phases 1-4 and 7-8 and use them as additional sources of dissociated communications that can be used in EMDR processing ; how to use the Clinician Self Awareness Questionnaire to identify and process countertransference problems ; how to use compartmentalization strategies using R/D/I to limit countertransference activations; how to develop self soothing skills for the therapist’s dissociated parts; how and when to use Relational, Empathic, and Transferential Interweaves during Desensitization; and how to identify moments of enactments, and using EMDR strategies to deepen the EMDR experience .
Keywords: Countertransference Transference
Accuracy Verified: Yes
261. Taboada, M. J., & Baragaña, M. (2010, April). Some tecniques for emotional regulation with EMDR. Poster presented at the 2nd Bi-Annual International European Society for Trauma and Dissociation Conference, Belfast, Northern Ireland.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract: The poster will present in graphic vignetes diferent tecnics which will described several intervention with EMDR usig instalation and procesing elements.
Learning Outcomes
The aplications the EMDR in complex trauma cases needs a carefully planned stabilitation phase. Emotion des-regulations is a frequent problem in this clinical group. To improve self-regulation abilities is a very important aspect to develop before proceeding with trauma procesing. The
Keywords: Emotional Regulation Poster
Accuracy Verified: Yes
262. Wesselmann, D. (2006, September). Strengthening parent-child attachments with EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Although professionals and parents are often challenged by the provocative behaviors exhibited
by children who have a history of pathogenic care
and a diagnosis of reactive attachment disorder,
children who-have attachment issues related to
more subtle problems in parenting may be equally
challenging. Negative family patterns related to
poor attachments, once established, can create a
negative feedback loop that is extremely difficult
to change. EMDR offers a method for resolving trauma and loss and changing beliefs, feelings, and responses that may interfere with trust and
the development of affectional bonds. Workshop
participants will learn to identify significant
precursors to attachment problems for EMDR
reprocessing with parents and with children. They
will learn methods to engage parents to do their
own atttachement work and to change their
automatic negative responses to their child's
behaviors. Participants will learn methods of
bilateral stimulation to strengthen feelings of
closeness and connection between parents and
children prior to EMDR reprocessing, and
methods for effectively utilizing parents during
EMDR with children in the treatment of
attachment problems. Workshop participants will
also learn how storytelling can be integrated into
treatment as a method to help solidify new
cognitions and develop a positive sense of self.
Keywords: Attachment Storytelling
Accuracy Verified: Yes
263. Meignant, I. (2012, April). The systemic EMDR approach: Healing the couple. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Montreal, Quebec, Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Combining Mony Elkaim's Reciprocal Double Bind Systemic Model with the EMDR Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) model is a new perspective for couple therapy. This combination of approaches can be used to develop an EMDR treatment plan that incorporates and respects the relational systems, e.g., spouses and intimate partners, parent/child, employer/employee. In this presentation, participants will learn how and when it is appropriate to work with the one member of a couple as a co-therapist; how individual safe places can be applied to develop a safe place for the couple, both during the session and at home; how to develop a systemic EMDR targeting plan, guided by the understanding of the Reciprocal Double Bind, and finally, how to apply the 8 phases EMDR protocol to couple work, based on a Systemic Model.
Learning objectives:
1.Evaluate when to use EMDR in couple therapy session
2.Be able to do the installation of EMDR safe place as a resource for the couple
3.Understand how to use the systemic model, reciprocal double bind, to find the individual targets that are involved in the couple’s current issues and presenting problems.
4.Learn to apply the specifications of each of the 8 phases EMDR protocol with a couple.
Keywords: Couples Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
264. Onofri, A. (2009, Novembre). Tema intervento: EMDR, stimolazione bilaterale ed elaborazione accellerata delle informazioni [Theme areas: EMDR, bilateral stimulation and accelerated development of information]. Presentatie op de 1e Internationale Conferentie Universa vergeleken universum Lipsi, Orvieto, TR, Italië.
Language: Italian
Format: Conference
Abstract:
I° Convegno Internazionale universi a confronto.
La terapeutica occidentale incontra quella sciamanica andina
Con questo primo Convegno Internazionale UniVerso LiPsi inaugura Universi a confronto, un nuovo e permanente Motore culturale di Ricerca e Dialogo sulle diverse pratiche terapeutiche e su come sviluppare una maggiore integrazione tra le stesse, con l’obiettivo di promuovere il benessere della persona vista nella sua interezza ed unicità, attraverso un percorso di condivisione di conoscenze, esperienze, riflessioni e idee da far confluire in un più ampio bacino cui attingere anche per il reciproco arricchimento umano e professionale
1st International Universi Conference comparing universes comparison.
The western therapy compared to the Andean Shamanism. With this first International Conference opens Universes in Universe Lipsi comparison, a new engine, permanent cultural Research and Dialogue on the various therapeutic practices and how to develop greater integration between them, with the objective of promoting the welfare of the person seen in its wholeness and oneness, through a sharing of knowledge, experiences, thoughts and ideas to feed into a wider pool to draw upon for the mutual enrichment of human and professional.
Keywords: Andean Indian Culture Andean Shamanism
Accuracy Verified: Yes
265. Gilson, G., & Kaplan, S. (2000). The therapeutic interweave in EMDR: Before and beyond: A manual for EMDR trained clinicians. EMDR Humanitarian Assistance Programs, New Hope, PA.
Language: English
Format: Book
Abstract:
Expands the concept of the cognitive interweave to the broader, more inclusive Therapeutic Interweave. Gives structured framework of 16 categories of Therapeutic Interweave, and strategies that enhance safety, assist with affect regulation, self-soothing, and develop ego-strength. Good supplement to Shapiro's basic didactic book on EMDR. [EMDR-HAP]
Keywords: Cognitive Interweave Therapeutic Interweave
Accuracy Verified: Yes
266. Kaplan, S., & Gilson, G. (2000, September). Therapeutic interweave: Before and beyond. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will: 1) be able to define the cognitive interweave and go beyond it to be able to define an expanded conceptualization of the therapeutic interweave; 2) be able to identify a range of therapeutic interweaves, including cognitive, affective, body awareness, imaginal, ego state, experiential, dynamic, spiritual, healing, etc.; 3) be able to assess for and build in a foundation of safety, where needed, before beginning EMDR work; 4) be able to explain how the range of therapeutic interweaves can help clients establish appropriate responsibility, safety, and choices and explain how therapists can make a space for clients to be able to effect an adaptive change on their own; 5) learn a framework for deciding when, how, and if to use the therapeutic interweave during EMDR treatment when clients have not spontaneously found their way to an adaptive resolution; and 6) develop competence in assessing for and creating a foundation of safety, be able to share interweave approaches that participants have found to be effective, and develop competence in choosing, developing, utilizing, and timing of the therapeutic interweave in carefully designed experiential learning exercises.
Keywords: Therapeutic Interweave
Accuracy Verified: Yes
267. Dexter, B. A. (2007, September). Therapy with military and their families in a time of war. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Numerous military and veteran organizations recognize EMDR as a recommended treatment for PTSD. Rapidly increasing numbers of Active Duty, Reserve and National Guard combat veterans and their families are in need of mental health treatment, and most of that treatment will likely be provided by civilian therapists who may not have personal military experience. Therapists who have not served in the military can develop military cultural knowledge and provide equally high quality service to military individuals and families. We will discuss and develop EMDR targets related to Combat Stress Reactions, narcissism, ‘violations of the social contract’ and other trauma.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
268. Gomez, A. M. (2009). The thoughts kit for kids. Ana Gomez Products; ISBN: 978-0-9795274-1-8; http://www.anagomeztherapy.com/?page_id=8;.
Language: English
Format: Other
Abstract:
A part of a series of games and tools designed to make EMDR treatment developmentally appropriate for children. The Thoughts Kit for Kids consists of four sets of cards. Two sets are for young children and the other two for young adolescents. Each set contains child appropriate positive and negative cognitions along with a VOC scale with which children can play and interact. In addition, The Thought Kit for Kids contains a 16 page booklet with specific EMDR games and protocols than can be used with the cards.
The Thoughts Kit for Kids is designed to aid clinicians with these procedural steps of the EMDR protocol.
The Thoughts Kit for Kids can help you by:
■Helping children develop cognitive and emotional awareness and literacy.
■Making the process of identifying negative and positive cognitions easier for children during EMDR treatment.
■Facilitating the use of the VOC scale for children.
■Assisting youngsters in selecting potential targets for EMDR treatment.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
269. Spierings, J. (2010, July). The three tests: A systemic approach to stabilization. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
“The Three Tests” A systematic approach to stabilization:
Working with severely traumatized clients, we are confronted with many difficult questions, impossible choices and dilemmas:
is the client ready for (EMDR-)trauma work, or is more stabilization needed? How do we assess the bearing strength and
affect regulation level of the client? What if the client is too unstable because of the trauma symptoms? How can we enhance
safety and control without working on the trauma? And if affect tolerance is too small to do EMDR, what can we do?
In this presentation you learn to assess the client’s readiness for EMDR in a systematic way, combined with a treatment
plan to work on the skills and resources the client needs to develop. The presentation gives many, many practical ideas for
interventions and exercises to help the client develop bearing strength and grow towards trauma confrontation.
Of course there will be lots of illustrating case stories.
Keywords: Stabilization
Accuracy Verified: Yes
270. Meignant, M. (2006, May 6). To love with EMDR. Presentation at the 14th Annual International Conference on Conflict Resolution, Climax, MI.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The strict EMDR protocols are used to treat love, sexual and relational difficulties. The traumatic target is selected in the childhood and in the affective life since the beginning of the love and the sexual life. EMDR sessions are powerful to develop love sentiments and resolve couple crisis. EMDR protocol is also use to develop love resources.
Keywords: Love Relational Difficulties
Accuracy Verified: Yes
271. Knudsen, N. J., & LaForte, J. (2000, September). Towards an accelerated differentiation of self: EMDR and Bowen theory. Presentatiom at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participant will: 1) develop a working knowledge of the main concepts of Murray Bowen's theory of family systems - diffentiation of self, multi-generational transmission process, triangles, and family emotional field; 2) be able to identify the appropriate use of EMDR in the family of original based treatment; and 3) have the basis to apply key concepts and therapeutic interventions to their own clients.
Keywords: Bowen Theory Theory of Family Systems
Accuracy Verified: Yes
272. Cohen, A., Prattos, T., Birnbaum, A., Yoeli, F. R., Quinn, G., & Lopacka, J. (2006, June). Training EMDR practitioners of another culture and language following a disaster. In Cross-cultural EMDR training following disasters. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Istanbul, Turkey.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR Training Following a Disaster
Aims
• To identify some of the vital components of a
successful EMDR training to take place in a
cultural milieu other than that of the presenting
team
• The differences between EMDR training designed
to provide intervention relief following a disaster
and regular EMDR training
• To develop an EMDR training program sensitive
to local culture with support from abroad both in
times of emergency and calm [Excerpt]
Keywords: Disasters Symposium Training
Accuracy Verified: Yes
273. Samardzic, D. (2010, August). Trauma and the body: The somatic experience in psychotherapy. John F. Kennedy University, Pleasant Hill, CA.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
According to recent neuroscience research, psychological trauma disrupts homeostasis
and can negatively affect various organs and biological systems (Solomon & Heide,
2005). Somatic therapy addresses the physiological elements of the trauma by focusing
on the body, which, in turn, helps individuals cognitively and emotionally process trauma
(Ogden & Minton, 2000; Levine, 1997). This qualitative study aimed to explore the
experience of 5 participants who underwent ongoing somatic therapy in the treatment of
symptoms associated with Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD). The results revealed
twelve common essential elements among all the participants that illustrated their
experience prior to and during the somatic therapeutic process. Some of the elements
identified included: presence of severe trauma history of emotional, physical, and/or
sexual abuse; failure to treat PTSD symptoms prior to somatic therapy; manifestation of
PTSD in physical symptoms and/or illness; increasing awareness of body allowed access
to trauma; newfound knowledge and tools gained in helping to manage triggers; and
gaining a sense of physical and psychological freedom. Three additional essential
elements were found that were not shared by all or most of the participants, which included: EMDR as unsuccessful in treating PTSD symptoms; healing through artistic
expression; and ineffectiveness of psychotropic medication in the treatment of PTSD. A
process was identified in which a non-verbal bodily experience became a verbal,
intellectual, or cognitive experience. In addition, seven characteristics were identified
within the transformative process of improving PTSD symptoms occurring during the
somatic therapy. According to the participants’ reports, somatic therapy not only
decreased their PTSD symptoms, but the process had a significant positive impact on the
quality of their lives. This study’s findings highlight the potential of somatic therapy to
help those dealing with the effects of psychological trauma.
Keywords: Body Biological Systems Somatic Therapy Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
274. Mevissen-Renckens, L. (2008, August). Trauma and trauma therapy (EMDR) in people with ID. Symposium presented at the 13th World Congress of the International Association for the Scientific Study of Intellectual Disabilities, Cape Town, South Africa.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Aim: People with ID might be particularly vulnerable to significant
life events and at high risk to develop Post Traumatic Stress Disorder.
In the general population EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and
Reprocessing) is an evidence-based trauma treatment method. On
small-scale EMDR is used in people with ID and seems to be efficacious
and not placing a load on clients. However research on PTSD
and EMDR in this population is missing so has to be done. Method:
Research on the relationship between life events en mental health
problems in people with ID is listed and analysed. The findings are
compared with the outcomes of single case studies on clients with ID,
treated with EMDR.
Results: Correlational and retrospective analyses
of case files consistently show an association between life events on
one hand and behaviour problems and depression on the other hand.
The only prospective study that is found indicates a causal relationship.
EMDR treatment effects also suggest a causal relationship
between mental health problems and being exposed to overwhelming
events. Conclusions: Further research is necessary to develop evidence
based assessment and treatment procedures for people with ID
who suffer from complaints due to traumatic experiences.
Keywords: ID Intellectual Difficulties Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Symposium
Accuracy Verified: Yes
275. Brown, P. A. (2012). Trauma research and treatment of combat veterans: An evidence-based integrative literature review. California Institute of Integral Studies, San Francisco, CA.
Language: English
Format: Dissertation/Thesis
Abstract:
The mainstream treatments for Post Traumatic Stress
Disorder (PTSD) are Cognitive Behavioral and Prolonged
Exposure Therapies (CBT & PE). These closely studied evidence based
treatments also show high relapse, dropout, and failure
rates of up to half of those treated (Bryant, R., et al., 2008, p.
555). While not as well researched and harder to measure in
terms of the gold standard in Evidence Based Practice of
Psychology (EBPP), studies of “alternative” treatments and their
methods, yield different and interesting evidence.
Using the standards espoused by EBPP alongside
alternative movements, this study examined modalities used in
veterans’ treatment. A guiding question was “What can the field
of trauma studies learn from a systematic and comparative
review of the research and treatment of combat veterans
suffering the sequelae of trauma?” Included in this integrative literature review—which
generates a critique and theoretical synthesis of a body of
literature (Torraco, R., 2005, p. 356)—were peer-reviewed
studies from 2006-2010. The participating studies consisted
largely of Veterans Administration (VA)-funded, CBT/PE
treatments, with an average of over 32 patients per participating
study, of approximately 13 weeks duration, and where 20% of
patients avoided treatment, 25% dropped out, and 30% failed
treatment altogether. Concept matrix analysis of data included
distillation of essential statements further reflecting poor
tolerability, dropout, failure, and an inability to maintain
symptom reductions (75% of studies). Authors tended to
overstate positive effects while omitting adequate examination of
study design and construct validity, leading to dearth bias,
defined as scarcity of evidence hiding behind citations.
From this integrative review of the literature a
reconceptualization and agenda for future research emerged.
The reconceptualization stems from the usefulness of hybridized
efficacy and effectiveness research, self-reflection and
bracketing, and more accounting for dearth bias. The future
agenda recommends practitioners use concept matrices as
iv
research and practice tools, conduct more common factors
research, and develop more clinical practice-based evidence.
Especially as related to knowledge evaluation, increased
accountability, and system-wide change, these recommendations
can assist the spread of more diverse and useful EBPP, to help
relieve some of the pain of the traumatized combat veteran.
Keywords: Combat Veterans Literature Review
Accuracy Verified: Yes
276. Scharloo, A., & Coppens, L. (2010, Apirl). Trauma treatment after sexual abuse for people with developmental disabilities. Presentation at the 2nd Bi-Annual International European Society for Trauma and Dissociaion Conference, Belfast, Northern Ireland.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Trauma treatment after sexual abuse for people with developmental disabilities People with disabilities have an increased vulnerability to experience violence and abuse. Also they have more negative experiences in general and are more often treated in an unpleasant manner. They are therefore at greater risk to develop trauma. Beside that they have fewer capacities to cope with traumatic experiences in a healthy way. For a long time it was thought that people with developmental disabilities couldn’t profit from psychotherapy. Still people with developmental disabilities are being told that they can’t get treatment. In this workshop we will show that psychotherapy is very well possible for people with developmental disabilities and we will show how adjustments can be made to the regular approach to meet the special needs of these people. We will explain that to meet these needs a broader scope is necessary which include therapeutic interventions towards key persons and organizations in their lives. We will introduce two women with mental disabilities who both have been sexually abused. We will tell about the therapy in which we used this broader approach (involving parents, group counselor, church) combined with EMDR, solution focused therapy methods, cognitive behavioral techniques and creative techniques.
Learning Outcomes Participants will know that trauma treatment is possible for people with developmental disabilities. Participants will know adjustments can be made to the regular approach to meet the special needs of people with developmental disabilities. Participants will know how to involve key persons from the network of the developmentally disabled client in order to make trauma treatment work well.
Keywords: Developmental Disabilities Sexual Abuse
Accuracy Verified: Yes
277. Chemtob, C. (2001, June). Trauma, culture, and public health. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Austin, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The field of trauma has made significant strides in the past quarter century. It is now recognized that trauma is a "behavioral toxin" associated wuth a number of significant deleterious psychological and physical consequences for health. A public health informed approach to trauma must address the cultural context in which victimization occurs and must address its cultural roots. In order to achieve our public health agenda, it will be critical to develop conceptual and methodological frameworks requisite to develop knowledge to address trauma's impact on populations.
Keywords: Health Public Health Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
278. Lovett, J. (2000). The trauma-attachment tangle: Let's help children and parents out of the bind. The Children's Group Therapy Association Newsletter. Retrieved from http://www.cgta.net/newsletters/play_therapy.html November 16, 2011.
Language: English
Format: Newsletter
Abstract:
What does help children and adults who have had experiences that ruptured their trust in the world and who have been unable to develop close, reciprocal, loving relationships?
1. Experiences of being safe for an extended period of time.
2. EMDR to desensitize and reprocess upsetting memories.
3. Development of healthy “inner parents” who nurture, encourage, and offer guidance.
4. Children benefit from nurturing cuddle time with parents – and alternating bilateral stimulation to reinforce positive experiences of safety, care, tenderness, and attunement.
5. Adults benefit from imagination exercises to help them experience nurturing.
6. Children and adults need a cohesive life story that is developmentally appropriate and explains and reframes what happened to them and offers trauma resolution and hope for the future.
7. EMDR to target confusion, so that uncertainty (necessary for approaching new experiences and learning) does not trigger anxiety.
8. Grief work, to deal with loss and find ways to be loyal to more than one person or family.
9. Creative opportunities for healing. Art, play therapy, drama, sandtray work can be used to express feelings, as well as provide targets for desensitizing and reprocessing traumatic experiences. Fortunately, children can resolve trauma even when EMDR is used to help the action figure, the baby doll, or the toy horse resolve a challenging situation.
10. Work with parents (or refer them) to understand and desensitize their own triggers for reactivity. Children who are fearful, angry, needy, or sad need mature parents who can stay objective and help them contain their strong emotions.
11. While the work of resolving trauma and developing trust can be slow, EMDR can facilitate the process. The rewards are sweet and well worth the effort. [Excerpt]
Keywords: Adults Attachment Children Trauma Treatment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
279. Greenwald, R. (2006, September). A trauma-informed treatment model for practice and consultation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
EMDR is both a trauma resolution method and a
comprehensive phase model of trauma treatment.
EMDR training has typically focused primarily
on the trauma resolution method (phases 3-7 of
the protocol), with only passing mention of the
rest of the treatment approach. This leaves many
EMDR trained clinicians unsure how to identify
clients for whom EMDR may be appropriate, how
to prepare their clients adequately for EMDR, and
how to identify appropriate targets(and target
order) for EMDR. In this workshop participants
will learn, and practice, how to conceptualize a
case from a trauma perspective, so that the clients'
presenting problems can be directly related to the
clients trauma/loss history. Participants will
learn, and practice, explaining this to their clients,
so they can develop a treatment plan (including
EMDR) accordingly. Participants will learn a
phase model of trauma treatment that is consistent
with EMDR while providing more detailed
guidance in phases 1,2, and 8 of the EMDR
protocol. Participants will learn a systematic
approach to preparing clients for EMDR.
Participants will also learn, and practice, applying
this model in asystematic way to problem-solving
their own challenging cases, as well as to
supervision and consultation.
Keywords: Consultation Practice
Accuracy Verified: Yes
280. Gomez, A. (2009, August). Treating children with persuasive emotion dysregulation using EMDR and adjunctive approaches. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This presentation will provide theoretical and practical step-by-step strategies to assist clinicians working with children with severe dysregulation of the affective system, such as children exhibiting insecure patterns of attachment, complex PTSD and dissociation. Clinicians will learn key elements to develop case conceptualization skills and treatment plans based on the Adaptive Information Processing Model (AIP). How to use EMDR with adjunct approaches and strategies, such as ego-state therapy and somatic intervention, with children will be addressed. Strategies directed to titrate amount of trauma and keep children manageable and tolerable levels of activation to facilitate reprocessing will be demonstrated.
Keywords: Children Dysregulation Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD
Accuracy Verified: Yes
281. Forgash, C. A. (2007, June). Treating complex trauma with integrated EMDR and ego state therapy. Pre-conference presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will focus on the integration of EMDR and
Ego State Work in the treatment of highly traumatized
clients with complex diagnoses, including dissociative
disorders and complex PTSD. People suffering with these
problems often require an extensive preparation phase to
develop a therapeutic relationship and deal with stabilization,
affect regulation, dissociative symptoms and resistance.
Integrating Ego state work with EMDR in this expanded
protocol achieves more extensive goals than merely elimination
of PTSD and dissociative symptoms
Working from a position of empathy and understanding
of the legacies of trauma, loss and attachment disruption,
we help our patients resolve their critical issues and develop
a blueprint for living.
Clear theoretical basics, technical innovation and practical
strategies for incorporating EMDR and Ego StateWork
will be provided through lecture, demonstration, experiential
work/practicum and case presentations.
Participants will learn:
1. The relationship of Ego State Theory to the Adaptive
Information Processing Model.
2. The rationale for an EMDR/Ego State Integrated Phased
Treatment Model in the treatment of complex trauma.
4. Specific stabilization strategies to help clients manage
dissociation and affect dysregulation throughout the
treatment.
5. Advanced techniques and interweaves that promote resolution
within the EMDR trauma processing phase.
Keywords: Ego State Therapy Integrated Phased Treatment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
282. Wesselmann, D. (2000, September). Treating core attachment issues in adults and children. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will: 1) be able to describe the specific effects of poor quality attachments on emotional and social functioning in children and adults; 2) be able to describe how problem attachments are transmitted generationally; 3) learn to identify core negative cognitions related to specific types of attachment problems; 4) learn to utilize ego state work in order to strengthen the adult self and develop a self-soothing dialogue prior to the reprocessing of emotionally-laden material; 4) learn to utilize EMDR to help parents understand and change their distorted perceptions and ineffective responses with their children; and 6) learn how to coach parents in providing support and attunement in the child's reprocessing as a way of strengthening the attachment bond.
Keywords: Attachment Ego State Therapy
Accuracy Verified: Yes
283. Latenstein, E., & de Roos, C. (2005, June). Treatment of a couple that survived the tsunami with their four children. In "EMDR in action." Part 2. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Twelve days after the 26th of December 2004 a couple came to my private
practice, on referral from Prof. Dr. Ad de Jongh. that looked death in the
eye when the Tsunami hit Sri Lanka. The couple has four children, age four to
eleven, who survived with them. On Sri Lanka they were called 'The fortune
family'. They both had severe symptoms of Acute Stress Disorder: reliving the
disaster day and night and were, only just, managing to take care of the
children and their daily life.
They already read about EMDR and had their hopes up that I could help
them stabilize. As soon as they started telling me about their distressing
experience I noticed that, especially the woman, started reliving it. Knowing
that they had been telling everything already many times to family and friends, I asked them f I could immediately do the first EMDR session with each of them. Quite noticeable was that the experience was still in their minds with every detail and with several peaks of the most distressing
moments. In total they had three single sessions each with two-days intervals.
Their children who at first were doing relatively well had started to develop
serious symptoms and needed treatment; after the three EMDR sessions for
each of the parents they were stable and could give their full attention to
EMDR-treatment of their children, who went to Carlijn de Roos MA, clinical
child-psychologist, who leads a trauma centre for children in the
Netherlands. At the end of February the parents were still doing well and at
the time of the EMDR Europe Conference I will have seen them for a follow-up.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
284. de Jongh, A. (2006, June). Treatment of anxiety and phobias with EMDR: Rapid conceptualization: Effective procedures and proposals for changes of the protocol. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Istanbul, Turkey.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Fears and phobias associated with EMDR situations where a single event for the well-structured, and short-term treatment is not compelling. Exposure in vivo EMDR'ın cognitive behavioral interventions, such as advantages, the fear-inspiring re-creation of the situation, situation (eg, sexuality, illness or death-related moments, situations) or phobic stimuli (eg, aircraft, mouse, snake) real life should be revived. However, inspiring fear and phobia on the basis of the number of lives to be in that situation, the phobic anxiety reactions to certain situations people may continue to give. Therefore EMDR'la fear and / or while working with phobias, anxiety-fear may danışanalr work preparing for the future status should not be terminated. This adaptive coping mechanisms to obtain, provide relief to improve the mental strategies in the future will need to be placed in a behavioral patterns and behavioral experiments can be done. EMDR'ın with fear and phobia clinical applications focusing on this at the end of the study group participants: 1) consult those who fear, avoidance of situations of mold assessment, 2) in terms of EMDR cases quickly formulated, 3) for those who need counseling EMDR protocol creative format can be adapted, and 4 ) EMDR intervention for their general treatment approach (cognitive-behavioral) to integrate aims to provide skills to develop.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
285. Omaha, J. (2000, September). Treatment of bulimia and binge eating disorder using the Chemotion/EMDR protocol. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Assocation, Toronto, Ontario Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will: 1) learn that in Bulimia Nervosa (BN) and Binge Eating Disorder (BED), food, the abused substance, provides the means for reenactment of childhood emotional trauma and how food facilitates a re-experiencng of unresolved affects assembled with the trauma; 2) learn the Chemotion/EMDR protocol; 3) learn how to apply the Chemotion/EMDR protocol to identify what affects are being re-experienced and what traumas are being reenacted through the ingestive disorder; 4) learn how to apply the Chemottion/EMDR protocol to develop resources to tolerate the affects being vicariously reenacted through the ingestive disorder; 5) learn how to apply Chemotion/EMDR protocol to desensitize and reprocess the traumas being reenacted through the ingestive disorder; 6) learn how to recognize the presence of a dissociative component in BN and BED; and 7) learn how to combine hypnosis and EMDR to treat the dissociative component in BN and BED.
Keywords: Bulimia Nervosa Binge Eating Chemotion Dissociation Hypnosis Ingestive Disorder
Accuracy Verified: Yes
286. Coste, L. (2007, June). Treatment of complex drivng phobia on the expressway (demonstrating the value of dreams, daydreams and metaphors through EMDR treatment). Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Here is the summary of the treatment of a complex phobia develop since 1 year by a 35 year old man who past brittleness symptoms, considered as a continuation of the parental separation, first appeared in adolescence. In fact, around this period, the malaises of the patient took various forms without releasing insurmountable fears.
Been born of Cameroonian father and a French mother, Mr. G. is the third child, two sisters preceding him. An abortion followed the birth of Mr. G. A few months after that event the parents divorced.
Mr., G. is living and working in a pharmaceutical and cosmopolitan environment. He met his English girlfriend 8 years ago in Spain, where they lived for 4 years. Mr. G. lives since 4 years in France, his birthplace. He frequently travels abroad. His resides in France 9 months. A year ago, Mr., G. met a woman that had tunnel anguishes too. Now, since his installation, Mr., G. complains about phobia on the expressway.
That began for the first time when he prepared himself to go by car from London to Marseilles. But arriving to Montpellier, a fear panic paralyzes him. He could not drive any more. His three year old girl sat down in the rear seat. And he said: “My girl will die.”
Besides, Mr. G. does not suffer from declared anguishes in other places or in other vehicles.
A treatment by medicines is followed since 5 months successfully.
My interventions have held, before each new session, taking into account the following originally: the content of dreams, referring to the psychoanalytic models; metaphors evolution through the “sure place” during treatment; the free expression of the patient after bilateral alternate stimulations, being able to evolve through awaken dreams, without systematic return to the target when the cognition-arborescence deviates lightly.
These three tools are excellent to prove and judge advances in therapy, because they constitute an ideal unconscious bottom revealed by the therapist is compared with the cognitions quoted by the patient, then discussed in order to obtain in the filed of future cognitions, the most adequate ones.
The first treatment being urgent, it is a matter to target priority the situation that releases the panic. The cognitions will evolve logically from the “one’s self esteem” to “the possibilities of choice.”
At the end of 9 EMDR sessions and three months of treatments, Mr. G. drives freely on the expressways. Consecutively, he did “the mourning” of his father and feels from that time the need to protect this mother.
Keywords: Daydreams Dreams Driving Phobia Metaphors Phobia Poster
Accuracy Verified: Yes
287. Matthieu, M., & Ivanoff, A. (2006). Treatment of human-caused trauma: Attrition in the adult outcomes research. Journal of Interpersonal Violence, 12(21), 1654-1664.
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
Attrition or dropout is the failure of a participant to complete, comply, or the prematurely discontinuation or discharge from treatment, resulting in lost data and affecting outcomes. This review of 10 years of adult posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) treatment outcome literature specific to Criterion A events of human origin examines how attrition is defined and addressed, methodologically and statistically. Of the 13 experimental or quasi-experimental studies, 11 report attrition information. Compared to treatment completers, attriters more often had elevated pretest scores on PTSD and other symptom measures. The characteristics of dropouts given the intentional nature of the traumatic events reviewed in this study are shared to inform clinical practice. Recommendations for consistent methods in examining, analyzing, and interpreting treatment outcome data are also discussed.
Keywords: Attrition Dropout Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Treatment Outcome
Accuracy Verified: Yes
288. Vaughan, K., Armstrong, M., Gold, R., O'Connor, N., Jenneke, W., & Tarrier, N. (1994, December). A trial of eye movement desensitization compared to image habituation training and applied muscle relaxation in post-traumatic stress disorder. Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry, 25(4), 283-291. doi:10.1016/0005-7916(94)90036-1 .
Language: English
Format: Journal
Abstract:
36 patients with PTSD were randomly allocated to individual treatment with imaginal exposure (image habituation training - IHT), or applied muscle relaxation (AMR) or eye movement desensitization (EMD). Assessment by a blind independent rater and self-report instrument applied pre and posttreatment and at 3-month follow-up indicated that all groups improved significantly compared with a waiting list and that treatment benefits were maintained at follow-up. Despite a failure to demonstrate differences among groups, there was some suggestion that immediately after treatment EMD was superior for intrusive memories. [Author Summary]
Keywords: Adults Australians Exposure Therapy Longitudinal Study Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Random Clinical Trial RCT Relaxation Therapy Stressors Survivors Treatment Effectiveness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
289. Zillhart, P. (2007, Juin). Troubles du comportement alimentaire et EMDR [EMDR and eating behavioral disorders]. Présentation à la réunion annuelle de l'Association EMDR Europe, Paris, France.
Language: French
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Défaut d’intériorsation des objets dans la théorie des relations objectales ou véritable pathologie de la consommation et du changement au carrefour des domains environnementaux et socio-culturels, les TCA constituent un probleme de santé sociale. Leur nature addictive est discutée.
Le problematique des TCA est rendue plus complexe par l’existence d’une lourde comorbidité dont les éléments pathologiques sont autant causes que conséquences. Notons que 40% des patients souffrant de TCA ont eu, à un moment de leur vie, un psychotraumatisme.
La thérapie EMDR permet une approche intégrative dans le traitement des TCA: un aspect cognitif indéniable, le processus associatif unduit par les stimulations alternées met souvent en lumuiere des matériaux reflétant des conflits intrapsychiques plus ou moins archaiques.
Le travail portant sur l’imagerie mentale ou les états dissociés du moi peut aussi etre associé dans les cas difficiles de patients souffrant de TCA Le présent atelier a pour but :
- D’éclairir les points clef des classifications nosographiques actuelles, notamment dans leur incidence thérapeutique, sans oublier les cas l’urgences.
- De présenter les aspects les plus récents du modèle bio-psychosocial des TCA, véritable clef de voute des interventions thérapeutiques, notommanent concernant la therapie EMDR. La therapie EMDR se veut indvidualisée selon l’histoire de vie de chaque patient.
La connaissance profounde de l’histoire de vie des patients avec leurs thématiques existentielles permet la construction de "clusters" multiples. Ceux-ci offrent un mode d’induction privilégié des processus associatifs de restructuration cognitive, émotionnelle, et corporelle proper à la thérapie EMDR.
- Des protocoles sont proposés selon cas et illustrés par quelques exemples et vignettes cliniques.
- De répondre à un maximum de questions durant l’atelier.
Failure intériorsation objects in the theory of object relations or true pathology of consumption and change at the junction of domains environmental and socio-cultural, the CAW is a social health problem. Their addictive nature is discussed.
The problematic CAW is complicated by the existence of a significant comorbidity with pathological elements are all causes than consequences. Note that 40% of patients with ABI had, at some point in their life, a psychological trauma.
EMDR allows an integrative approach in the treatment of TCA, a cognitive undeniable, the associative process unduit by alternating stimulation is often lumuiere materials reflecting intrapsychic conflicts more or less archaic.
The work on mental imagery or dissociated ego states may also be involved in difficult cases of patients with ABI This workshop aims to:
- To explain the key points nosographic current classifications, particularly in their therapeutic effect, without forgetting the emergency cases.
- Present the most recent aspects of the biopsychosocial model CAW real keystone of therapeutic interventions notommanent on EMDR therapy. The EMDR therapy is meant indvidualisée by life history of each patient.
Profound knowledge of the history of life of patients with their existential issues allows the construction of clusters multiple. They offer a privileged mode of induction of associative processes of cognitive restructuring, emotional, and physical Proper to EMDR.
- Protocols are proposed under event and illustrated by some examples and clinical vignettes.
- To answer many questions as possible during the workshop.
Keywords: Eating Disorders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
290. Snyker, E. (2000, September). Understanding and controlling post EMDR individual session negative responses. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will: 1) be able to identify the range of reactions post an individual EMDR session, as well as predict how long (hours, days) the reaction may last; 2) be able to identify the emergence of negative reactions to an individual session; 3) have a basic understanding of the mechanism of action underlying positive/negative reactions; and 4) be able to develop strategies for incomplete sessions for those clients who repeatedly have negative reactions and for whom traditonal closings (safe place, RI., relax) do not work.
Keywords: Incomplete Sessions Negative Reactions
Accuracy Verified: Yes
291. Seubert, A. (2010, September/October). The unforgiven: EMDR, ego state therapy, attachment repair and forgiveness in the treatment of eating disorders. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop will explore the presence of dissociation in clients with eating disorders, particularly anorexia nervosa. The approach employs an EMDR phase model, expanding the evaluation and preparation phases. Preparation presents a 4-step method of teaching emotional competence, attachment repair strategies, as well as the use of ego state therapy. Processing requires the ability to titrate released disturbance and re-stabilize after EMDR application to touchstone events. Self-forgiveness emerges as internal “parts” develop mutual compassion and support. Video clips, case studies and case reviews will reinforce learning.
Keywords: Attachment Repair Eating Disorders Ego State Therapy Forgiveness
Accuracy Verified: Yes
292. Ferrie, R. (2012, April). The use of dreams in ego state and EMDR therapies for trauma and dissociation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Canada, Montreal, Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Today, the dreaming mind is understood to improve learning, organize novel solutions to problems from waking consciousness and, thus, creatively support survival. This function, of finding new creative solutions, is also observed in the desensitization phase four of the EMDR protocol and is a key component in Ego State Therapy (EST). Dreams appear to select targets from the client’s history, that are causing problems in current time. In addition, dreams may respond to interventions made during a therapeutic session, as if the dreaming mind were in a dialogue with the client and the therapist. This type of dream leads to a more creative dialogue in subsequent therapy. Repetitive nightmares are the dreaming signature of PTSD, and these too respond well to EMDR and rehearsed changes in imagery, including that of ego states and can result in improved sleep quality. Dreams can offer a resource figure in blocked therapy; demonstrate the validity of ego states and of ego state relationships. This presentation focuses on the use of dreams, in combination with EMDR, as well as EST, for clients suffering from post traumatic syndromes. A review of the literature will be given but primarily case studies and video material from actual sessions will shared.
Learning objectives:
1. Understand the neuroscience that underlies the present state ofknowledge of the dreaming mind/brain
2. Develop skill in using the language of the dreaming mind to improve interweaves and interventions in the course of therapy
3. Develop skills in carrying nightmares forward using EMDR and thus improving sleep quality
4. Formulate a script that explains to clients why dreams and the imagination are useful in therapy.
5. Participate in a practicum on the use of dreams.
Keywords: Dissociation Dreams Ego State Therapy Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
293. Dellucci, H. (2011, December). The use of EMDR in the treatment of patients with complex dissociative disorders related to trauma. Presentation at the First European Society for Trauma and Dissociation, Paris, France .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Today EMDR is widely recognized as one of the most effective therapies for simple trauma. But if people
suffer from complex trauma, with dissociative disorder, EMDR, as it has been invented originally,
becomes problematic. The therapist has then to develop his/her art in order to keep the therapeutic
process ongoing. Numerous authors conceptualized many different ways of adapting the EMDR standard
protocol for those apparently difficult clients. Here also, there is no consensus between therapists who
are extremely cautious and take a lot of time before coming to the trauma confronting phase, and those
who go earlier to desensitization and do further adaptations. Which are the risks ? How to adapt therapy
to the sometimes chaotic life style of the person ? In which ways EMDR could be adapted to overcome
this dilemma and be more efficient, even with those clients known as being difficult ?
Keywords: Dissociative Disorders
Accuracy Verified: Yes
294. Becker, M. J. (2000, September). Use of EMDR to resolve neonatal trauma. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will: 1) develop an understanding of the use of EMDR to resolve very early trauma; 2) be able to identify clinical pictures indicative of early trauma; and 3) be able to demonstrate the collaboration of the caregiver in administering the EMDR protocol to young patients.
Keywords: Neonatal Trauma
Accuracy Verified: Yes
295. Laliotis, D. (2008, June). Using EMDR as a contemporary psychotherapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Twenty years ago, EMDR began as a clinical technique used to help clients reprocess major traumatic
experiences. Since then, EMDR has developed into a comprehensive psychotherapy approach which
is being used to treat low self-esteem, relationship difficulties, and performance issues not connected
to major trauma but rather to networks of unprocessed early experiences. This workshop will help
clinicians develop a way of thinking about and applying EMDR to these cases where the “traumas” are
not so obvious but nonetheless a powerful contributor to the client’s current difficulties. Cases will be
presented in depth with videotape to illustrate how the treatment process evolves using EMDR and
how to adequately address the insidious nature of these childhood experiences. Participants will
learn how to conceptualize the case over time, how to apply cognitive interweave strategies to
facilitate the client’s process, and how to develop future templates to facilitate personal growth and
lasting change.
Keywords: Contemporary Psychology
Accuracy Verified: Yes
296. Foster, S. (2004, September). Using EMDR for performance enhancement in career and creative performing arts. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Montréal, Ontario Canada.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In her thirteen years of work with EMDR and peak performance, Dr. Sandra "Sam" Foster has found that EMDR can be a powerful tool for helping higher functioning people achieve their goals in career and in the performing and creative arts. This advanced EMDR specialty training teaches you how to use the EMDR Peak Performance Protocol to help clients break rhrough obstacles of performance anxiety, perfectionism, fear of failure, and concerns about sustaining success. This protocol is also useful for clients who have made good progress in their therapy and now
wish to make their future template real -- going to work, beginning a relationship, or starting a family. Come learn how to develop an area of
private practice with healthy clients who want to overcome past setbacks and disappointments to become all they wish to be. Experience for yourself how to create resources for possibility and self-actualization.
Keywords: Peak Performance Protocol
Accuracy Verified: Yes
297. Wesselmann, D. (2013, April). Using EMDR to treat attachment trauma in adults and children. Preconference presentation at the Congress EMDR Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Nijmegen, the Netherlands.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Trauma experienced within the earliest attachment relationships leave children and adults at great risk for the development of psychiatric disorders. Maltreatment by attachment figures and traumatic losses are both closely associated with attachment disorganization, the attachment category identified in 70% of patients in psychiatric hospitals. Research shows insecure and disorganized attachments to be transmitted transgenerationally at a rate of between 70 and 80%.Adults and children with disturbed attachments frequently experience severe emotional dysregulation along with intense feelings of despair, anxiety, shame, and mistrust of others. Affected children and adults frequently lack helpful or adaptive information or insights and exhibit behaviors that elicit negative responses from those around them. Due to heavy defenses and poor self-regulation and self-awareness, patients suffering from attachment trauma are traditionally difficult to treat. However, with proper adaptations, the EMDR approach becomes a powerful method for healing attachment injuries in adults, children, and parent-child dyads. Participants will learn creative methods of adapting EMDR for the special challenges that accompany attachment injury. Participants will learn to utilize attachment resource development techniques designed to strengthen the capacity for closeness, trust, and self-compassion. They will discover how to coach an attachment figure to provide emotional regulation and help with cognitive interweaves. Participants will be able to write a therapeutic story to help process pre-verbal trauma and develop adaptive information for successful reprocessing. Creative interweaves, contained reprocessing, and methods for weaving together of past, present, and future will help participants experience successful EMDR with their most challenging cases. Case studies, video, and EMDR/attachment research will be presented.
Keywords: Adults Children Trauma Attachment
Accuracy Verified: Yes
298. Thompson, P. (1995, June). Using EMDR with adolescents: Life changes for adlescents - an empowerment tool. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This presentation describes an EMDR protocol for working with an adolescent in such a way as to enhance their self-empowerment
capabilities. As a preliminary, a medical and developmental history of the adolescent is taken from the parents, as well as obtaining
their view of present problems. Using this infomation and a subsequent history obtained from the adolescent provides the basis for
what may prove to be targets later.
I will talk about how, in early discussions with adolescents, when my aim is to gain rapport, I often go back over some of the
information their parents provided so as to obtain the teenager's views and feelings, idenfying the highs and lows in their view of
their life so far. I look for where they have felt successful and powerful, and where they have suffered trauma, loss and sadness with
reference to themselves as individuals and also in their family relationships. I seek to refine targets from both parental and
adolescent information. I also seek to understand what the teen would like in their life and begin to introduce the idea that they can
give direction to their life.
I believe it is important to provide the adolescent with new or clarified information about him or her. I use psychological tests to
assist in this process. I will cover briefly ways that I use the Behavior Assessment System for Children (BASC), as well as other
assessment instruments such as the Strong Interest Inventory, Rorschach and Millon Adolescent Personality Inventory (MAPI), to
give both the adolescent and me important information. Because the information stems from a comparison with the general
population, I can present it more objectively than if it were solely my assessment of them. The adolescent decides what fits them
and what doesn't. This process allows us jointly to identify problems and to look for ways to handle them. Emphasis is always
placed on the adolescent having the power - the information about themselves is power. What they choose to do with it breeds
power. They are in control. This process usually leads to a further explanation of EMDR and how they might choose to work with
me using EMDR.
In summary, I will cover :
Helping the adolescent look at choices as giving freedom Presenting EMDR as a way of having more choices; Looking at behavior problems as habits that can be changed if desired. Encouraging the use of imagination, imaging, finding a
safe place and helping make changes; Taking the position of being their coach for their effort to develop the kind of life they want.
Looking at what they think stands in their way and what they can do to change it.
Identifying negative cognition from these blocks.
Using EMDR in the context of what they want.
Building Self Esteem through goal attainment-EMDR as a tool for performance.
Coaching for positive change and clear thinking.
Teaching self direction and organization reinforcing with EMDR.
Teaching self coaching.
Keywords: Adolescents Self Coaching
Accuracy Verified: Yes
299. Hofmann, A., & Matthess, H. (2010, July). Using EMDR with different populations - AIP: Working with implicit memory system. Preconference presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
In recent years a lot of different EMDR-protocols, based on the adaptive information
processing model (AIP) have been developed. Many of them have shown to be
effective in controlled clinical studies.
This workshop will review the AIP-model and its benefits. Using the idea of adaptive
processing we will develop ideas of various applications looking also beyond the
PTSD diagnosis’. We will focus on EMDR-interventions with:
1. Complex PTSD and other forms of childhood trauma and neglect
2. Addictions
3. Depressive disorders
4. Children
5. Use of group protocols for acute traumatizations
We will focus mainly on the practical aspect. Clinical questions are welcome.
Keywords: Implicit Memory System
Accuracy Verified: Yes
300. Kiessling, R. (2003, September). Using resources as cognitive interweaves. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop is for clinicians having completed an EMDRIA Approved EMDR training. While a great deal has been said about RDI development,
little has been said about the paths to follow and pitfalls to avoid when attempting to use them as cognitive inteweaves. Through lecture, case
example, and interactive participation, participants will be able to describe
the difference between "State" and "Trait" change. Participants will be
able to discuss how to develop "Target Specific" Resources. And by the
conclusion of the workshop, participants will be able to demonstrate a number of traditional cognitive interweave methods using Resource as a
means of helping facilitate "State" change during EMDR reprocessing.
Keywords: Cognitive Interweave State Change Trait Change
Accuracy Verified: Yes
301. Laliotis, D. (2008, Mai). Utiliser l’EMDR comme psychothérapie contemporaine [Using EMDR as a contemporary psychotherapy]. Présentation à la Conférence EMDR Canada, Montréal, Québec, Canada.
Language: French
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Il y a 20 ans l’EMDR débutait en tant que technique pour aider les clients à retraiter des expériences traumatiques. Depuis, l’EMDR s’est développé et constitue une approche thérapeutique complexe utilisée pour traiter des enjeux d’estime personnelle, de difficultés relationnelles ou de performances qui ne sont pas
toujours reliées à des traumatismes majeurs, mais plutôt à des réseaux d’expériences non-intégrées. Le but de cet atelier est d’aider les cliniciens à développer une vision quant à la façon d’appliquer l’EMDR à ces situations où les « traumas » ne sont pas aussi évidents, mais où les expériences du passé ont encore des impacts importants sur les difficultés actuelles du client. Des présentations cliniques sur bande vidéo, permettront d’illustrer l’évolution du traitement EMDR et la manière adéquate de traiter la nature insidieuse de ces expériences de l’enfance. Les participants apprendront à conceptualiser le traitement, à appliquer les tissages cognitifs de façon à faciliter le processus de retraitement, et comment développer des projections futures qui supporteront la croissance personnelle et des changements durables.
Twenty years ago, EMDR began as a clinical technique used to help clients reprocess major traumatic experiences. Since then, EMDR has developed into a comprehensive psychotherapy approach which is being used to treat low self-esteem, relationship difficulties, and performance issues not connected to major trauma
but rather to networks of unprocessed early experiences. This workshop will help clinicians develop a way of thinking about and applying EMDR to these cases where the “traumas” are not so obvious but nonetheless a powerful contributor to the client’s current difficulties. Cases will be presented in depth with videotape to illustrate how the treatment process evolves using EMDR and how to adequately address the insidious nature
of these childhood experiences. Participants will learn how to conceptualize the case over time, how to apply cognitive interweave strategies to facilitate the client’s process, and how to develop future templates to facilitate personal growth and lasting change.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
302. Accaria, P. L. (2009, March 10). The utilization of muscle testing as an ideomotor signal: How to bypass dissociation, ratify EMDR protocols and assess covert ego states. Presentation at the 51st American Society of Clinical Hypnosis Annual Scientific Meeting, Boston, MA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The Eve Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing procedure requires the development
of a protocol comprised of the patient’s inner experiences in the forms of images, emotions,
sensations, cognitions and Likert scale type ratings. Some individuals are dissociated from
their inner experiences to a degree which makes it difficult for them to soundly identify and
consciously report these inner experiences. Applied Kinesiology muscle testing responses,
which are conceptualized as ideomotor signals, are utilized to assess and ratify data used
in developing EMDR protocols. Muscle tests are also effective for deciphering covert ego
states and assessing their unique responses. Demonstrations and experiential practice in
dyads.
Upon completing this workshop, the participant should be able to:
1. Use muscle testing as an ideomotor signal;
2. Use muscle testing to develop and ratify EMDR protocols; and
3. Use muscle testing to assess and access covert ego states.
Keywords: Dissociation Ego States Muscle Testing
Accuracy Verified: Yes
303. Thatcher, P. (2013, May). Utilizing mind/body resources with EMDR in the treatment of complex trauma and dissociation. Presentation at the Western Massachusetts EMDRIA Regional Network 9th Annual Spring Conference, Amherst MA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
This workshop offers an overview in the etiology
and diagnosis of complex PTSD and dissociative
disorders from a developmental perspective; how to
develop resources including strengthening positive
qualities of Self, relaxation techniques and selfadministered
acupressure to reduce stress and stabilize
the client in preparation for and during EMDR
processing.
Keywords: Dissociation Mind/Body Connection
Accuracy Verified: Yes
304. Kiessling, R. (2009). The wedging technique. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (pp. 91-92). New York: Springer Publishing Co.
Language: English
Format: Book Section
Abstract:
Some clients may be able to talk about their trauma; however, the thought of processing it with the Standard EMDR Protocol may seem too overwhelming. In cases such as these, having the client develop a resource to address the "fear of the fear" may reduce the anxiety of reprocessing the traumatic memory. The Wedging Technique Script is provided. [PsycINFO Database]
Keywords: Protocol
Accuracy Verified: Yes
305. Hummel, H., & Matthess, H. (2005, June). What to teach beside EMDR in trauma-centered psychotherapy. In Teaching EMDR. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The objective of this workshop is to encourage the participants to develop
and carry out a comprehensive course for diagnostics and treatment of
trauma-related disorders.
The trauma-curricula in Schaffhausen and Sinzig were created
independently as training courses for psycho-traumatology. They are taken
as examples to clarify basic ideas on how to organize curricular-structured
seminars in the field of psycho-traumatology and trauma-therapy. The
EMDR-trainings are very well established as basic for trauma confrontation
therapy but "around EMDR" there is much more to teach that can only be
learnt over a longer period of time.
The curricular structure as a means to teach the knowledge and skills
improves the motivation of colleagues to attend the seminars. Consensus,
cooperation, and mutual recognition between other institutes and international organizations in the field of psycho-traumatology committed to
a general draft makes the acceptance even stronger.
There is consensus about the knowledge of anamnesis, diagnostics,
treatment planning, stabilization techniques, and the working through of
traumatic material. In both curricula more than one method for trauma confrontation
is taught. The more tools and skills the therapist is able to use
the easier it is to find the appropriate method for each client. So therapists
can avoid what is meant by the proverb: "if you only have a hammer you
will treat everything like a nail" (Maslow).
The first evaluation of the participants in both curricula in Schaffhausen and
Sinzig will be presented including questions about relevance. satisfaction
with structure and content as well as suggestions for improvement.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
306. Foster, S. (1998, July). Where do you want to go tomorrow? Issues of self-actualization, fear of success, and fear of failure in EMDR peak performance work. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Baltimore, MD.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Participants will: 1) understand the primary factors involved in fear of failure when clients desire to improve their performance; 2) understand the primary factors involved in fear of success when clients desire to improve their performance; and 3) be able to discuss the "extended" use of future templates in EMDR peak performance work.
Keywords: Extended Use of Future Templates Fear of Failure Fear of Success Peak Performance
Accuracy Verified: Yes
307. Dexter, B. A. (2008, September). Working with active duty, Reserve and National Guard, military, and military organizations. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Rapidly increasing numbers of Active Duty, Reserve and National Guard combat veterans and their families are receiving mental health treatment provided by civilian therapists. Therapists who have not served in the military can develop military cultural knowledge and provide equally high quality service to military individuals and families. We will discuss and develop EMDR targets related to Combat Stress Reactions, narcissism, ‘violations of the social contract’ and other trauma. Participants will receive a large amount of material in handouts and have considerable opportunity for case discussion and more.
Keywords: Combat Military Veterans
Accuracy Verified: Yes
308. Spierings, J. (2004, June). Working with EMDR in the treatments of clients with other (sub)cultures and religions: multi-culti EMDR. Presentation at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, Stockholm, Sweden .
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract: Working with traumatized clients from other cultures can be very demanding, and even frustrating: many times it just does not work out, despite your compassion and efforts. “Just staying out of the way” many times is not enough to do this job.
Intercultural competence is the ability to expand and translate your therapeutic skills to other cultures. It has both an attitude aspect and a technical aspect: a different style of relating and communications with your client, and different things to ask and explore.
Also in other cultures traumatic events happening to people have a different meaning asking for an approach from another angle in doing EMDR: interpreting traumas a stupid bad luck, Allah’s will, the evil eye, karma, or punishment by the ancestors, will have different (therapeutic) consequences.
This workshop offers not only a systemic way to understand these type of differences, it offers also very practical dos and don’ts, and of course tips and tricks to overcome difficulties.
The presentation puts strong emphasis on the development of resources and the building up of affect tolerance, making use of the healing rituals, objects and symbols of your clients own culture. These resources are utilized both before and during EMDR.
Part of the presentation is a collection of magical; healing objects from other cultures, including your own (maybe forgotten) culture, with ideas how to use them in the EMDR process. This is to inspire participants to develop their own collection.
The presentation follows the 8 phases of the EMDR protocol, describing specific considerations for each of the phases.
Keywords: Africa Asia Diversity Intercultural Competence Intercultural Interweaves Mediterranean Multi-Cultural Refugee Trust-Building Techniques
Accuracy Verified: Yes
309. Greenwald, R. (2009, August). Writing for the Journal of EMDR Practice & Research. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Many EMDR therapists have something to contribute to the field, but may be unsure about how to write a paper for a scholarly journal. Participants in this workshop will learn to identify the types of papers that might be submitted and how to determine in which category their own project belongs. Participants will also learn a clear structured model for composing a paper, so it will have its best chance of favorable review. Finally, participants will be guided to evaluate their own project and develop a plan to bring the project to publication.
Keywords: Writing
Accuracy Verified: Yes
310. Greenwald, R. (2010, September/October). Writing for the Journal of EMDR Practice & Research. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Many EMDR therapists have something to contribute to the field, but may be unsure about how to write a paper for a scholarly journal. Participants in this workshop will learn to identify the types of papers that might be submitted and how to determine in which category their own project belongs. Participants will also learn a clear structured model for composing a paper, so it will have its best chance of favorable review. Finally, participants will be guided to evaluate their own project and develop a plan to bring the project to publication.
Keywords: Writing
Accuracy Verified: Yes
311. Greenwald, R. (2011, August). Writing for the Journal of EMDR Practice & Research. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Many EMDR therapists have something to contribute to the field, but may be unsure about how to write a paper for a scholarly journal. Participants in this workshop will learn to identify the types of papers that might be submitted and how to determine in which category their own project belongs. Participants will also learn a clear structured model for composing a paper, so it will have its best chance of favorable review. Finally, participants will be guided to evaluate their own project and develop a plan to bring the project to publication.
Keywords: Writing
Accuracy Verified: Yes
312. Kiessling, R. (2007, September). Yes, it’s your “responsibility”!. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Effective case conceptualization and treatment is dependent upon accurate assessment of the client’s presenting problem’s “Core Cognitions” in order to appropriately identify the Touchstone Event. Understanding the treatment hierarchy of Responsibility, Safety and Choices greatly increases the clinician’s ability to understand and develop the appropriate treatment targeting sequence. This workshop will help clarify the appropriate development of an effective treatment plan according to the client’s core negative belief.
Keywords: Cognitions
Accuracy Verified: Yes
313. Crystal, S. (2009, March). “And they lived happily ever after”: EMDR and the use of stories for traumatized children and adolescents. Symposium conducted at the 7th annual Conference of the EMDR UK & Ireland Association, Manchester, UK.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The use of EMDR with younger age children presents extra challenges for
the practitioner who often needs to include the child’s parents/carers as a resource in the
treatment process. Parents /carers can become the child’s spokesperson through creating a
narrative of the child’s story. Based on the work of Joan Lovell, the EMDR protocol is
assimilated and adapted to suit the diversity of each child’s unique experience through the
process of story writing where the traumatic events are digested and processed with the
help of the protective parental figure(s). The presentation will illustrate through the use of
clinical material (video; drawings; collage; etc) how the practitioner can develop a multitude
of creative means to access the pre-verbal or the severely traumatized young child; for
whom we need to step “outside the box” and transform the EMDR protocol to suit each
child’s needs.
Keywords: Adolscents Children Stories Symposium
Accuracy Verified: Yes
314. Besser, L. (2005, June). The “Sarajevo-EMDR-protokoll” [The "Sarajevo EMDR protocol"]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.
Language: Dutch
Format: Conference
Abstract:
Resource-georiënteerde groep EMDR in een Trauma-en EMDR-opleiding groep van inheemse helpers, die zelf te lijden van de oorlog in Bosnië-trauma-Herzigowina. De presentatie toont een succesvolle en indrukwekkende experiment van de EMDR-groep behandeling (22 volwassen helpers) na een nieuwe installatie ontwikkeld ressource protocoll door Lutz-Ulrich Besser, EMDRIA Trainer voor EMDR met kinderen, in verband met de EMDR-trauma-expositie en "4 vierkante verf -techniek ". Het experiment is reeds uitgevoerd in het jaar 2000 als een onderzoeks-en project te helpen door Robert H. Tinker Wilson en Sandra met de oorlog getraumatiseerde kinderen uit Kosovo wonen in een vluchtelingenkamp in Duitsland. Het zal niet alleen de techniek aan te tonen met foto's en "SUC-Werten" (subjectieve eenheden van comfort), maar toont ook de processieweg zoals de zaken er van negatieve naar positieve ontwikkeling in beelden, cognities, emoties en lichamelijke gevoelens. De "Sarajevo-Protocoll" en dat de mogelijkheid van EMDR behandeling in groepen zal zeer binnenkort het voorwerp uitmaken van een wetenschappelijke studie, georganiseerd door de ZPTN (Zentrum für Psychotraumatologie und Traumatherapie Niedersachsen), LMU München / Kinderklinik im Dr von Haunerschen Kinderspital en de stichting "Wings of Hope" Deutschland.
Resource oriented group-EMDR in a Trauma- and EMDR-Training group of native helpers who suffered themselves from war-trauma in Bosnia-Herzigowina. The presentation shows a successful and impressive experiment of EMDR group treatment (22 adult helpers) after a new developed ressource installation protocoll by Lutz-Ulrich Besser, EMDRIA Trainer for EMDR with children, in connection with EMDR-Trauma-Exposition and “4 square paint-technique”. The experiment has already been carried out in the year 2000 as a research- and help project by Robert H. Tinker and Sandra Wilson with war traumatised children from Kosovo living in a refugee camp in Germany. It will not only demonstrate the technique with pictures and “SUC-Werten”(subjective units of comfort) but also show the processional way as things develop from negative to positive in pictures, cognitions, emotions and physical feelings. The “Sarajevo-Protocoll” and with that the possibility of EMDR treatment in groups will be very shortly the subject of a scientific study organised by the ZPTN (Zentrum für Psychotraumatologie und Traumatherapie Niedersachsen), LMU München / Kinderklinik im Dr. von Haunerschen Kinderspital and the foundation “Wings of Hope” Deutschland.
Accuracy Verified: Yes
315. Shapiro, E., & Laub, B. (2008, June). “Unfinished – Traumatic episode protocol (U-TEP): A new protocol for early EMDR interventions". Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.
Language: English
Format: Conference
Abstract:
The Consultants Day workshop presents a new EMDR protocol for recent events called the Recent
Traumatic Episode Protocol (R-TEP). This protocol evolved from the authors and other colleagues'
experience following the 2006 Lebanon war. Examining existing Early EMDR Interventions (EEIs) lead them to develop a conceptual model which could incorporate and extend existing EEIs to suggest this more comprehensive protocol. The details of this process have been published in an article in the latest Journal of EMDR Practice & Research Vol.2 no.2, 2008. The main part of this workshop aims to teach the R-TEP protocol, with the help of an extensive video case illustrating its application.
Keywords: Early Intervention Protocol U-TEP
Accuracy Verified: Yes